presented to
library
of tbc
TTlmx>ersit of Toronto
COPIOUS
LATIN GRAMMAR
BY
I. J. G. SCHELLER,
TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN,
WITH
ALTERATIONS,
NOTES AND ADDITIONS,
BY GEORGE WALKER, M.A.
LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE J HEAD MASTER OF THE
GRAMMAR SCHOOL, LEEDS.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
VOL. II.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET.
1825.
HICHARD TAYLOR, FRINTEK,
SHOE-LANK.
,
CONTENTS.
VOL. II.
PART II. CHAP. I. (Continued.)
Page.
Sect. VI. Of the Use of the Dative 1
1. Of the Dative after Substantives ... 1
Adjectives .... 3
the Pronoun idem . 6
Verbs 7
various Particles . . 64
Sect. VII. Of the Use of the Accusative .... 56
1. Of the Accusative after Substantives . . 57
2. Adjectives . . 08
1 3. Verbs . . . . 6O
1 4. Adverbs ... 96
^ 5. Prepositions . . 97
6. Interjections . . 97
Sect. VIII. Of the Use of the Vocative .... 98
Sect. ix. Ablative .... 99
1. Of the Ablative after certain Prepositions 99
2. Of the Ablative in general without a Prep. 102
3. Of the Abl. without a Prep, in particular 127
1.) After Substantives 127
11.) After Adjectives 128
III.) After Verbs 135
IV.) After Adverbs ....... 163
Sect. x. Of the Parts of Verbs. 164
1. Of Persons 164
2. Of Number 166
| 3. Of Voices 166
4. Of Tenses and their dependences . . . 167
| 5. Of Modes 186
| 6. Of Supines 222
iv CONTENTS.
7. Of Gerunds . 226
$8. Of Participles 236
CHAP. II. Of the actual Order of Words .... 252
III. Of the Rhythm of Words 262
IV. Of the Conjunction of Words .... 264
V. Of the Interchange of Words . . . . 275
1. Of Substantives 275
2. Of Adjectives 277
3. Of Numerals 280
4. Of Pronouns 280
5. Of Verbs 284
6. Of Adverbs 291
7- Of Prepositions 294
8. Of Conjunctions 296
9. Of Interjections 298
10. Of the Causes of Interchange .... 298
CHAP. VI. Of Pleonasm 302
1. Of actual Pleonasm 302
2. Of apparent Pleonasm 306
CHAP. VII. Of Ellipsis 315
1. One Word for several 315
2. One Word for a whole Sentence . . . 320
3. Words omitted '. . 326
Of Anglicisms, apparent and real 336
Of certain peculiarities in the Ancients (Figures) . 338
CHAP. VIII. Of Prosody 349
Sect. I. Of Quantity 350
% 1. Of Quantity in general 351
2. Of the first Syllables 356
3. Of the final Syllables 373
Sect. II. Of Feet .380
Sect. in. Of Verses . 382
% 1. Of Scanning 382
2. Of Csesura . 385
| 3. Of the Kinds of Verse 386
4. Of their Union 400
Additions and Notes . 403
PART II.
OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS.
CHAPTER I. (Continued.)
Of Government.
SECTION 6. Of the Use of the Dative.
THE Dative is generally used in answer to the ques-
tion, to or for whom or what ? whereto ? to whose ad-
vantage ? to what end ? &c. and therefore instead of
in, ad &c. : e. g. proximus sum egomet mild : pater de-
dit mild librum : accepi librum dono, for a gift : non
omnibus dormio, I sleep not for all, to please all. But
to speak more accurately, it is commonly joined to ad-
jectives and verbs, though sometimes to other words.
We shall, therefore, consider them in order.
Of the Dative with Substantives.
In the first place, the dative is at times used with
substantives ; as, lupus est homo homini, Plaut. Asin.
2.4.88: erit ille mihl semper deus, Virg. Eel. 1.7.
To these belongs the very common expression auctor
tibl sum, I advise thee : thus Cic. ad Coes. in Ep. ad
Att. 9, post Ep. 11, qui et illi semper et senatui
VOL. II. B
2 Of the Dative.
pacis nut-tor fui : Cic. Att. 10.6, fore auctores Casari:
Cic. ad Div. 10. 6, deinde et senatui bonisque omnibus
auctorem, principem, ducem (te) prsebeas. Particularly
the dative is very often used for the genitive ; e. g.
Cic. Rose. Am. 2, his de causis ego huic causa Patro-
nus exstiti : Cic. Cat. 2. 5, huic ego me bello ducem pro-
fiteer : Cic. Marc. 6, atque huius quidem rei M. Mar-
cello sum testls : Liv. 3.12, sed veniam errori atque
adolescent^ petendo, for erroris : cap. 53, libertati enim
ea pr&sidia petitis, non licentitf, for libertatis : Sail.
Cat. 40. 2, quern exltum tantis malls sperarent? for
malorum : ibid. lug. 7. 4, Scipionis, qui turn Romanis
imperator et morem &c., for Romanorum : ibid. Cat.
47. 2, se tertium (esse) cui fatum foret urbis potiri :
Cic. Fat. 11, si fatum tibi est ex hoc morbo con vales-
cere, for fatum tuum : Luccei. Cic. ad Div. 5. 14. 3,
qui nunc requietem quserit magnis occupationibus, for
magnarum occupationum : Mart. 10. 104, i nostro
comes, i libelle Flavo: Hor. Sat. 2. 5. 16, ne tamen illi
tu comes exterior, si postulet, ire recuses : Plaut. Merc.
5. 2. 1, divum atque hominum quae spectatrix atque
her a eadem es hommibus : Liv. 23. 35, ne qua e.rpro-
bratio cuiquam veteris fortunes discordiam sereret, for
cuiquam facta, seems more singular. The more recent
editors of ancient authors often substitute the dative for
the genitive, when the question, to or for whom ? or
what ? will apply instead of, whose ? To these belong
certain names of office, as triumviri ari, auro, argento
flando, fen undo : triumviri reipublictfconstituendtf, agro
dividundo : praetor lurl dicundo ; where the dative shows
the view or purpose for which these persons were
chosen. Whether the formula, est mihi nomen Petro,
lulo &c., for Petri, luli, can be hence explained, will
be considered hereafter.
Of the Dative. 3
2.
Of the Dative with Adjectives.
The dative is often used with adjectives in answer
to the question, to or for what? and other questions.
They can scarcely be divided into classes, on account
of their dissimilarity, e. g.
1 .) Those that denote advantageous or injurious to any per-
son or thing ; as utilis, inutilis, salutaris wholesome, noxius, per-
niciosus, periculosus, exitiosus &c. This is quite clear and easy,
since the question is asked, to whom or what ? Yet we also find
utilis ad rent.
2.) Those which signify like, unlike, equal &c. ; as similis,
dissimilis, consimilis, absimilis, aequalis, par, dispar, impar : this
is also clear, since the question is, to what? e.g. aequalemjM/r//',
Cic. Or. 56 : divitiis, Cic. Leg. 2. 10. and elsewhere : par
alicui, Cic. Phil. 1.14: Cic. ad Div. 4. 9 : 6. 6. and elsewhere :
impar, Hor. Od. 4. 6. 5 : Suet. Dom. 10: dispar, Cic. Off.
1. 30: absimilis, Suet. Oth. 1: Colum. 6. 17: consimilis,
Cic. Phil. 2. 12 : Terent. Heaut. 2. 4. 2 : of similis and dis-
similis see hereafter : consentaneus agreeable, accordant, e. g.
Cic. Or. 22 : Cic. Off. 1. 2. and elsewhere. Yet similis and
dissimilis often take a genitive ; and sometimes par, dispar, con-
similis, as was noticed above, Sect. V. 2. n. I. y, where ex-
amples of both cases were cited : we also have consentaneus
cum ; e. g. hoc est consentaneum cum veritate: Cic. ad Div. 3.
6, consentaneum cum Us literis. Par also is used with cum,
Cic. Phil. 1. 14. Ed. Ernest.: Sail. lug. 14: also with the ab-
lative nobilitate for nobilitati, Ovid. Fast. 6. 804: aequalis with
a genitive; e.g. illorum temporum, Cic. Div. 1. 18 : eius (viri),
Cic. Brut. 68, unless it here be used substantively. To these
are added the following adjectives, which are seldom followed by
a dative ; diversus, secundus next to or inferior, discolor, abso-
nus ; as Quiutil. 12. 10. 22, nihil tarn Lysia (i.e. a Lysia) diver-
sum quam Isocrates : and elsewhere; e. g. ibid. 2. 5, 22 : 9- 2.
B2
4 Of lite Dative.
15, 46 : Veil. 2. 75 : Virg. jEn. 1 1 . 441, nulli viitutesecundus,
second or inferior to none in valour: so Apul. Flor. 2: Ovid.
Trist. 5. 5. 8, vestis sumatur fat is discolor alba meis: so
Hor. Epist. 1. 18. 3 : Stat. Theb. 9- 338 : Liv. 1. 15, quorum
nihil absonumjidei divinae originis. Note : Diversus is also used
with a, Cic. Brut. 50 : also with a genitive to the question,
wherein ? e. g. animi, Tac. Hist. 4. 84 : moram, ibid. Ann.
14. 19-
3.) Those which mean fit, suitable, adapted to any thing ;
e.g.aptus, habilis, idoneus, accommodatus: as, aptus,C\c. Brut.
62: Cic. ad Div. 12. 30: Nep. Att. 16: habilis, Suet. Claud.
2 : Virg. Georg. 3. 62 : idoneus, Cic. ad Div. 6. 19 : Quintil.
2.3 : accommodatus, Cic. Agr. 2. 6 : Cic. Cluent. 1 : yet all these
may be followed by ad; as,culcei hakileset apti ad pedem, Cic.
Or. 1. 54 : accommodatus, Cic. ad Div. 5. 16 : Cic. Off. 1. 39 :
idoneus t Cic. Att. 5. 6: Cic. Leg. 2. 4: Cic. Cluent. 6: ka-
hilis, Liv. 21. 4: Quintil. 6. 3. To these also belongs bonus,
good for something ; Liv. 29.3 1, mons pecori bonus alendo : Sail,
lug. 17- 5, ager bonus pecori : so maturus, e. g. imperio, Liv.
1.3: iilia matura viro, Virg. JEn. 7. 53 : cf. Stat. Sylv. 3. 176 :
to these may be added alienus not adapted, which will be con-
sidered hereafter.
4.) Those which denote pleasant or unpleasant; as gratus,
iucundus, acceptus (agreeable), dulcis, suavis, ingratus, iniu-
cundus, molestus troublesome, gravis painful, acerbus bitter or
painful ; e. g. mors eius fuit popw/o acerba.
5.) Those which signify favourable, unfavourable, dear, op-
posite, inimical, hostile &c. ; as amicus, carus, propitius, infestus,
iufensus, inimicus, contrarius &c. : to these belongs alienus un-
favourable ; e. g. Cic. CaBcin. 9, hoc illi causa alienum est; and
elsewhere ; as Nep. Them. 4 : at other times it is often used by
Cicero with an ablative, both with and without a ; also with
a genitive, Cic. Fin. 1.4; to which Nep. Milt. 6. may be re-
ferred.
6.) Those which mean easy or difficult ; as, hoc mihi est
Of the Dative. 5
facile, tibi difficile, arduum. To these belongs durus ; also in-
vius pathless, inaccessible : Ovid. Met. 14. 113, invia virtuti
nulla est via, and elsewhere ; as Virg. jEn. 6. 154 : Plin. H. N .
12. 14.
7.) Those which denote inclined, disposed, ready; a.s,procli-
vissceleri, Sil. 13. 585 : promtus, e. g. seditioni, Tac. Ann. 1.
48: ultioni, ibid. 11. SQiJlagitio, ibid. 15. 45: Ubertati aut
ad mortem, ibid. 4. 46 : paratus, e. g. Liv. 33. 6 : Quintil. 8. 3 :
Virg. jn. 2. 334 : Ovid. Pont. 2. 2. 117: Tac. Ann. 12. 47 :
at other times it is followed by ad ; as, proclivis ad rem, paratus
ad dicendum, promtus ad &c. : a) paiatus ad aliquid, Cic. Att.
Q. 6 : Cic. Amic. 26 : Cic. ad Div. 6. 21 : also in, Suet. Galb.
19: b) promtus ad aliquid, Cic. Agr. 2. 30 : Cic. Off. 1. 24:
Cic.adDiv.3. 11 : Cffis. E.G. 3. 19: also in, Tac. Ann. 15.25:
ibid. Agric. 35: also adversus, Tac. Ann. 6. 48: c) proclivis
ad aliquid, Cic. Tusc. 4. 12 : 5. 12, 37 : Cic. Amic. 18 : Te-
rent. Andr. 1. 1. 51 : also in, e. g. Claudian. de Laud. Se-
rena? 133.
8.) Those which signify near, neighbouring; as finitimus,
vicinus: Cic. Acad. 4. 21, falsa veris finitima sunt: Cic. Or.
32, scientia vicina ei finitima eloquentia : Ovid. Rem. Am. 323,
et mala sunt vicina bortis : to these belong propior, proximus ;
e. g. vero, Liv. 4. 37 : sceleri, Cic. Verr. 4. 50 ; and often with
a dative : so proximus, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 20 : Caes. B. G. 1. 1.
Both these last are frequent with an accusative ; e. g. proximus
finem, Liv. 35. 27 : propior hostem, Hirt. B. G. 8. 9 : so Sail,
lug. 49 : Liv. 8. 32 : Ca3s. B. G. 3. 7 : also with a genitive ;
e. g. propiora^Mwzms, Tac. Hist. 5. 16. cf. Lucret. 4. 339.
9.) To these also belong proprius, communis, adfinis partici-
pant ; as Cic. Cat. 4. 3, huic (facinori) si paucos putatis adfines
esse ; which also take a genitive after them : see above, Sect. V.
^> 2. n. 1. 9. Also, particeps aliari homini alicuius rei, Curt. 6. 7.
To these may be added superstes and fidus, which al.^o, though
seldom, take a genitive: and cognatus ; e. g. Cic. Or. 3. 51,
nihil est autem tarn cognatum mentions nostris quam numeri,so
6 Of the Dative.
akin to our minds &c. : and elsewhere ; e. g. Cic. Univ. 7 : Hor.
Sat. '2. 3. 280.
10.) We may add to these necessarius, obnoxius subject to,
honestus, turpis, foedus &c., all to the question, to or for whom ?
also audiens (used adjectively) obedient : as, dicto (abl.) audiens
alicni: this was considered when treating of the genitive.
Further, the verbal adjectives in bilis', as Hor. Od. 1. 24. 9,
multis ille bonis flebilis occidit, nulli flebilior, quam tibi : Hor.
Epist. 1. 6. 23, hie tibi sit potius, quam tu mirabilis illi: the
reason is contained in the passive sense, since verbs passive with
the poets readily take a dative instead of the ablative with a ; as,
hie mihi laudatur, for a me.
3.
Of the Dative with the Pronoun idem.
The pronoun idem is sometimes followed by a dative,
in imitation of the Greek uvrog ; as, Hor. Art. 467, in-
vitum qui servat, idem facit occidmti, he who preserves
one against his will, does the same as he who kills
him. So, Homerus eadem allis sopitus quiete est, Lu-
cref. 3. 1051 : eadem facit turpi, ibid. 4. 1168 : nonne
tibi faciendum idem sit nihil dicenti, Cic. Fin. 3. 4 ;
i. e. idem ac dicenti, or idem, quod facit is, qui dicit.
Otherwise idem is followed by qui, ac, atque, ut, or
quam: e.g. idem valere debet ac &c., Cic. Sull. 18 :
idem videtur esse atque id, Cic. Dom. 20 : eandem po-
testatem quam si c., Cic. Agr. 2. 12 : eadem quse &c.,
Cic. Harusp. 1 1 : so Cic. Off. 3. 4, Peripateticis vestris,
qui quondam iidem erant, qui Academici &c., who were
the same as the Academics &c. : also in other ways ;
e. g. Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 27, Dianam autem et Lunam
eandem esse putant, they think that Diana and Luna
Of the Dative. 7
are the same : also with cum, Tac. Ann. 15. 2. Also
Cic. ad Div. 9. 6. 8, quod non idem illis censuissem ;
where the sense is, which we should not also have ad-
vised for them ; and therefore illis depends on censuis-
sem, not on idem. Note : It is followed also by cum,
Cic. Cat. 1. 8 : Gell. 18. 11 ; but in a sense somewhat
different from that here considered.
4.
Of the Dative with Verbs.
The dative follows very many verbs.
I.) To the question, to or for whom or what ?
1.) It follows a great number of intransitives, i. e. verbs which
do not admit an accusative after them, and have not an entire
passive ; as, gratulari alicui, to congratulate any one, to wish
him good fortune ; suadere, to persuade ; and so consilium dare,
dissuadere to dissuade : obedire, parere, obtemperare, to obey ;
obsequi, morem gerere, to yield to ; favere, to favour ; placere,
to please; displicere, to displease; auxiliari, to help; opitulari,
opem ferre, presto esse, adesse, non deesse, to assist, aid &c. :
occurrere, obviam ire, to meet ; incumbere, to press upon, to be
bent upon ; cedere, to give way, yield, concedere &c.
2.) A great number of transitives, i. e. which naturally admit
an accusative, also take besides this a dative after them : e. g.
opto tibi omnia bona ; debeo tibi vitam meam, I owe to thee
my life : imperavit hoc militibus : praecipere crftaumulta : man-
dare alicui rem : but inhere is excepted, though Perizonius
maintains the contrary, and adduces Ca3s. B.C. 3.98, militibus-
que suis iussit, ut &c., which is the reading of several editions;
but Oudendorp has adopted in his text the reading commen-
davit for iussit : yet we find Cic. Att. 9. 13, has mihi literae
inherit reverti ; arid elsewhere: e. g. Liv. 7. 16: Tac. Ann.
13. 15, 40 : dare alicui aliquid, tribuere, dedere se alkui: tra-
8 Of the Dative.
dere urbem hostibus : operam dare alicui rei : operam navare
/itcris : impendere tempus literis, to devote one's time to study :
concedere alicui aiiquid, e.g. sedes suas : narrare aliquid alicui,
nuntiare, indicare, significare, demonstrare, ostendere, declarare,
dicere, scribere aliquid alicui : probare aliquid alicui, to approve
any thing to one, to make it probable or credible, or agreeable:
rapere alicui aliquid, abripere, eripere, adimere, subtrahere :
mittere aliquid alicui, remittere : comparare aliquid alicui, to
prepare something for one : parare, pario, e. g. gloriam sibi pe-
perit; also adquirere sibi aliquid &c.
3.) The dative follows certain impersonal verbs, which, how-
ever, are sometimes used personally, i. e. with a subject nomi-
native preceding; as, libet or lubet mihi, it pleases me; licet
mihi, tibi &c., it is permitted or lawful to me, thee &c. ; accidit
mihi, it happens to, or befalls me (unfavourably) ; contingit mihi,
it happens to me, it is my fortune (favourably) ; evenit nobis,
it turns out for us, occurs to us; conducit mihi, it is advan-
tageous to me ; expedit mihi, it is expedient for me ; convenit
nobis, it suits us; sufficit nobis, it suffices us; prasstat homini,
it is better for a man. These are generally followed by an ac-
cusative of the thing: e.g. Cic. Senect. 23, non lubet enim mihi
deplorare vitam : so, non licet otiose vivere ; except contingit,
accidit, evenit, which are rather followed by ut ; as, accidit patri
tuo, ut inveniret See. To these may be added, placet mihi, it
pleases me, it is my pleasure ; placebat senatui, it was the
pleasure of the senate : videtur mihi, it seems to me, it is my
determination ; senatui visum est, it seemed good to the senate
&c.
Observations.
a) Licet is often followed by an accusative and infinitive, in-
stead of a dative ; in which case the accusative is not governed
by licet, but is the accusative of the subject with the infinitive,
and is translated by that and a verb : e. g. for non licet mihi esse
otioso or otiosum, we may say non licet, me esse otiosum, it is
not permitted that I should be at ease : Cic. ad Div. 7. 1. 16,
quod si Romse esses, tamen neque nos (i. e. me) lepore tuo, ne-
Of the Dative. 9
que te, si qui est in me, meo frui liceret, for neque nobis neque
tibij yet it would neither be allowed, that 1 should enjoy thy wit,
nor thou mine: Cic. Off. 1. 26, haec praescripta servantem licet
magnifice, graviter, animoseque vivere, he who keeps these pre-
cepts may live &c. ; properly, it is allowed that he &c. : Virg.
Eel. 1.41, neque servitio me exire licebat, it was not permitted
that 1 should escape from servitude : so licet me abscedere,
Terent. Heaut. 4. 2. 5 : neminem ire liciturum, Liv. 42. 36 ;
and elsewhere.
b) We also find convenit inter nos de ista re, which is trans-
lated, we are agreed about that business.
c) To this place some refer latet, it lies hid or escapes notice,
or is unknown ; but it is properly a. personal verb, and is often
used personally with a nominative of the subject prefixed. It
stands partly without a case, e. g. id qua ratione consecutus
sit, latet, Nep. Lys. 1, it is unknown in what way &c. : causa
latet, Virg. Jn. 5.5: partly with a dative and accusative : a)
a dative, e. g. nihil moliris, quod mihi latere valeat in tempore,
Cic. Cat. 1. 6: ubi nobis haec auctoritas tarn diu latuit? Cic.
red. Sen. 6 : mihi lates, Lucan. 1. 419 : oculis et auribus, Varr.
L. L. 8. 52 : hosti, Sil. 12. 615 : b) an accusative, e. g. unum
(semen), quod latet nostrum sensum, Varr. R. R. 1. 40 : nee la-
tueredoli/r^rem,Virg. TEn. 1. 130(134): ilium, Ovid. Pont.
4. 9- 126 : Eumenem, lustin. 13. 8 : latet plerosq ue y Plin. H. N.
2. 20, and elsewhere ; as Ovid. Fast. 4.21 1 : Val. Flacc. 6. 703.
d) Also decet, which usually takes an accusative, has some-
times a dative: e. g. Terent. Ad. 5. 8. 5, ita nobis decet : vobis,
ibid. 4. 5. 45: nostro genm, Plaut. Amph. 2. I. 58: patri,
ibid. Capt. 2.2-71: atati, Gell. 9- 15 : victoribus, Sail. Fragm.
ap. Serv. ad Virg. jn. 8. 127 : tantae maiestati, Pand. 32. 20.
II.) To the question, whereto ? for what ? e. g. ve-
nire auxilio, to come to one's assistance, Nep. Thras.
3 : mittere aimlio, ibid. Timol. 1 : mbsidio, e. g. ire,
Nep. Ages. 8 : mittere, Caes. B. G. 2. 7 : accipere
10 Of the Dative.
dono, to receive as a gift, Tac. Ann. 15. 27 : dare dono,
Terent. Eun. 1. 2. 29 : Heaut. 5. 5. 6 : virginem alicui
dono emere, to buy for a present, ibid. Eun. 1. 2. 55 :
habeto mulierem dono tibi, Plaut. Pseud. 4. 6. 13 : so
Plaut. Capt. 3. 4. 122, nucleum amisi, reliquit pigneri
(pignori) putamina, fora pledge: Virg. JEu. 1.425
(429) pars optare (i. e. eligere) locum tecto, i. e. ad
tectum. Particularly the verb esse when it means, to
redound to, serve for, to be conducive ; as est laudi, it
redounds to praise, is laudable, procures praise : hoc
est impedimento, this is an impediment, a hindrance :
haec res est argumento, this thing serves for an argu-
ment, Cic. Verr. 5. 19 : Phil. 2. 16 : est signo, serves
for a sign, or is a sign, e. g. Cic. Invent. 1. 34, quae
signo suiit omnia, all which things are a sign : est
perniciei, exitio, serves for destruction; risui, for laugh-
ter, is laughable : terrori, for a terror, is terrible : hoc
est curae, e. g. institutio liberorum meorum est mihi
curae, is my care : hoc est utilitati, this redounds to
advantage, is useful : damno, to injury, oneri, lucro,
decori, dedecori &c. All these examples and others
of a like nature are very common : so radix est ves-
cendo, Plin. H. N. 21. 16 : quae humori extrahendo
sunt, Gels. 4. 1 : quae esui potuique non sunt, Pand.
50. 12. 9, cf. Gell. 4. 1. So also/en, e. g. fit dede-
cori, it becomes a disgrace. To these we add ducere,
dare, tribuere, vertere, when they mean, to explain a
thing in one way or the other, e. g. to reckon a thing
as faulty, as a fault ; as dare, tribuere, vertere aliquid
vitio, to impute any thing as a fault, to take it ill :
Terent. Adelph. 3. 3. 64, hoc vitio datur, this is taken
as a fault; for which vitio vertitur, tribuitur, or ducitur,
might have been used. Since all these verbs admit
Of the Dative. 1 1
not only a dative of the thing, to the question, where-
to ? but also of the person to the question, to or for
whom? according to the context, thence it happens
that they frequently take after them two such datives :
e. g. venio tibi auxillo^ I come to thee as an assistance :
misi tibi librum dono, I sent to thee a book for a pre-
sent : reliquit mihi pileum pignori, he left me his hat
for a pledge : hoc est mihi magnae laudi, this tells to
me for great praise, gets me great praise* : vindicibus
laudi cura fuit, Ovid. Fast. 5. 290 : ut sempiternae
laudi tibi sit, Cic. ad Div. 2. 7 : est mihi perniciei or
salutij Nep. Chabr. 4, and Thras. 2 : detrimento, ma-
culcE, invidi(E, inf amice nobis esse, Cic. Verr. 3. 62 :
crimini, ibid. 5. 6 : ignavia erit tibi magno dedecori,
cowardice will be a great disgrace to you : fit domino
dedecori, Cic. Off. 1. 39 : haec res fuit patri magnee
utilitati, this was a great advantage to his father : liber-
tati tempora sunt impediment^ Cic. Rose. Am. 4 : nihil
nobis esse potest maiori impedimento, nothing can more
redound to our hindrance : haec civitas prcedcE tibi et
qucestui fuit, Cic. Verr. 3. 37 : quibus occidi Roscium
bono (i. e. utilitati) fuit, Cic. Rose. Am. 5 : constat vir-
tutem hominibus summae esse utilitati, it is clear that
virtue serves for the greatest pleasure to men, procures
them the greatest pleasure : hoc mihi est cures : hoc
est mihi oneri, orgumento : Nep. Prsef. nemini fuit
turpitudini, this was a disgrace to none : hoc tibi omnes
vertunt vitio, this all impute to thee for a fault : Plaut.
Epid. 1. 2. 5, quis erit, vitio qui id vertat tibi: Cic.
ad Div. 7. 6, ne sibi vitio verterent : Matius Cic. ad
Div. 11. 28. 4, vitio mihi dant, quod mortem hominis
necessarii graviter fero, they impute it to me for a
fault, that &c. : Cic. Off. 1.21, Us non modo non laudi,
12 Of the Dative.
verum etiam vitlo dandum puto : Cic. Tusc. 1. 2, Fabio
laudi datur: crimini, Cic. in Csecil. 10: Liv. 7. 4:
Nep. Preef. laudi in Grsecia ducitur adolescentulis, it is
accounted an honour to young men, in Greece : ali-
quem despicatui ducere, Cic. Flacc. 27, to hold one in
contempt : tribuere alicui aliquid superbia, Nep. Timol.
4, to impute for pride, or as pride : quod itti tribue-
batur ignavitf, Cic. ad Div. 2. 1G.
Observations.
1 .) These datives both of the person and thing which follow
duco are not dependent on duco, but on esse omitted ; for duco
means, to believe, and ducitur adolescentulis laudi, is for ducitur,
esse adolescentulis laudi, it is believed, to be an honour to
young men : so, duco hoc mihi damno, sc. esse. It has already
been noticed that esse is often omitted after verbs of believing.
2.) Esse must not always be rendered in this case by the
same English, but the expression must be varied according to
circumstances: e. g. haec res fuit mihi magnae laetitiae, this affair
has caused me great joy : est laudi, it is laudable : magnae laudi,
very laudable : hoc est argumento, this serves for an argument :
hoc nemini est turpitudini, dedecori, brings disgrace to no one,
causes shame to none, is disgraceful to none : hoc tibi summo
erit dedecori, this will be very shameful to you, cause great
shame, bring great shame : literas tua3 fuerunt mihi magnae vo-
luptati, your letter has occasioned me great pleasure, I have
had much pleasure in your letter : hoc est mihi curae, I care
for this : est utilitati, it is useful : magnae utilitati, very useful &c.
3.) The dative of the thing in answer to the question, where-
to? seems after esse to be governed by an adjective omitted, e. g.
aptus, idoneus &c. : e. g. hoc est aptuin laudi meae, this is
adapted, suitable, fit for my praise; i. e. procures me praise.
The dative vitio after vertere is put for in vitium, and vertere
aliquid vitio properly means, to turn any thing to a fault, i. e. so
to turn it, that a fault may come out. That the dative is thus
Of the Dative, 13
sometimes to be explained by ad and in, for which it is used,
appears from the preceding remarks on the adjectives, e. g.
aptus, proclivis &c., and will be more clearly seen hereafter,
e. g. num. VI. So we find omnia vertere in peiorem partem,
Cic. Rose. Am. 36, to take all things on the worse side ; pro-
perly, to turn all things to the worse side : so, vertere in snam
contumeliam, Caes. B. G. 1. 8, to reckon it as a contempt to
himself, to take it as an insult.
Note. To these also belongs esse when it means a power
or ability, a being capable, or ready for anything : e. g. sum
solvendo, 1 am able to pay ; sum oneri ferendo, I am capable of
bearing the burden : here also idoneus or aptus seems to be un-
derstood ; properly, I am ready for paying, for bearing the burden
&c. : Cic. ad Div. 3. 8. 5, ad me detulerunt, sumtus decerni
legatis nimis rnagnos, cum solvendo civitates non essent : Liv.
2. 9, et tributo plebes liberata, ut divites conferrent, qui oneri
ferendo essent, who were capable of bearing the burden, sc.
idonei : Liv. 30. 6, qua? restinguendo igni forent, which would
serve for extinguishing the flame : Plin. H. N. 21. 16, radix
eius est vescendo, sc. apta, idonea ; where it stands passively :
so also in English, It is not for eating, i. e. not fit, not intended
to be eaten : for this Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 64, ad vescendum
apta.
III.) The dative also follows verbs, in answer to
the question, for whose enjoyment, advantage, injury ?
to please whom ? for whom ? To this case we may
refer the expression non omnibus dormio, which Ci-
cero quotes, ad Div. 7. 2, i. e. I do not sleep to please
all ; and immediately after, as an application of it, says,
sic ego non omnibus servio, i. e. even so I am not a
slave for all, the slave of all : Cic. ad Div. 2. 18. 6,
sin quid offenderit, sibl totum, nihil tibi, oifenderit, but
if he commit a fault, he will commit it entirely for
himself, and not for you, i. e. entirely to his own in-
14 Of the Dative.
jury, not yours : Cic. Amic. 3, factus est consul bis,
primum ante tempus, iterum (the second time) sibi (i.e.
in commodum suum) suo tempore (at the favourable
time) ; reipublica psene sero, he was made consul at
the right time for himself, but almost too late for the
commonwealth : Cic. ad Div. 6. 16, tibi gratulor, mihi
gaudeo, i. e. in commodum meum : Plaut. Capt. 4. 2.
86, mihi quidem esurio, non tibi, I hunger for myself,
not for you : Plaut. Aul. 4. 2. 16, id adeo tibi faciam
(sc. fideliam mulsi plenam), verum ego mihi bibam, I
will make it for you, but will drink it for myself, i. e.
I will enjoy it.
IV.) The dative often follows esse, when it means,
to belong ; where it may mostly be translated, to have :
as, liber est mihi, I have a book ; libri sunt mihi, I have
books ; otium est mihi, I have leisure ; est mihi nomen
lohannis, I have the name of John, am called John :
Cic. ad Div. 2. 11.4, quidquid (pantherarum) erit, tibi
erit, i. e. tuum erit, tu habebis, all that shall be collected,
shall be yours, shall belong to you, you shall have.
Here belongs Cic. ad Div. 2. 8, in eo mihi sunt omnia,
properly, I have all therein, i. e. all that belongs tome
depends upon it : Gees. B. G. 6. 27, his sunt arbores
pro cubilibus, they have trees instead of, for beds, trees
serve them instead of, for beds. Also an adjective is
often joined to it ; as, Sail. Cat. 37, nam semper in ci-
vitate, quibus opes nulltf sunt, invident bonis, those
who have no property: Sail. lug. 31, innocently plus
periculi, quam honoris est: Ovid. Her. 17. 66, an
nescis longas regibus esse manus ? Hor. Od. 3.2. 25,
est et fideli tuta silentio merces.
Of the Dative. 15
i*
Observation.
In the expression est mihi nomen, or cognomen, the name is
put in the nominative, genitive, or dative ; as, est mihi nomen
Petrus, Petri, Petro: e.g. 1.) in the Nominative ; Cic. Verr. 4.
52, fons aquae dulcis, cui nomen Arethma est ; and soon after,
altera autem est urbs Syracusis, cui nomen Acradina est : Cic.
Brut. 62, cui saltationi Titius nomen esset : Cic. Tusc. 4. 11,
eique morbo est nomen avaritia : Terent. Hec. Prol. Hecyra
est huic nomen fabula? : Liv. 40. 4, Theoxena et Archo nomina
his mulieribus erant : 2.) in the Genitive; Plaut. Amph. Prol.
19, nomen Mercurii est mihi : Veil. 2. 1 1, virtuti (Metelli) cog-
nomen Numidici inditum : 3.) in the Dative ; Plaut. Rud. Prol.
5, nomen Arcluro est mihi, I am called Arcturus : Virg. ^En.
1. 267 (271), cui nunc cognomen Jw/oadditur : Liv. 2. 5, Vin-
dieio ipsi nomen fuisse : ibid. 16, Clausus, cui postea Appio
Claudio fuit nomen : Sail. lug. 5. 4, a P. Scipione, cui postea
cognomen Africano ex virtute fuit : Liv. 25. 2, Scipio, cui post
Africano fuit cognomen : Liv. 1. 1, Troice et huic loco nomen
est, where the elder Gronovius conjectures, but perhaps without
reason, that the Roman writers, when they mentioned Roman
names, preferred the dative to the nominative, and only expressed
foreign names in the nominative : thence Liv. 35. 24, utrique
eorum Salinator cognomen erat, he prefers Salinatori. Also
with other verbs ; e. g. cui Egerio inditum nomen, Liv. 1. 34 :
artificibus nomen histrionibus inditum, Liv. 7. 2: inventus
nomen fecit Peniculo mihi, Plaut. Men. 1. 1. 1 : dare alicui cog-
nomen pingui f for pinguis, Hor. Sat. 1 . 3. 58 : addere alicui cog-
nomen Felicem, for Felicis, Plin. H . N. 22. 6. Note: Gabinio
Chaucius cognomen usurpare concessit, Suet. Claud. 24, for
Chaucii, where the nominative is remarkable.
V.) The dative is also put after the following verbs,
not to the question, to or for whom ? or whereto ? but the
question whom ? and some others : as parco, I spare ;
benedico, I praise or bless any one, properly, speak
10 Of the Dative.
good to one ; maledico, I revile, curse any one, pro-
perly, say ill to one : these are each really for two
words, bene dico, and male dico, and were so written :
studeo, I am busy about a thing, give my attention to it ;
persuadeo, persuade, convince ; medeor, I heal ; irascor,
I am angry, in a passion with any body ; caveo, I pro-
vide safety for, take care of any one by turning off in-
jury ; nubo, I marry, i. e. a husband ; invideo, I envy ;
arrideo, or adrideo, I smile on, please ; prospicio, I
provide for; consul o, I consult for ; succenseo, I am
angry with, (secretly) have a grudge against : e. g. par-
cere hostibus, to spare the enemy, to give them their
lives ; parcere vitae, to spare the life : cui ego bene-
dico, ei tu maledicis, whom I commend, thourevilest:
studeo virtu ti, I pay my attention to virtue ; literis, to
literature : tu mihi persuasisti de hac re, thou hast per-
suaded me in this business ; persuadebis mihi nun-
quam, thou wilt never persuade me ; persuasum mihi
est, I am persuaded : mederi morbo, to heal a disease ;
omnibus morbis mederi non est hominis (negotium), to
heal all diseases is not in the power of man : quid mihi
irasceris ? why art thou angry with me ? cavere clien-
tibus, to take care for his clients ; cavere alicui pecunia,
to give any one security in money : nupta est or nupsit
viro diviti, she is married to or has married a rich man :
haec res mihi arridet, this business pleases me : Deus
nobis prospexit, God has provided for us ; prospexit
nostrae vitas, has provided for our life : Deus vitae, fe-
licitati nostrae, consuluit, has taken care of &c. : cur
pater mihi succenset ? why is my father angry with me?
The following are examples from the ancients : 1.)
parco, Cic. ad Div. 11.2: Cic. Phil. 2. 24 : Caas. E.G.
Of the Dative. 17
7. 28 : Nep. Paus. 2 : 2.) bene dicere alicui, Cic. Sext.
52 : Ovid. Trist. 5. 9. 9 : 3.) male dicere alicui, Cic.
Ccel. 3 : Cic. Deiot. 3 : Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 33 : Terent.
Hec. 4. 2. 14 : Hor. Sat. 2. 3. 140 : 4.) studeo alicui
rei, e. g. pr&turce, Cic. Ccel. 11 : virtuti, Cic. Fin. 4.
24 : so Cic. Fin. 4. 18 : Cses. B. G. 3. 10 : 4. 5 : also
homing i. e. to be friendly to, Cic. Mur. 36 : 5.) per-
suadeo, Cic. Rose. Am. 2: Cic. ad Div. 11. 5: Nep.
Euro. 3 : also with an accusative of the thing ; e. g. hoc
mihi, Cic. Att. 16. 5 : utrumque, Cic. Phil. 2. 10 : 6.)
medeor, e.g. morbo, Cic. Or. 2. 44 : malo, Cic. Agr. 1.
9 : rtipublktf adflictce, Cic. Sext. 13 : stultis, Cic. ad
Div. 7. 28 : 7.) irascor alicui, Cic. Phil. 8. 5 : Cic.
Att. 15. 17 : Caes. B. C. 1. 8 : admonitionibus, Quintii.
2. 6 : 8.) caveo, e. g. alicui, Cic. Phil. 1.2: securitati,
Suet. Tib. 6: sibi, Cic. Pis. 12: Cic. Verr. 1. 35:
9.) nubo, e. g. alicui, Cic. Div. 1. 46 : Liv. 1. 46: 2. 4 :
30. 15 : also infamiliam, Cic. Cluent. 66: in domum,
Liv. 3. 4 : we also find nuptam esse cum aliquo, to be
married to a man, e. g. Cic. Verr. 4. 6 : Cic. ad Div.
15. 3 : Terent. Hec. 4^ 1. 19 : Phorm. 5. 3. 34 : 10.)
invideo alicui, Cic. Or. 2. 52 : Cic. Acad. 4. 2 : Ovid.
Fast. 2. 591 : alicui rei, Cic. Agr. 2. 37 : Cic. Balb.6:
alicuius rei, Hor. Sat. 2. 6. 84 : also aliqua re, according
to Quintii. 9. 3 : also alicui aliquid, Cic. Tusc. 3. 2 :
Liv. 2. 40 : Hor. Sat. 1. 6. 50 : also merely aliquid,
e. g. florem, Ace. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3. 9 : 11.) adrideo,
Terent. Eun. 2. 2. 19 : Ad. 5. 4. 10 : Liv. 41. 20 : Cic.
Att. 13. 21 : 12.) prospicio, Cic. Verr. 3. 55 : Cic. Cat.
4. 2 : Nep. Phoc. 1 : Caes. B. G, 7. 50 : 13.) consulo,
Cic. ad Div. 4. 9 : 11. 29 : Cic. Off'. 1. 25 : 14.) me-
censeo, Cic. Deiot. 13: Cic. Tusc. 1. 41 : Terent.
VOL. II. C
18 Of the Dative.
Phorm. 2. 3. 14 : Ca3S. B. C. 1. 84. Note : Yet most
of them are also followed by an accusative : 1.) parco,
e. g. okas, Cato R. R. 58 : pecuniam, Plaut. Cure. 3.11:
talenta fill is, Virg. Mn. 10. 532 : also with an infini-
tive, Liv. 34. 32 : Terent. Hec. 3. 1.2: Ovid. Art. 2.
557 : 2.) bene dicer *e, e. g. deum, Apul. Asclep. : diem,
Lactant. 7. 14, i. e. to bless : 3.) male dicere aliquem,
Petron. 58 ; 74 ; 96 : Tertull. adv. Prax. 29 : 4.) studeo,
e. g. unum studetis, Cic. Phil. 6. 7 : eadem student, Te-
rent. Andr. 1.1.18: id studuisti, ibid. Heaut. 2. 4. 8 :
has res, Plaut. Mil. 5. 44 : liter as, Cic. Red. Sen. 6 ;
where, however, Edd. Graev. and Ernest, have literis :
also with a genitive ; e.g. tui, Ace. ap. Cic. Nat. Deor.
3. 29 : 5.) persuadeo aliquem, Petron. 62 ; 64 : Enn.
ap. Serv. ad Virg. ^En. 10. 100 : thence persuasus, a,
um, convinced, Cses. B. G. 7. 20 : Auct. ad Herenn. 1.
6 : Csecin. Cic. ad Div. 6. 7 : Ovid. Art. 3. 679 : 6.)
medeor, e. g. quas (sc. cupiditates) mederi posses, Te-
rent. Phorm. 5. 4. 3 : vitia, Vitruv. 8. 3 : so lustinian.
Instit. 2. tit. 7 : 7.) irascor, e. g. nostrum vicem, for
nobis, Liv. 34. 32 : also with an accusative of the cause ;
e. g, id, Cato ap. Gell. 7. 3 : nihil, i. e. ob nihil, Gell.
19. 12 : 8.) caveo with an accusative, to beware of: see
of the accus. : 9.) arrideo aliquem, Valer. Cato in Di-
ris 108: thence si arrideantur, Cic. de Opt. Gen. Orat.
4 : 10.) prospicio, with an accusative, means somewhat
differently ; e. g. casusfuturos, Cic. Amic. 12, i.e. to fore-
see : yet aliquid alicui, to provide any thing for one ;
e. g. sedem senectuti, Liv. 4. 49 : ferramenta, Cic. Sull.
19 : maritumjili(je, Plin. Ep. 1.14: 11.) consulo, with an
accusative, means to consult or advise with ; also to
consider ; e. g. rent : 12.) mccenseo also is used with
Of the Dative. 19
an accusative of the cause ; e. g. id (propter id), Te-
rent. And. 2. 3. 3 : so quod, ibid. Phorm. 2. 1. 33 : all-
cui aliquid, i.e. paululum, Cic. Tusc. 1. 41.
VI.) The dative, in imitation of the Greek idiom, is
often used, particularly by the poets, instead of another
case with a preposition, and must be translated ac-
cordingly.
1.) Instead of a: this is frequent, a) after verbs which sig-
nify to be remote from, to differ from, not to coincide with, as
discrepare, discordare, differre, dissidere, distare &c. : as Hor.
Od. 1 . 27. 5, vino et lucernis Medus acinaces immane quantum
discrepat, is discordant with wine &c., for a lino et a lucernis :
sibi discrepantes, i.e. a se, Cic. Or. 3. 50: Hor. Art. 152,
primo ne medium, medio ne discrepet imum, i. e. a primo, a me-
dio: Hor. Epist. 2. 2. 194, scire volam, quantum simplex hi-
larisque nepoti discrepet, et quantum discordet parcus avaro, for
a nepote, ab avaro: Hor. Sat. 1. 4. 48, differt sermoni, i.e. a
sermone: ibid. Art. 236, colori: Nep. Ages. 1, cuivis, i.e. a
quovis : Plin. H. N. 9- 53, conchis, i.e. a conchis: Hor. Epist.
1. 7. 23, quid distent sera lupinis, i.e. a lupinis: Plin. H. N.
29- 4, nihil aconito distans, i. e. ab aconlto : dissidens plebi,
Hor. Od. 2. 2. 18, for a plebe : sceptris nostris dissidet, Virg.
^n. 7. 370. At other times discrepare is also used with cum,
Cic. Fin. 2. 30: 4. 12: with a, Cic. Or. 3. 30: Cic. Parad.
init. : Cic. Tusc. 3. 7 : with inter se, Cic. Off. 3. 12 : so discre-
pat inter scriptores or aiictores, Liv. 22. 6l : 29. 25: 28. 56,
i.e. there is a difference amongst writers : discordare with inter
se, Terent. Andr. 3. 3. 43 : with cum, Tac. An. 12. 28 : secum,
Cic. Fin. 1. 13: with a, Veil. 2. 53: Quintil. 8. 3 : 11.3: with
adversus, ibid. 5. 11 : so also differre inter se, Cic. Tusc. 4. 1 1 :
Cic. Or. 32 : ab aliquo, Cic. Phil. 8. 1 1 : cumre, Cic. Invent.
1 . 44 : cum tempore, ibid. 27 : distare inter se, Caes. B. G . 7- 27 :
Cic. Or. 1. 49 : with a, Cic. Off. 2. 4 : 3. 17 : Hirt. Alex. 7 :
dissidere inter se, Cic. Acad. 4. 47 : Cic. Att. 1. 13: wither,
Cic. Att. 7- 6: Cic. Balb. 13: Nep. Hann. 10 : cum aliquo,
c 2
20 Of the Dative.
Cic. Acad. 4. 47 : b) to keep off; as arcere, defendere &c. :
Virg. Georg.3. 15o,hunc quoque arcebis gravido pecori, for
a gravido pecore : ibid. Eel. 7.46, solstitium pecori defendite,
i.e. a pecore: Hor. Od. 1. 17-3, et igneam defendit aestatem
capellis usque meis, for a capellis meis : so also iniuriamybnTws,
Plaut. Most. 4. 2. 20: unless it here be an ablative, as defen-
sare se iniuria, for ab iniuria, ibid. Bacch. 3. S. 39. In other
places arcere is followed by a, or a bare ablative ; e. g. ab in-
iuria f Cic. Leg. 1. 14 : a tectis,dc. Cat. 1. 13 : aliquem aditu,
Cic. Leg. 1.14: reditu, Cic. Tusc. 1. 37 : so defendere hostes
a pinnisy Quadrig. ap. Cell. 9- 1 : ignem a tectis, Ovid. Hem.
625 : iniuriam/onfo/s, Plaut. cited above : c) especially after
passives it is very usual with the Greeks to use a dative, where
in English we use by ; and this is continually imitated by the
Latin poets : e. g. Hor. Od. 1.6. 1, scriberis Vario, i. e. a Pa-
rio : Ovid. Trist. 5. 10. 37, Barbarus hie ego sum,quia non in-
telligor ulli, i.e. ab ullo: yet this is not confined to the poets,
but occurs also frequently with prose writers. And indeed it
occurs not merely with the participle future passive and gerund
of necessity, after which the dative is almost constantly used, and
rarely a with an ablative: e.g. densest mihi amandus, God
must be loved by me, I must love God, for a me : virtus estom*
nibus colenda, virtue must be reverenced by all, all must reve-
rence virtue, for ab omnibus : literas tibi sunt scribenda, the letter
must be .written by thee, you must write the letter, for a te : eun-
dum e&tjratri, for afratre ; which examples are all very fami-
liar, must be explained by a with an ablative, and should be
imitated : but also occasionally with other parts of the passive;
e. g. liber est mihi tectus, for a me : Cic. ad Div. 1. 9- 60, nun-
quam enim pr&stantibus in republica gubernanda viris laudato,
est in una sententia perpetua permansio, where pr&stantibus
viris is the dative, and must be explained by a pr&stantibus vi-
ris : Cic, Off. 3. 9, honesta enim bonis viris, non occulta, qua-
runtur, for a bonis viris: Cic. ad Div. 4. 13. 16, ab iis ipsis,
quibus tenetur (respublica), i. e. a quibus tenetur : Liv. 1.31,
Romanis quoque abeodem prodigio novendiale sacrum publice
susceptum est, fora Romanis: Sail. lug. 107. 1, sa?pe antea
Of the Dative. 21
paucis strenuis adversum multitudinem bene pugnatum (esse),
for a paucis strenuis. This should be noticed, but not generally
imitated.
2.) Instead of ad or in, and indeed in two ways : a) to the
question, whither? Virg. ^En. 5. 451, it clamor codo, towards
heaven, for a d codum : ibid. 6. 152, sedibus hunc ante refer
suis, for in sedes suas, i. e. insepulcrum; and elsewhere : b) to
the question whereto ? or to what ? e. g. Virg. jEn. 1. 207 (211),
durate, et vosmet rebus servate secundis, reserve yourselves for
prosperous circumstances, for ad res secundas: ibid. 7. 482,
&?//oque animos accendit agrestes, i. e. ad bellum : to these be-
longs Liv. 1. 23, me Albani ducem bello gerendo creavere, for
ad bellum gerendum : ibid. 4. 4, decemviros legibus scribendis
intra decem hos annos et creavimus &c., for ad leges scribendas,
legum scribendarum gratia. To these belong the formulas cited
above, n. II. dare and accipere dono, as a gift : vertere vitio :
hoc est mihi laudi : mittere auxilio, for which in auxilium is
used, Suet. Aug. 10. Also some adjectives, as proclivis sedi-
tioni, aptus rei &c. : also substantives, as triumviri reipubtica
const it uenda, which have all been noticed before.
3.) Instead of apud: e. g. purgare se alicui, to clear himself
to any one : so, excusare se alicui ; which are very usual, and
may, therefore, be imitated : e. g. purgo, Cic. ad Div. 12. 25.8,
quod te mihi de Sempronio purgas, that you clear yourself to me
about &c. : Plaut. Amph. 3. 2. 28, uti me purgarem tibi: Caes.
B.C. 1 . 8, velle se C&sari purgatum : and elsewhere ; as Cic. Phil.
14.6: Cic. Att. 1.17: Caes. B. G. 1. 28 : so also ercwso ; e.g.
Cic. ad Div. 11. 15, ut te mihi per literas excusaret : Cic. ad
Att. 15. 26, Farroni, quemadmodum tibi mandavi, memi-
neris excusare tarditatem literarum mearum : ibid. 28, Attica
me ita excuses: Plaut. Asin. 4. 2. 4, uxori excuses te: to these
belongs Terent. Eun. 5. 8. 23, mihii\\'dm laudas ? i. e. apudme :
Cic. Amic. 27, mihi quidem Scipio vivit, vivetque semper ;
where mihi is equivalent to apud me, in ammo meo.
4.) Instead of cum: to these belong: a) in the poets the
22 Of the Dative.
verbs to strive, to fight, to contend : as piignare, certare, Sec. :
e. g. Virg. Eel. 5. 8, montibus in nostris solus tibicertet Amyn-
tas, for tecum : ibid. 8. 55, certent et cycnis ululae : and elsewhere ;
e. g. ibid. Georg. 2. 138 : Hor. Od. 1. 3. 13, Africum decer-
tantcm (H/uiloiiibus: Virg. Mn. 4. 38,p/aaWoneetiam pugnabis
amort, for cum amore ; cf. 1 1. 600; and elsewhere : ibid. 1. 493
(497), audetque viris concurrere virgo, for cum viris ; and else-
where : e.g. ibid. 10.8: Ovid. Met. 5. 89: 12. 595: Art.
3. 5 : also Liv. 24. 15, quibus cum Numida3 concurrissent (also
we have concurrere alicui, i.e. to take a part with any one, e. g.
in hereditate, Pand. 5. 2. 16 : so ibid. 37. 11 . 2) : Virg. ^En. 12.
678, stat conferre manum JEnea, for cum JEnea, I am resolved to
fight with ^Eneas : so conferre se alicui, ibid. 10. 735, to come
close to, to attack : ibid. 1. 475 (479) impar congressus Achilli:
so ibid. 5. 809: Ovid. Met. 12. 76: (also congredi aliquem,
Virg. ^n. 12. 342, 510); Hor. Od. 1. 1. 15, luctantem Icariis
Jluctibiis Africum : ibid. Epist. 2. 2. 74 : Stat. Theb. 1 1. 522 :
also with an ablative, Lucan. 3. 503 : b) verbs of uniting, joining,
and the like : e. g. iungere is often used by Cicero and others
with a dative; e. g. iungere equos currui, iungere aliquid rei' 9
which may be imitated: so, coniungere aliquid alicui rei\ in-
stead of which there often occurs coniungere aliquid cum aliquo,
cum aliqua re, or re. But others, such as coire, concumbere,
8cc. are usual with the dative in the poets only ; e. g. Ovid.
Her. 4. 129, coitura pr ivigno : Hor. Art. 12, sed non ut pla-
cidis coeant immitia, for cum placidis : Virg. Mn. 1. 66 1, mixta
deo nmlier, i. e. cumdeo: miscere rem rei, Cic. Off. 2. 14:
Hirt. Alex. 56 : componere rem rei, Prop. 2. 64 : Ovid. Met.
10. 338, Cinyra concumbere, i. e. cum Cinyra: Prop. 2. 12. 16,
dicitur et nud& concubuisse de& : conferre castra castris, for con-
iungere, Cic. Div. 2. 55: Ca3s. B. C. S. 79: Liv. 4. 27; and
elsewhere : so concurrere alicui, Pand. see above : c) loquor
also is sometimes followed by a dative; as Plaut. Poen. 4. 2.63,
si herus meus me esse locutumcniquammortali sciat,forcwm quo-
quam mortali: Coel. Cic. ad Div. 8. 12. 3, turn quidem aliquot
amicis locutus sum, for cum aliquot amicis &c., yet Ernesti
has inserted cam. It is however used elsewhere with a dative,
Of the Dative. 23
e. g. Stat. Theb. 12. 26 &c. : d) comparare, conferre, to com-
pare, aliquid alicui rei, for cum aligua re, is very common ; e. g.
Cic. Senect. 5, equi fortis et victoris senectuti comparat suam,
for cum senectute : so Liv. 28. 28: Cic. Off. 1.22, Lycurgi
legibus et discipline confer endi sunt : so also Hor. Sat. 1. 5. 44 :
componere, to compare, Cic. Flacc. 26 : Virg. Georg. 4. 176 :
contendere, to compare, Hor. Epist. 1 . 10. 26 : Auson. Grat.
Act. 14.
5.) Instead of in after abdere : as abdere se literis, to devote
himself entirely to literature, literally to hide himself in litera-
ture, Cic. Arch. 6: to this place belongs Virg. ^n. 2. 553,
lateri capulo tenus abdidit ensem, literally hid the sword in his
side, i. e. thrust the sword in his side, where latere is for in la-
tere : in other places in is expressed, e. g. abdit ferrurn in armo,
Ovid. Met. 4. 719- And thus, perhaps, more similar examples
of other verbs might be found.
VII.) The dative follows some verbs that are com-
pounded of the prepositions ad, ante, circum, con (for
cum), de, e, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, re, sub, super ;
partly to the question^ to or for whom ? and partly it
must be explained by the preposition, with which the
verb is compounded. The verbs of this sort are partly
intransitive, i. e. which have no accusative, and partly
transitive, which, besides the dative, have also an ac-
cusative : e. g.
Ad: as adsuescere ret, Liv. 1. 19 : Suet. Aug. 38, to be ac-
customed, to accustom one's self to a thing : adesse alicui,
to stand by, to aid any one : also alicui rei, to be present at
any thing ; e. g. amicis, Cic. Senect. 1 1 ; comitiis, Cic. Att.
1. 10; periculis, Nep. Pelop. 4: both are very common.
Thus also adha?rere alicui rei, to adhere to, to cleave to any-
thing, Liv. 5. 47 : 39- 25, and elsewhere : and adhaerescere,
to continue to adhere to anything, Cic. Off. 1. 25. So also
adspirare, adiacere, adiicere, adhibere, adferre &c. : Virg.
24 Of the Dative.
M\\. 2. 385, adspirat primo fortuna labori, fortune favours
the first labour ; and elsewhere : e. g. ibid. 10. 525 : Liv.
2. 49, Tuscus ager Romano adiacet, lies next to, adjoins the
'Roman : thus, adiicere oculum rei, to cast one's eye upon a
thing, to be eager after it : Cic. Verr. 2. 15, adiectum esse
oculum heredituti : adhibere aliquid alicui rei, to apply one
thing to another, to make use of in it : e. g. calcaria equo, to
apply spurs to a horse; as Cic. Brut. 56, alteri se calcaria ad-
hibere, atteri frenos, that he used spurs with one, the bit
with the other : thus, manus vecligalibus, Cic. Agr. 2. 18:
consolationern alicui, Cic. Brut. 9(3 : further, adferre vim
alicui, e. g. -cirgini, to do violence to, Liv. 4. 4 : advertere
proras terra, Virg. jEn. 7. 35 : balnearia occidenti, Colum.
1.6: vincta orienti, ibid. 3. 12. 6, and elsewhere. Yet both
ad and in are frequently used ; e. g. adhibere aliquem (ali-
quam rem) ad aliquid, to make use of person or thing in any-
thing ; e. g. aliquid ad panem, Cic. Tusc. 5. 34 : manus
medicas ad vulnera, Virg. Georg, 3. 455: aliquem ad con-
vivium, to bring one to table, Nep. Prref. : aliquem in comi-
iuirn, Cic. ad Div. 2. 7: 6. 1. 5, i. e. to make use of for
counsel : thus, oculos adiicere ad omnia, Cic. Agr. 2. 10 :
animum ad aliquid, Terent. Eun. 1. 2. 63 : adsuescere with
ad y Ca3s. B. G. 6. 28 : so aliqua re, e. g. genus pugnae, quo
adsueverant, Liv. 31. 35 : advertere aures ad vocem, Ovid.
Fast. 1. 180: classem in portum, Liv. 37. 9: so, admovere,
adnectere rem alicui rei, and rem ad rem : also adiaceo with
an accusative, e. g. mare, Etruriam, Nep. Timoth. 2 : Liv.
7. 12.
Ante: as anteponere, anteferre, aliquid (aliquem) alicui rei, to
prefer : to the question, to whom r which is quite regular.
Circum : as circumfundi alicui, to be put round anything, to
encompass, Liv. 22. 7, 14 : so, circumfundere se alicui, i. e.
to surround, encircle, Liv. 29. 34 : thus also, circumfusus, a,
um, e. g. Liv. 6. 15, circumfusa lateri meo turba, the multi-
tude which surrounded my side, for turba fusa circum latus
meum : so circumiicere, Liv. 38. 19: also circumicctus, a,
Of the Dative. 25
urn, e. g. Caes. B. G. 2. 6, circumiecta multitudine hominum
totis nicenibus, when a multitude of men entirely surrounded
the walls, for multitudine hominum iacta circum tota moenia :
so, aedificia circumiecta mur'iSj Liv. 9- 28, i. e. surrounding,
encompassing. So we find circumdare urbi murum, to carry
a wall round the city : fossam lecto, Cic. Tusc. 5. 20 : exer-
citum castris, Liv. 3. 28 : munitiones toto (for toti) oppido,
Hirt. B. G. 8. 34, and in other places. Yet we also find
circumstare aliquid aliqua re, i. e. to surround (actively),
Liv. 4. 47 : Cic. ad Div. 15. 14: quern circumfundit aer,
surrounds, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 10: JNep. Ages. 8: vectem
circumiectus, Cic. Div. 2. 28.
Con: e. g. comparare, contendere, componere, conferre, to com-
pare, aliquem alicui, for cum aliquo : Cic. Senect. 5, equi
fortis et victoris senectuti comparat suam, he compares his
own old age to that of &c. Yet comparare is most generally
followed by cum ; as Cic. ad Div. 3. 6. 1, cum meum factum
cum tuo comparo. Further, componere: Virg. Eel. 1. 24,
parvis componere magna solebam, for cum parvis, I used to
compare great things to small : thus also, contendere, Cic.
Flacc. 26 : Hor. Epist. 1. 10. 26 : conferre, Cic. Off. 1. 22 :
Liv. 28. 28, which have all been adduced already. Further,
conferre castra castris, to unite &c., Cic. Div. 2. 55 : Liv.
4. 27 : Ca3s. B. C. 3. 79 ' so also alicui congredi, concur-
rere, concumbere, coire &c. See before, n. VI. 4.
De : e. g. deesse alicui, not to assist one, is very common ; e. g.
Cic. ad Div. 1.9: Cic. Att. 14. 15, and elsewhere: also
with a dative of the thing ; as Liv. 6. 24, neque alter tribu-
nus rei defuit, nor did the other tribune act remissly in the
business : convivio, Cic. Phil. 2. 29 : bello, Cic. Q. Fr. 2. 6.
So deferre aliquid alicui, to carry to any one, for ad aliquem :
- e. g. Nep. Att. 4, omnia munera, qua3 acceperat, el iussit
deferri : thus some also say deferre honorem (honores) alicui,
to offer an honour or office to one : also studium alicui, Cic.
ad Div. 6. 10 : yet some also say, ad aliquem ; e. g. summam
imperil ad aliquem, Nep. Hann. 3: also, ad aliquem, i. e,
2G Of the Dative.
to lay before, to make known, to inform, Cic. Fin. 2. 17 :
Cic. ad Div. 5. 8 : Cic. Veir. 1. 25.
E: e. g. enperepericulo,malo: as periculo, Cass. B. G.4. 12 :
vitam suppliciis, Cic. Cat. 1. 8 : yet we also find expericulo y
out of danger, as in English : e. g. ex pericuto, Cic. Cluent.
26 : ex itisidiis, Cic. Mur. 38 : ex morte, Cic. Verr. 5. 6 :
also de for ex, Cic. Verr. 5. 67 : also an ablative only ; e.g.
Jiamma, Cic. Verr. 3. 48.
In : e. g. iniicere manum alicui, Liv. 3. 44 : Cic. Rose. Com.
16, to lay the hand on one : so alicui iniicere spem, metum,
terrorem, cupiditatem, to excite in one hope, fear, terror, de-
sire : e. g. spew, Cic. Att. 3. 22 : metum, Plaut. Cas. 4. 2. 26 :
formidinem, Cic. Verr. 3. 28: terrorem, Cic. Fin. 5. 11:
studium pugnandi, Caes. B. G. 1.46: mentem, Cic. Mil.
31 : pavorem, Liv. 4. 19- Inferre bellum alicui or terra
to make war on a person or country, is very common ; e. g.
Cic. Pis. 34: Cic. Att. 9- 10: Imponere fastigium operi:
Cic. Off. 3. 7, sed quoniam operi inchoato et prope iam ab-
soluto tanquam fastigium imponimus : Liv. 4 4, ue adfinita-
tibus ne propinquitatibus immisceamur, cavent. Also inci-
dere to fall upon, to press upon, is united to a dative ; as
Liv. 5. 26, prius quam pa ventes Aorta's inciderent, might press
into the gates : ibid. 2. 65, castris incidere\ 3. 3, portis in-
cidents.
Inter : as interesse rei, to be present at an affair, to have a part
in it; as interesse concioni, orationi, pugnae &c., to be pre-
sent at the fight : so prcelio, Caes. B. G. 7. 87 : negotiis, Cic.
ad Div. 1.6: comiliis, Cic. Att. 14. 22; and elsewhere :
we also find interesse in re, Cic. Rose. Am. 14, 38: Cic.
Cluent. 59 : interdicere alicui aliquid, e. g. usum purpurae :
Liv. 34. 7, feminis duntaxat purpuras usum interdicemus :
and in the formula of banishment, interdicere alicui aqua et
igni, Cic. Phil. 1.6: 6. 4: interponere aliquid rei, Hirt. B.
G. 8. 17: Plin. H. N. 28. 4.
Ob: as obequitare muris, to ride up to the walls, for equitare
Of the Dative. 27
ob (i. e. ad) muros : Liv. 23. 46, hunc Taurea cum diu per-
lustrans oculis obequitasset hostium turmis, i. e. equitasset ob
turmas, i. e. ad turmas&c. : so castris, Liv. 2. 45 : stationi-
bus, Liv. 9- 36 : so obducere, e. g. callum dolori, Cic. Tusc.
2. 15 : callum stomacho, Cic. ad Div. 9- 2. So obambulare,
e. g. muris, Liv. 36. 34 : gregibus, Virg. Georg. 3. 538 :
oberrare, e.g. tentoriis, Tacit. Ann. 1. 65. So obversari
oculis, to float before the eyes, Liv. 35. 11 : so Cic. Tusc.
2. 22, obversentur species honestae animo\ we also often find
obversari ante oculos, as Cic. Sext. 3. Thus again obsistere
alicui, to oppose, opponerese alicui, caputpm'cw/zsobiicere,
to expose ; offerre aliquid alicui. This however is regular,
since it answers the question, to whom ?
Post : postponere se alicui, to place one's self after another :
posthabere ; e. g. Virg. Eel. 7 17, posthabui tamen illorum
mea seria ludo : which is also regular to the question, to
whom ?
Prat : as praesse, to preside over, e. g. reipublica, exercitui
&c. : praeficere, to set over, as aliquem exercitui, castris &c.,
or praeponere, to set one over the camp ; these are common
in Cicero and others. Yet these three verbs are also found
without a dative ; e. g. provincia, in qua tu prsefuisti, Cic.
Verr. 3. 77, and in other places : in eo exercitu fratrem pr&-
fecerat, Cic. Sext. 18 : media acie Domitium praeposuerat,
Caes. B. C. 3. 89 : in ea ora, ubi pr&positi sumus, Cic. ad
Pompeium in Epp. ad Att. 8. 1 1. So also praBponere, prae-
ferre to prefer ; e. g. salutem reipublicaa vita sues, praponere,
Cic. Phil. 9, and elsewhere : all these also answer the ques-
tion, to whom ?
Pro : e. g. proponere, e. g. oculis, Cic. Sext. 7 : fastos populo t
Cic. Mur. 1 1 : prospicere alicui, to provide for one, Cic.
Verr. 4. 55: alicui rei, Cic. ibid. : Caes. B.G. 1. 23 : 7.50:
also providere, e. g. Cic. ad Div. 3. 2, si rationibus meispro-
visum esse intellexero : so Hor. Epist. 1. 18. 16, propugnat
armatus ; nugis seems to be the dative, instead ofpugnat
28 Of the Dative.
pro nugis, i. e. defendit nugas : sofratri, Apul. Met. 9- p. 234,
Elmenh.
Re: e. g. hos clam Xerxi remisit, Nep. Paus. 4, sent them
back to Xerxes : yet here the question is to whom ? and re
has no influence on the construction, since we find also mit-
tere aliquid alicui, and sometimes ad follows it ; in the place
above cited there soon follows, quam ob rem ad classem re-
niissus non est.
Sub : as subveriire alicni, to come to one's assistance, Cic. Off.
1. 43, and in other places: so also succurrere alicui, Cass.
B. G. 7. 80 : succedere, e. g. tectis, Virg. ^n. 1. 627 (631) :
nturist Liv. 23. 44 : castris, Ca?s. B. G. 2. 6 : at other times
also with an accusative, e. g. Cic. Dom. 44: Ca3s. B. G.
1. 24: Liv. 31. 45 : so also succumbere alicui, to yield to
any one ; and subiicere aliquid alicui, to subject : these are
all regular to the question, to whom ? Thus we often find
subiicere aliquid alicui rei, to place one thing beneath or
after another, e. g. praBceptis subiicere exempla, to place ex-
amples beneath precepts : also castris legiones, Ca3s. B. C.
3. 17: asdes colli, Liv. 2. 7 : something different is subiici
in equum, to be lifted or mounted on a horse ; e. g. Liv. 6. 24,
subiectus a circumstantibus in equum, and in other places.
Super: e. g. superesse : Liv. 1. 34, Lucumo superfuit patri,
survived his father: so also 27. 49 : ibid. 7. 24, stratis cor-
poribus hostium super statis, i. e. statis super &c., and else-
where, e. g. Liv. 10. 28 : 37. 27 : 38. 7 : yet it might be
the ablative : columna, Suet. Gal b. 23.
VIII.) The verbs adulor (adulo), allatro or adlatro,
antecedo, anteeo, antecello, antepolleo, adsideo, an-
testo, antevenio, anteverto, adtendo, inludo, incesso,
insulto, occumbo, with the same signification, have not
only a dative but also, on account of the preposition of
which they are compounded, an accusative. So also
the following verbs, with the same signification, take
Of the Dative. 29
both these cases, euro, deficio, despero, medicor, mo-
deror, prsecedo, praecurro, praeeo, praesto, praestolor,
praeverto, studeo, tempero.
Adulor (o) to Hatter, caress : Nep. Att. 8, neque eo magis po-
tenti adulatus est Antonio : so plebi, Liv. 3. 69 : pr&sentibm,
Liv. 36. 7 : JZsculapio, Tertull. de Pall. 4 : with an accusa-
tive, e. g. Cic. Pis. 41, adulantem omnes: so plebem, Liv.
23. 4 : Neronem, Tac. Ann. 16. 19 : furem, Colum. 7. 12. 5 :
adulari atque admirari fortunam alicuius, Cic. Div. 2. 2 :
also passively, e. g. nee adulari nos sinamus, Cic. Off. 1.26 :
adulati erant ab amicis, Hemin. ap. Prise. 8 : see Quintil.
9. 3, who says that in his time men said adulari alicui, though
the earlier usage had been adulari aliquem : the accusative
probably depends on the preposition, though we do not know
accurately whence the word is derived.
Allalro (adl.) alicui and aliquem: yet the accusative is more
usual : e. g. Liv. 38. 54, Cato, qui vivo quoque eo (Scipione)
allatrare (adl.) eius magnitudinem solitus erat : so, nos adla-
tres, Mart. 5. 6l. 1 : Scipionem, Quintil. 8. 6: quemque,
Colum. l.prsef. 9: nomen alicuius, Mart. 2. 61.6 : Oceanus
interna maria adlatrat, Plin. H. N. 2. 68 : oram totmaria
adlatrant, ibid. 4. 5 : the dative occurs, Aur. Viet. Vir. 111.
49, eunti nunquam canes adlatr aver tint : yet Edit. Arnzen.
has euntem latraverunt. The accusative depends on ad
in adlatro, for latrare ad aliquem.
Antecederej to excel: Cic. Off. 1. 30, quantum natura hominis
pecudibus reliquisque belluis antecedat : and often with the
dative ; e.g. Cic. Brut. 21 : Cic. Top. 23 : Nep. Ale. 9, ut
eum nemo inamicitia antecederet : and elsewhere with an ac*
cusative, e. g. ibid. 11 : Cic. Att. 8. 9- The accusative de-
pends on the preposition ante.
Antecello, to excel, alicui, Cic. Mur. 13 : Cic. Arch. 3 : Cic.
Verr. 4. 53 : aliquem, Tacit. Hist. 14. 55 : 2. 3 : thence pas-
sively, qui antecelluntur, Auct. ad Herenn. 2. 30.
30 Of the Dative.
Antepolleo, to excel, alicui, Apul. Met. 1. p. 104. Elmenh. ali-
quern, ibid. 7. p. 189.
Adsideo, to sit by something, with a dative, Cic. Plane. 1 1 : Cic.
Pis. 32: Liv. 21. 53: with an accusative, Virg. JRn. 1 1.
304: Sil. 9. 625.
Anteire, to excel, properly, to go before : Plaut. Amph. 2. 2.
18, virtus omnibus rebus anteit profecto: Cic. Tusc. \. 3,qui
its ffitate anteit : Nep. Thras. 1, cum eum nemo anteiret his
virtutibus: so ibid. Chabr. 4 : also Cic. Off. 2. 10, admi-
ratione adficiuntur ii, qui anteire ceteros virtuteputantur : so
animantes, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 61 : also Ovid. Met. 13. 366,
anteit remigis officiutn; and thus the accusative is ofted used,
e.g. Hor. Od.1.35. 17 : Virg. TEn, 12.84: Tac. Hist. 4.13.
Antestare, or antistare, to excel, to be more eminent, properly,
to stand before ; Nep. Arist, 1, quanto antistaret eloquentia
innocentitz : Cic. Inv. 2. 1, etenim quodarn tempore Croto-
niata? multum omnibus (sc. hominibus or populis) corporum
viribus et dignitatibus antesteterunt, excelled all in bodily
strength &c. : ceteris, Cell. 7.5: Mela 3. 6, Scandinovia
magnitudine alias (insulas) antestat : also without a case,
e.g. Herculis anlistare facta, Lucret. .5. 22, i. e. are more
eminent.
Antevenio 9 to come before, to excel : 1 .) to come before, Plaut.
Trin. 4. 2. 66 tempori huic hodie anteveni, came before him :
Sail. lug. 48, ac per tramites occultos exercitum Metelli an-
tevenit, came before the army: it is the same, ibid. 88, con-
siliaet insidias (regum) ajitevenire : ibid. 56, Metellum an te-
venit: 2.) to excel: Sail. lug. 4. 7, novi homines qui antea
per virtutem soliti erant nobi/itatem antevenire, to excel the
nobility : Plaut. Cas. 2. 3, omnibus rebus ego amorem credo
et nitoribus nitidis anlevenire, 1 believe that love excels all
things &c.
Anteverto, to come before: Terent. Eun. 4. 5. 12, miror, ubi
huic anteverterim, I wonder how 1 have come before him :
Of the Dative. 31
so Plaut. Capt. 4. 2. 60, pol moerores mi ant ever tunt gaudiis ;
which is the answer of Hegio, who was exhorted to be cheer-
ful, but was too much troubled to be so : as in English one
might say, I am nearer sorrow than laughter : so Caes. B. G.
7. 7, qua re nuntiata Caesar omnibus consiliis antevertendum
existimavit, ut Narbonem proficisceretur, he believed that he
must anticipate all his resolutions, if Lucterii be understood
after consiliis ; but if consiliis refer to Cassar, then we must
translate antevertere to prefer, and the sense will be, Caesar
believed that he must prefer to all his other plans, that of
going to Narbonne. It is used with an accusative ; Tac. Ann.
13.30, veneno damnationem antevertit;, he anticipated his
condemnation by poison : without a case after it, Cic. Nat.
Deor. 2. 20, three times over.
Atterido, or more correctly adtendo, to attend, to pay regard :
Plin. Pan. 65, cui dii magis, quam C&sari adtendant : so ser-
monibusj Plin. Ep. 7- 26 : more frequently with an accusative,
e. g. Cic. Sull. 11, me adtendite: Cic. Phil.. 2. 12, stuporem
hominis adtendite : Cic. Rab. Post. 6, adtendere versum :
Cic. Arch. 8, quoniam me adtenditis, on account of the
preposition ad: it is also followed by ad\ as, adtendere ali-
f or adtendere ad aliquid; both are usual.
Illudo f or more correctly wludo y to make sport of: Cic. Dom.
39, hie non illudit auctoritati : Cic Rose. Am. 19, dignitati
illudere: Virg. lEu. 2. 64, illudere capto: ibid. 9- 634 i,
verbis virtutem illude super bis : Ter. Phorm. 5, 4. 20, su-
perbe illuditis me: so also pracepta, Cic. Or. 1. 19: artes,
Ovid. Met. 9- 66 : also with z//, e. g. Terent. Eun. 5. 4. 20,
ulciscar, ut ne impune in nos illuseris : ibid. Andr. 4. 4. 18,
idonei, in quibus illudatis.
Incesso, to attack or invade : Liv. 4. 57, turn vero gravior cura
patribus incessit, then indeed a heavier care invaded the se-
nate: Liv. 1. 17, timor incessit pat res : Liv. 1. c6, cupido
incessit animos iuvenum sciscitandi, there came upon the young
men's minds a desire of inquiry : Liv. 3. 60, indignatio inces-
32 Of the Dative.
sit JEquox : ibid. 9- 8, tanta simul admiratio, miseratioque
viri incessit homines ; and thus often with an accusative :
also with in, Terent. Andr. 4. 3. 15, nova nunc religio in te
istaec incessit, cedo ?
Insilio, to jump or spring upon, with a dative, Ovid. Met. 8.
36? : 12. 345 : ibid. Trist. 1. 3. 9 : with an accusative, Hor.
Art. 465 : Ovid. Met. 8. 142 : Suet. Claud. 21 : also with in,
Liv. 6. 7 : Ca?s. B. G. 1. 52 : Plaut. Rud. 2. 3. 36.
Insulto : e. g. Cic. Verr. 5. 50, num tibi insult are in calamitate,
to insult: so Ovid. Trist. 2. 571, iacenti : ibid. 5. 8. 4, casi-
itfsalicuius: Virg. Georg. 3. 116, insult are solo, to stamp on
the ground, to leap upon it, to gallop : so ibid. 4. 1 \,Jioribus :
Hor. Od. 3. 3. 40, busto : Ovid. Met. 1. \<Z4,fuctibus : Tac.
Ann. 2. 8, aquis : Terent. Eun. 2. 2. 54, na? tu istam (forem
door) faxo calcibus sa?pe insult obis frustra ; therefore insultare
fores, to leap against the door : Tac. Ann. 4. 59, qui nunc
patientiam senis, et segnitiam iuvenis iuxta insultet, alike in-
sults : so aliquem, e. g. mulios bonos insult aver at, Sail. Fragni.
ap. Donat. ad Terent. Eun. 2. 2. 54: Serv. ad Virg. JEn. 9.
643 : so insultat te miserum, Lucil. ap. Non. 4. n. 262.
Occumbere morti and mortem, to die : the former occurs Virg.
/En. 2. 62, certa occumbere morti : the latter, Cic. Tusc. 1.
42 : Liv. 26. 45 : 31. 18 : the accusative is governed by ob :
we also find for these, occumbere morte, Liv. 1. 7, or letosegni,
Val. Flacc. 1. 633: also letum,S\\. 13.380: also neci, Ovid.
Met. 15. 499^ necern voluntariam, Sueton. Aug. 13. Ernest,
where other editions have nece voluntaria.
Curo to take care of, to care for, is commonly followed by an ac-
cusative ; as euro hanc rem: yet it is also joined to a dative,
as Plaut. True. 1. 2. 35, quia tuo vestimento et cibo, rebus
alienis curas : so also in other places, e.g. ibid. Hud. 1. 2. 92 :
ibid.Trin. 4.3. 50: Ace. ap. Macrob. Sat. 6. 1.
Dejicio, to fail, commonly with an accusative ; as Cic. Rose.
Am. 32, tempus te citius quam oratio deficeret, time would
Of the Dative. 33
fail thee, sooner than speech : so Cic. Brut. 24 : sometimes
also with a dative ; as Ca3s. B. G. 3. 5, ac non solum vires,
sed etiam tela nostris deficerent.
Desperare , to despair of any thing, to have no more hope ; Cces.
B. G. 3. 12, suis fortunis desperare cceperunt: ibid. 7* 50,
ac sibi desperam, i.e. on his own account: Cic. Mur. 21,
quoniam sibi hie ipse desperat : so saluti su&, Cic. Cluent.
25 : oppidoj Cic. Pis. 34. Also with an accusative ; as Cic.
Cat. 2. 9, honores, quos quieta republica desperans : Cic.
Mur. 21, ut honorem desperasse videatur : so pacem, Cic.
Att. 7- 20 : thence we find, homo a se desperatus : e. g. Cic.
Pis. 41, a te ipso desperatum et relictum (te) : thence despe-
ramur, i.e. desperat ur de nobis, Cic. Q. Fr. 1.3: essent de-
sperandi, Cic. Cat. 2. 5 : thence also the common expression,
rebus desperatis, all hope being lost, since all hope is dismissed.
The reason, why despero governs an accusative, seems to be,
that spero also governs one. We find, moreover, desperare
de aliqua re, e. g. de republica, Cic. ad Pomp, in Epp. ad
Att. 8. 11.
Medicor, to heal : Virg. Georg. 2. ?35, senibus medicantur an-
helis: and figuratively, e. g. gnato, Terent. Andr. 5. 1. 12:
mihif ibid. 5. 4. 41 : also with an accusative; e. g. Virg. /En.
7. 756, medicari cuspidis ictum evaluit: so venenum, Plin.
H. N. 1 1. 33 : and figuratively, e.g. metum, Plaut. Most. 2.
1. 40 : it is the same with medeor ; see above, n. 5.
Moderor, to moderate, tame, govern, regulate, guide, or manage
properly : Plaut. True. 4. 3. 57, non vinurn homini sed vino
homines modeiari solent: Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 1. 13, moderari
vero et animo et orationi cum sis iratus, et tacere, to mode-
rate &c. : Hor. Epist. 1. 2, 59, qui non moderabitur ira, mo-
derate, tame : so Liv. 4. 7 : so fortune su&j Liv. 37. 35 :
lingua, Plaut. Cure. 4. 1. 25 : also with an accusative, e. g.
Cic. Verr. 3. 98, Iota3 res rustics eiusmodi sunt, ut eas non
ratio, neque labor, sed res incertissimaB, venti tempestatesque
moderentur, regulate : ibid. Tusc. 5. 36, an tibicines, iique
qui fidibus utuntur, suo, non multitudinis, arbitrio, cantus nu-
VOL. II. D
34 Of the Dative.
tnerosque moderantur, govern, manage : so animos in secun-
dis, Liv. 42. 62 : gaudium, Tac. Ann. 2. 72 : dtiritiam legum,
Suet. Claud. 14: equuni, Lucret.5. 1297 : Caes. B. G. 4. 33 :
se moderari ac regere, Cic. Or. 1. 52. It seems that mode-
rari to moderate, to tame, is more commonly used with a da-
tive, and moderari to govern, with an accusative ; yet this is
conjectural : moderor may be compared with tempera, which
occurs hereafter.
Pr&cedo : 1 .) properly, to go before, to precede : e. g. with an
accusative, Virg. ^En. 9. 47, Turnus ut antevolans tardum
pracesserat agmen : so also opus esse (se) ipsos pracedere,
Caes. B. G. 7. 54: custodes suos pracedere coepit, Justin. 14.
4-: venturas pr&cedat sexta calendas, Ovid. Fast. 1. 705:
2.) to excel : Plaut. Asin. 3. 3. 39, ut vestrae fortunae meis
pr&cedunt : Caes. B. G. 1. 1 1, Helvetii quoque reliquos Gallos
virtute pr&cedunt ; so, cunctas provinciarum cultu pracedit,
Plin. H.N. 3. 1 : aliquem retate, Quintil. 10. 1. 103 : merely
aliquem, ibid. 6 : Plin. Ep. 6. 7. In the sense of, to excel,
it also governs a dative and accusative, but the latter more
usually.
Pr&curro, properly, to run before, to excel : e. g. with a dative,
Cic. Div. 1. 52, ut certis rebus certa signa pr&currerent, i.e.
might precede: so Cic. Acad. 1. 12, cognitionietperceptwni
adsertionem pr&currere: Cic. Cat. 4. 9, vos qui mlhi studio
pasne pracurritis, almost surpass : with an accusative ; e. g.
Cic. Off. 1.29,efficiendum est,ut appetitus rationi obediant,
eamque neque pracurrant, and may not precede it, or rank
before it : uterque Isocratem aatate pracurrit, Cic. Or. 52 :
pr&currit amicitia iudicium, Cic. Amic. 17 : aliquem nobili-
tate, Nep. Thras. 1 : i.e. excel : so f amicos vita, Hor. Epist.
1.20. 33. cf. Auct.Dial.de Orat. (at the end of Tacitus) 22.
Pr&ire: 1.) to go before, with an accusative; e. g. is pr&ibat
eum, cuius &c., Tacit. Ann. 6. 21 : Jamam sui, ibid. 15. 4 :
2.) it is also used to express, to go before another in speaking,
praying &c., what another is to say or pray in the same words;
prceire alicui voce, praaire verba, or verbis : Cic. Mil. 2, in-
Of the Dative. 35
citati sunt, ut vobis voce prairentj quid iudicaretis, to repeat
to you beforehand what judgement you should pronounce:
Quintil. 2. 5, legentibus singulis praire &c. : Cic. Dom. 52,
ut mihi pr&eatis, i.e. repeat before me : de officio iudicis
praire me tibi vis, Gell. 14. 2: Liv. &.9,prai verba, quibus
me devoveam, repeat to me the words, the formula &c. :
Liv. 9 46, coactus verba pr^ire, to go over the words, the
formula: so 42. 28 : Plaut. Rud. 5. 2. 48, prai verbis quid-
vis, say before me what you please, i. e. as a formula of swear-
ing, which I will follow : pr&ire sacramentum, Tac. Hist. 2.
74, to rehearse the oath : so carmen, Liv. 31. 1? : Val. Max.
4. 1. 10: obsecrationeniy Sueton. Claud. 22: pr&ire aliciti
iusiurandum, Plin. Paneg. 64. It appears, therefore, that the
thing which a person says beforehand to another may be in
the accusative, but not the person to whom he says it, who
must be in the dative. Also without the dative or verba,
verbis, voce &c. : e. g. duumviris pr&euntibus, Liv. 4. 22 :
iurare alio praeunte, Plin. Paneg. 64, where verba may be
understood.
Prasto, to excel, literally, to stand before one, and therefore to
have a preference over him, is very common with the dative
and accusative : praestare alicui or aliquein in aliqua re, to
excel any one &c. : Cic. Or. 2. 67, Socratem longe lepore
et humanitate omnibus pr&stitisse : ibid. Fin. 4. 18, tantum-
que prastat ceteris rebus&c. : and elsewhere with the dative ;
e. g. Cic. Invent. 2. 1 : Cic. Or. 1. 44 : Sail. Cat. 1 : Nep.
Att. 3, civitatem, quag antiquitate, humanitate, doctrina pne-
staret omnes ; and in other places with the accusative, e. g.
Nep. Epam. 6 : Hann. 4 : Liv. 5. 36 : 44. 38.
Prtestolor, to wait for any one : Cic. ad Att. 2. 15, ut, quoniam
tu certi nihil scribis, in Formiano tibi prtsstoler usque ad &c.:
and elsewhere with a dative ; e. g. Cic. Cat. 1.9- huic spei t
Cic. Att. 3. 20, i. e. propter spem : Terent. Eun. ,5. 5. 6,
quern prastolare, Parmeno, hie ante ostium? for whom are
you waiting &c. ? and elsewhere with an accusative ; e. g.
aliquem,** ibid. 7 : Caes. B. C. 2. 23 : Plant. True. 2. 3.
D2
30 Of the Dative.
15: and with a genitive; e. g. cohortnun, Sisenn. ap. Non.
2. n. 709.
Praverto and pr aver tor, to come before, to excel, to precede, to
prefer, and to do in preference : e. g. Ca3s. B. G. 7- 33, Caesar
huic rei pr&vertendum existimavit, thought that this tiling must
come before, sc. others : it may also mean, must be done in
preference : Liv. 8. 16, quorum mum opportunitas pravertit,
comes before, makes unavailable : Ovid. Met. 2. 637, praver-
tunt me fata : Virg. JEn. 1 . 72 1 (725), animos amore, to preoc-
cupy : poculum,P\autM\\. 3. 1.59: Virg. JS.n.7. 807,sedproe-
lia virgo dura pati cursuque ])edum pmvertere ventos, may
be translated, preceded the winds, or excelled the winds, which
amounts to the same thing, though the first is closer to the origi-
nal. Yet we have pravertere to excel, Cic. Sull. 16, quern non
praverterhn, sc. by harsh speeches : yet it is uncertain, whe-
ther with a dative it denotes to excel. Some indeed cite Plaut.
Pseud. 1. 3. 59, sedquoniam pietatem amori video tuo pra-
vertere, but because I see that your filial affection excels your
love : but it may here be translated, to prefer, sc. because I
see that you prefer your filial affection to your love : at any
rate, this latter explanation is as applicable as the former.
Further, huic sermoni pravertendum, putes, Cic. Div. 1. 6,
i. e. to be preferred : so iusiurandi religionem amori, Gell.
4. 3, to prefer : so also with pr& ; e. g. uxorem prat republica,
Plaut. Amph. 1. 3. 30: rei mandate pr&verti decet, Plaut.
Merc. 2. 3. 40, i. e. to do in preference : so also pr caver ti ei
rei volo, ibid. Capt. 2. 3. 99 : huic rei pravertendum esse,
Ca3s. see above : litibus, Plaut. Pers. 5. 2. 20.
Studeo has indeed a dative after it, as was mentioned above ;
yet we also find has res sttideant, Plaut. Mil. 5. 44 : so studere
literas, e. g. Cic. Sen. p. red. 6, cum vero etiam liter as stu-
dere incepit&c., which seems singular, viz. that it is followed
by a substantive in the accusative; for pronouns of the neuter
gender, and nihil frequently follow it ; e. g. Terent. Andr. 1 .
1. 28, eadem student : Cic. ad Div. 6. 1, qui, si nihil aliud
studet, nisi id, quod agit Sec.: Terent. Andr. 1.1, 31,horum
Of the Dative. 37
ille nihil egregie prae cetera studebat : also unum studetis,
Cic. Phil. 6. 7. Yet from such neuters we can draw no in-
ference, since we find them used for almost all cases. Even
in the above-cited place from Cicero, Erriesti and Graevius
read literis studere.
Tempero: 1.) to moderate, tame, spare: 2.) to govern, guide:
e. g. temper are lingua, Liv. 28. 44 : Plant. Rud. 4. 7. 28,
to moderate, to subdue his tongue : so temperare lacrymis,
Liv. 30. 20, to moderate, spare, refrain his tears : temperare
ir&y Liv. 33. 5, or iras, Virg. ^En. 1. 57 (6l), to moderate
anger : temperare c&dibus, to moderate the slaughter, to re-
strain himself in slaughter, Liv. 2. 16 : latitia, Liv. 5. 7 :
sibi, Ca3s. B. G. 1. 18 : Liv. 34. 8 : or se a re, Liv. 39. 10:
victoria, Sail. Cat. 1 1 : victoriam, Cic. Marc. 3: calores solis,
Cic. Nat. Deor. 1 . 53, to moderate, to soften : so acerbita-
tem morum, Cic. Phil. 12. 11: temperare sociis, Cic. Verr.
1. 59, to spare the allies : but temperare rempublicam, to go-
vern the state : Cic. Tusc. 1. 1, rempublicam nostri maiores
certe melioribus temperavenint et institutis etlegibus : ratem,
to steer or manage a ship; Ovid. Met. 13. 366, quantoque,
ratem qui temperat, anteit remigis officium. Hence when it
means to govern, to guide, temperare seems to take an accu-
sative rather than a dative.
Note: To these some add the following :
Prwellere : 1) to excel, is used with an accusative; Tac. Ann.
2. 43, Liviam pr&cellebat : so Pand. 50. 2. 6 : 2.) to rule or
preside over, e.g. with the dative ; a,s,genti Adorsorum, Tacit.
Ann. 12. 15.
Pravenio, to come before, is joined to an accusative, Liv. 8. 16,
tamen, ut beneficio pravemrent desiderium plebis : and else-
where with an accusative ; e.g. ibid. 31 : 24. 25 : lustin. 42.
4. No example of the dative has been produced.
Adversor, to be against, to oppose, is always followed by a da-
tive ; as Cic. Or. 51, quis porro Isocrati est adversatus im-
pensius ? and elsewhere, e. g, Cic. Verr. 5. 31 : Cic. Still. 18 :
38 Of the Dative.
Terent. Hec. 4. 4. 3. With an accusative indeed it occurs
sometimes in Tacitus; as Hist. 1. 1 : 4. 84 ; but the learned
maintain that in all such instances aversari must be substi-
tuted : and this is the reading of Ernesti throughout.
IX.) Many verbs with the same, or not very different
significations, have at one time a dative, at another
time some other case : e. g.
Abdicare : e. g. abdicare magistratum, to abdicate the magi-
stracy, either by compulsion or otherwise; e. g. dictaturam,
Liv. 6. 18 : abdicare se magistrate, as consulatu, pratura
&c., Liv. 2. 2 : 3. 29 : Cic. Cat. 3. 6, to abdicate the office :
perhaps properly to depose one's self from the office. Note :
abdicare alicui magistratum apparently does not occur.
Adscribere civitati, in civitatem, in civitate, to admit, to enrol
as a citizen : e. g. Cic. Arch. 4, adscribi se in earn civitatem
voluit : ibid, si qui fotderatis civitatibus adscripti essent :
ibid. Heracleame esse turn adscript um negabis ? ibid. 5, pra3-
sertim cum aliis quoque in civitatibus merit adscriptus. So
also in municipium, Cic. ad Div. 13. 30: in numerum, Cic.
Phil. 2. 13: also ad numerum tuum, Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 1. 5:
ad amicitiam, Cic. Off. 3. 10.
Adspergere alicui aliquid, to sprinkle any thing on one, and ad-
spergere aliquem aliqua re, to sprinkle one with any thing ;
e. g. Plin. H. N. 12. 10, Uquorem oat/is ; and figuratively,
Cic. Vat. 17, sed cum T. Annium tantopere laudes, et claris-
simo viro nonnullam laudatione tua labeculam adspergas :
Pand. 37- 14. 17, alicui notam: Cic. Mur. 31, si illius comi-
tatem et facilitatem tu& gravitati sereritatic[\\e adsperseris :
Plaut. Epid. 4. 1. 28, pectus aqua : and figuratively, e.g.
Cic. Plane. 12, hum tu vita3 splendorem maculis adspergis
istis? thence also adspergi mfamia, Nep. Ale. 3 : Cic.
Coel. 10.
dfferiur (adfertur}, news is brought : e. g. mihi and ad me :
Cic. Brut. 1, cum Rhodum vcnisscm, ct mihi de Q. Hor-
Of the Dative. 39
tensii morte esset allatum: Cic. ad Div. 3. 10, cum est ad
nos allatum de temeritate eorum : so adferre ad aliquem, to
bring word, to relate, Cic. Coel. 21. Also allatum est, with-
out a case after it, news came, Liv. 10. 45 : so adtulit, Liv.
6.6.
Circumdare: l.)aliquid alicui rei, to put one thing round an-
other ; e. g.fossam lecto, Cic. Tusc. 5. 20 : exercitum castris,
and elsewhere : 2.) aliquid re, to surround one thing with
another, e. g. oppidum vallo, Cic. ad Div. 15. 4: oppidum
corona, Liv. 4. 47 ; and elsewhere.
Coiifidere rei and re, to trust, to confide, as sibi, sua3 virtuti, sua
virtute &c., is very common : e. g. virtuti, Cic. Phil. 5. 1 :
area, Cic. Att. 1.1: militibus, Liv. 2. 45 : urbe, Cic. ad
Div. 12. 14: natura loci, Cass. B. G. 3. 9 : Jirmitate corpo-
ris, Cic. Tusc. 5. 14: also with de, when it means about,
with regard to; as Ca3s. B. C. 2. 5, de salute urbis coriftdere,
cf. Nep. Milt. 1.
Donare alicui aliquid, and aliquern aliqua re, as in English, to
present a thing to any one, or to present any one with some-
thing ; both are very usual : the first occurs Cic. Rose. Am.
8 : Cic. Pis. 3..: Cic. Tusc. 5. 3: Cic. Fin. 3. 5 : and else-
where : the second, Cic. Verr. 3. 80 : Cic. Arch. 3 : Cic.
Nat. Deor. 2. 2 : CaBS. B. C. 3. 54 : and in other places.
Excellere aliis, to excel others, and excellere inter alios, or super
alios, to excel amongst others, or beyond others : Cic. Invent.
2. 1, Zeuxin, qui turn longecetem excellere pictoribus existi-
mabatur : it also occurs with ceteris, Cic. Tusc. 2. 18 : with
aliis, Cic. Or. 2. 54 : Cic. Or. 2, quantum inter omnes unus
excellat : super ceteros, Liv. 28. 43 : ante ceteros, Apul. Flor.
3. p. 356. Elmenh. : also with an accusative, e. g. cum laude
excellet omnes, Macer. ^Emil. ap. Diomed. 1.
Exuere vestem alicui or sibi, to strip off; and se or aliquem
veste : e. g. aliquem veste, Suet. Ner. 32 : vinculas^i, Ovid.
Met. 7. 773 : telum e vulnere, Stat. Theb. 9- 287 : ensem
vagina, ibid. 76 : se ex laqueis, Cic. Verr. 5. 85 : se iugo,
Liv. 34. 13. The following are particularly common ; exuere
40 Of the Dative.
hostern caslris, to deprive the enemy of his camp, Liv. 31 . 42 :
armis, Liv. 34. '28 : impcdimentis, COBS. B. G. 7. 14 ? where
cxuere castra hosti would be incorrect: thence also exutus
castris, i. e. privatus. So the thing often occurs with a bare ac-
cusative, as iugum, Liv. 35. 15 : alas, Virg. JEn. 1.690(694),
to lay aside : cxuere hnmanitatem omnem, Cic. Ligar. 5, to
lay aside all humanity : mores antiques, Liv. 27. 8 : servitu-
tent't Liv. 34. 7 : animam, Ovid. Met. 14. 777, i. e. to die.
Habitare in loco or locum, as in English, to dwell in a place, or
to inhabit a place ; e.g. in urbe, Cic. Dom. 37 : sub terra,
Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 37 : apud aliquem, Cic. Acad. 4. 36 :
urbem, Virg. JEn. 3. 106 : casas, ibid. Eel. 2. 29 : sylvas,
ibid. 6. 2 : thence urbs habitatur, Cic. Verr. 4. 53 : so also
incolere locum, terrain &c., Cic. Verr. I. 17: 4. 10: Cic.
Tusc. 1. 6, and frequently incolere in loco, inter loca, trans,
&c. e. g. Ca33. B. G. 1. 1 : 2. 35 : Liv. 5. 32. &c.
Impertio, or also impertior, to impart any thing to one, to give
him a share, to make him participator, e. g. laudem alicui
impertiri, to impart praise : Cic. Manil. 8, me Lucullo tan-
turn impertiri laudis, to impart so much praise to Lucullus :
Cic. Amic. 19, ut, si quam praestantiam virtutis, ingenii,for-
tunas consecuti sint, impertiant earn suis, they may give a
share to their friends : also alicui de re familiari, Cic. Off.
2. 15: aliquem muitio, Plant. Stich. 2. 1. 17 : aliquem os-
culo, Suet. Ner. 37 : thence passively, doctrinis, quibus
(Etas puerilis impertiri debet, Nep. Att. 1 : thence also im-
pertire aliquem salute, Cic. Att. 2. 12 : and alicui salutem,
Terent. Eun. 2. 2. 40, to greet.
Incidere to engrave, to cut in, to imprint: rei, in rem, in re,
e. g. in as incidere: Cic. Phil. 1. 10, id lex erit, et in <es in-
cidi videbitis : nomcn saxis, Plin. Paneg. 54 : incidere cortici
literas, to cut letters on the bark, Plin. H. N. 16. 9 : carmen
incisum in sepulcro, Cic. Senect. 17 : nominam tabula, Cic.
ad Div. 13. 36. We also find incidere pennas alicui, to cut
any one's wings : e. g. Cic. Att. 4. 2, where Cicero, speaking
of himself, i>H} ; ? qui mihi pennas incidcrant, nolunt eas renasci :
Of the Dative. 41
so arborem, Caes. B. G. 2. 17, to cut into the tree, to make
an incision : yet it may mean to cut oft*: thence inciditur
(arbor) vitro, with glass, Plin. H. N. 12. 25, i. e. is cut into :
so spem incidere, to take away hope, Liv. 3. 58, where spe
incisa occurs : venas alicui, Cic. Har. 16, to open the veins :
incidere nervos populo Romano, to unnerve, Cic. Ag. 2. 18.
These accusatives are all governed by in : it properly means,
to cut into any thing.
Induere to put on, to draw on, to clothe : also to put into, to
thrust into, e. g. sibi or alicui vestem, and se or aliquem
veste, e. g. alicui tunicam t Cic. Tusc. 2. 8 : torquem sibi,
Cic. Fin. 2.22: vestes humeris, Ovid. Her. 21.90: indui
veste, Terent. Eun. 4. 4. 40 : indutus sociis, Cic. Or. 3. 32.
The following are various expressions ; falsam sibi scientiae
persuasionem induere, to assume a false persuasion of one's
knowledge, Quintil. 1.1: induere se mucrone, Virg. .ZEn.
10. 681, to stab himself: induere se in florem, to bloom,
Virg. Georg. 1. 188: pomis se induit arbor, ibid. 4. 143:
se in laqueum, Cic. Verr. 2. 42 : se in captiones, Cic. Div.
2. 17 : acutissimis vallis, Caes. B. G. 7. 73 : hastis, Liv.
44. 41 : cum venti se in nubem induerint, Cic. Div. 2. 19,
i. e. covered : illiquid in mentes hominum, Gell. 2. 29: induit
lacertos suos tons (meis), Ovid. Met. 9- 82, lays his arms
on my muscles, confines me. The accusative is governed
by in, though we do not exactly know whence the word is
derived.
Inspergere to sprinkle on : Plin. H. N. 12. 17, folia inspergere
potiouibus: so also far mam pot ioni, ibid. 26. 8 : cinerempo-
tioni, ibid. 28. 5 : so Cic. Div. 2. 16, molam et vinum in-
spergere; though without a dative: Cato R. R. 65, oleam
sale iiispergito, sprinkle with, strew with.
Inter dicere to interdict, to forbid, is generally reckoned with
these. But we always find interdicere aliquid alicui, e. g.
usum purpurae, Liv. 34. 7 : alicui usum coloris, Suet. Ner.
32 : alicui palriam, lustin. 16. 4 : and in other places.
Thence, passively, interdici non poteiat soce.ro gener, Nep.
42 Of the Dative.
Hamilc. 3 : pramio interdicto, Cic. Balb. 10 : also alicui
aliqua re, e. g. Romanis Gallia, Caes. B. G. 1. 46 : patribus
commercio plebis, Liv. 5. 3, and elsewhere : also passively,
amoribus interdictum iuventuti putet, Cic. Coel. 20 : cf. Cic.
Senect. 7 : thence in the formula of banishment, interdicere
alicui aqua et igni, Cic. Phil. 1 . 9 : 6. 4 : Caes. B. G. 6. 44 ;
never aliquem aliqua re. Some indeed cite from Caes. B. G.
1. 46, qua arrogantia Ariovistus omni Gallia Romanos
interdixisset, but erroneously : the reading in the most cele-
brated editions is Romanis* Yet Brutus in Epp. Cic. ad
Div. 11. 1.4, says, aqua et igni int erdicamur ; which is the
reading of Ernesti and other editors.
Intercludere alicui aliquid, and aliquem aliqua re, to refuse
any thing to any one, or to exclude any one from any thing :
e. g. Cass. B. G. 7. 11, quod pontis atque itinerum angustiae
multitudini fugam intercluserant : so Cic. Att. 7. 20: so
alicui aditus ad aliquem, Cic. Rose. Am. 38: alicui com-
meatum, Plaut. Mil. 2. 2. 68: alicui exitum, Liv. 22. 13:
Caes. B. G. 1. 48, eo consilio, utifrumento commeatuque
Casarem intercluderet : and in other places, e. g. re frumen-
laria, Cass. B. C. 1. 72 : itinere, ibid. 2. 20: Dyrrhachio,
ibid. 3. 42: also aliquem a re, e. g. ab exercitu, Caes. B. G.
7.1: a castris, Liv. 27. 42 ; and in other places.
Mitto tibi and ad te, e. g. literas ; both occur together, Nep.
Att. 0, nunquam ad suorum quenquam literas misit, quin
Attico mitteret, (i. e. wrote, sent word,) quid ageret : and so
also Cicero, e. g. literas alicui, Cic. Att. 6. 5 ; librum ad
aliquem, ibid. 8. 12.
Nubere viro : we also find nuptam esse cum aliquo : e. g. Plaut.
Amph. Prol. 97, quicum (i. e. quocum) Alcumena est
nupta : Cic. ad Div. 15. 3, quocum esset nupta regis Arme-
niorum soror : and elsewhere : e. g. Cic. Verr. 4. 6 : Te-
rent. Hec. 4. 1. 19: Phorm. 5. 3. 34. It seems, however,
that cum rather depends on esse, than nupta ; e. g. haec est
nupta cum illo seems properly to mean, she is with him, as a
married woman, or wife ; for esse cum aliquo means to be
Of the Dative. 43
with any one, and nupta seems to be in apposition. It is,
therefore, still uncertain whether it be correct to say, nubere
cum aliquo. At any rate, we have never found nubo, nu->
bam, and the tenses thence derived, followed by cum.
Scribere alicui, and ad aliquem, is usual : e. g. alicui, Cic. ad
Div. 7. 10: 9. 16: Cic. Att. 5. 11: 11. 7: Gas. B. G.
5. 46 : ad aliquem, Cic. ad Div. 2. 19 : 6. 23 : 14. 2 : Cic.
ad Att. 5. 11 : 11.7.
X.) Many verbs, when used with different signifi-
cations, are followed by different cases ; as
JEmulari aliquem, to imitate any one with emulation, to rival,
is very usual ; as Nep. Epam. 5, me Agamemnonem &mulari
putas : Hor. Od. 4. 2. 1, Pindarum quisquis studet &mu-
lari : also with an accusative of the thing, e. g. negligentiam,
Terent. Andr. Prol. 20 : studia alicuius amulari, to be the
scholar or disciple of any one, Liv. 1. 18, speaking of Py-
thagoras : iuvenum amulantium studia ccetus habuisse. On
the contrary, amulari alicui or cum aliquo is translated, to
envy: as Cic. Tusc. 1. 19, quod Us amulemur, qui ea ha-
beant, quas nos habere cupiamus : Liv. 28. 43, Scipio says
against his opponent Fabius, tanquam mini ab infimo quo-
que periculum sit, ne mecum temuletur. But in both places
it seems better to understand a rivalry or envious rivalry :
since rivalry is scarcely possible without dislike. It does
not seem that ffimulari can denote simply to envy. Thence
aemulari aliquem does not appear to differ much in use from
aemulari alicui or cum aliquo. It sometimes may be trans-
lated, to attain, to reach, e. g. Agamemnonem &c. Nep.
cited before : (uva3 basilica) aemulantur Albano vino, Plin.
H. N. 14. 2.
Accedo tibi, to accede or assent to : e. g. Quint. 9. 4, itaque
accedam in plerisque Ciceroni: so ibid. 3. 4: also ad, e. g.
ad consilium, Nep. Milt. 3 : but hoc tibi accedit ad illud,
this besides that, this in addition to the former comes to you :
Tcrcnt. And. 1. 3, 10, ad hsec mala hoc mi accedit ctiam, to
44 Of the Dative.
these my old misfortunes, this new one is added ; where Ed.
Zeun. has accidit : so desiderio nostro et labori tuo, Cic. Q.
Fr. 1. 1 : fortunis, Cic. Verr. 1.2. So we find accedere ad
aliqucm, nd illiquid, to approach any one, any thing ; as ac-
cedere ad hominem, ad ignem, ad urbem, ad rempublicam,
i. e. to begin to serve the state as a magistrate, in war &c. :
so ad deos, Cic. Ligar. 12 : ad similitudinem alicuius, Cic.
Att. 7, to be like any one ; and elsewhere.
Aitscultare alicui, 1.) to obey any one : Terent. Andr. 1. 3. 4,
Pamphilumne adiutem, an auscultem seni ? so Cic. Rose.
Am. 36, and elsewhere : 2.) to listen to, to attend to, Plant.
Mil. 2. 6. 16: Rud. 2. 6. 31. Auscultare aliquem means
1.) to hear : Plaut. Pcen. 4. 2. 19, et nimis eum ausculto li-
bens : so also ibid. Aul. 3. 5. 22: Catull. 66. 39 : 2.) to
obey : Plant. Trin. 3. 2. 36, nisi me auscultas atque hoc
facis. So audio is also used in the sense to obey : e. g. Cic.
ad Div. 2. 18, sed si me audies, vitabis inimicitias, if you will
attend to me &c. Thus in English we sometimes say, to
hear, instead of, to attend to, to obey.
Caveo alicui, Cic. Phil. 1. 2, to provide safety for any one, to
take care of his safety, by averting injury : so also sibi, Cic. Pis.
12 : Cic. Verr. 1. 35 : Terent. Eun. 4. 7. 12 : populo cavere
prsedibus, to give security to the people by bail, Liv. 21 . 60 :
Cic. Verr. 1.54. Cavere clientibus was said of jurists when
they gave certain forms or provisions to their clients, Cic. ad
Div. 7- 6 : cavere sibi ab aliquo, to take care of himself against
any one : also merely ab aliquo, Cic. Phil. 12. 10 : a veneno,
Cic. Fin. 5. 12: also cavere ab aliquo is translated to take
security from anyone, Cic. Verr. 2.23 : Cic. Brut. 5: cavere
alt quern to beware of any one; cavere aliquid to guard against
any thing : these are all very common ; e. g. aliquem, Cic.
Dom. 11 : aliquid, Cic. Att. 16. 11 : Cic.'ad Div. 11. 21 :
and in other places.
Consulo tibi, 1 take care for thee (not to give counsel) ; alicui
rei, Cic. ad Div 4. 9 : 11 . 29 : Cic. Phil 2. 2 : so consulere
alicuius commodis, to consult any one's advantage : consulere
Of the Dative. 45
aliquem, Cic. ad. Div. 9. 26 : Cic. Div. 2. 4 : Cic. Leg. 2.
16, to take any one's advice, to consult any one : consulere
in aliquem, e. g. graviter, crudeliter, to proceed harshly,
cruelly, against any one ; see Liv. 3. 36 and 59 : 8. 13 :
30. 43 : Terent. Heaut. 3. 1. 28: consulo boni, or cequi bo-
wzque, I am satisfied, pleased therewith, take it in good
part : see above Sect. V. 3. n. II. obs. 2. Consulere means
also, to consider, e. g. de re, Cic. Sail. 22 : rem, Liv. 2. 28.
Cnpio tibi, I am devoted to thee : cupio aliquid, I am desirous
after something ; e. g. alicui, Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 2. 3 : Caes. B.
G. 1. 18 : Terent. Andr. 5. 4. 2.
Deficit mihi, and me, it fails me : e. g. vires me deficiunt,
strength fails me : pecunia me, mihi, deficit. With the ac-
cusative it occurs, Cic. Brut. 24 : Cic. Rose. Am. 32 : with
the dative, Ca3S. B. G. 3. 5. Deficere ab aliquo, to fall oflf^
to revolt from any one ; e. g. deficere a rege, in Nepos : a vir-
tute, Cic. Amic. 11: ab amicitia, Nep. Con. 2 : a nobis,
Liv. 31.7: a repnblica, Cic. Plane. 35: also ad aliquem,
Liv. 22. 61, i. e. to go over to any one : also deficere aliquem
means to desert any one, Cic. Verr. 2. 21 : 3. 46.
Do alicui literas to give a letter to any one, i.e. to carry to
another ; do ad aliquem literas, to write to any one, is usual,
e. g. Cic. Att. 11. 25 : Cic. Cat. 3. 5, where both instances
occur together. Yet sometimes we have dare alicui literas,
to write to a person, e. g. Cic. ad Div. 16. 3, ex quo loco
tibi literas dederam, from which place I wrote to you.
Facere aliquid, to make, to do any thing, is familiar : quid huic
homini facias ? Cic. Crecin. 1 1, what will you do with this
man ? so, quid facias illi, Terent. Andr. 2. 1. 116 : at other
times we find homine &c.
Horreo, I shudder, am terrified, frightened : horreo tibi, I am
frightened for thee, on thy account, is the dative of advantage
in answer to the question for whom ? for whose advantage,
or from love for whom ? Horreo aliquid, I am frightened at
any thing, is very common ; e. g. horreo conspectum omnium,
4G Of the Dative.
Cic. ad Alt. 11.14: so crimen, ibid. 9. 2 : Cic. Verr. 5. 29 :
dolorem, Cic. Tusc. 5. 30 : so horreo pauperiem, mare &c. :
horrere aliqua re, to be stiff with any thing ; as, ager horret
liastis, Virg. jEn. 11. 602: phalanx horrens hastis, Liv.
44. 41 : terga horrentia setis, Ovid. Met. 8. 428.
Impono, to lay on, to place on, alicui aliquid ; as, irnponere
onus alicui, to lay a burden on any one, Cic. ad Div. 13. 56 :
alicui coronam, Cic. Flacc. 32 : also with in and an accusa-
tive; e. g. dextrain in caput, Liv. 1. 18. Ed. Drakenb.,
where other editions have in capite : aliquem in equum,
Liv. 35. 35 : in plaustrum, Liv. 5. 40 : pedem in navem,
Plaut. Rud. 2. 6. 6 : also aliquid in re, e. g. Liv. 8. 23, co-
loniam in agro : Nep. Cim. 4, custodem in hortis : Cic. Nat.
Deor. 1 . 20, itaque imposuistis in cervicibus nostris sempi-
ternum dominum : imponere alicui, to cheat, to overreach,
to impose upon : Cic. Q. Fr. 2. 6, cui tamen egregie impo-
suit Mflo noster : Nep. Eum. 5 : for which we have aliquid
imponere alicui, Cic. Att. 15, 26, sc. fraudis.
Incumbo rei, to lean, bend, or press upon any thing : e. g. remis,
Virg. jEn. 5. 15, and elsewhere : also in or ad aliquid, e. g.
ingladium, Cic. Invent. 2. 51 : or gladium without in, Plaut.
Cas. 2. 4. 29 : or gladio, Auct. ad Herenn. 1 . 11: in ali-
quem, Curt. 6. 9 : ad aliquem, Ovid. Met. 9. 385, i. e. to
bend one's self down : this denotes a great labour, and thence
incumbere in or ad aliquid, to exert great labour on anything ;
e. g. ad rempublicam, ad literas, to devote one's attention to
the state, to letters : so also in rempublicam, Cic. ad Div.
10. 1 : in causam, Cic. Phil. 4. 5 : in aliquod studium, Cic.
Or. 1. 18: in bellum, Ca3s. B. G. 7. 76: ad laudem, Cic.
ad Div. 10. 10: ad lenitatem, Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 1. 3. Thus
also with a dative, e. g. ceris et stylo, Plin. Ep. 7. 27 : ro-
gandis legibus, Flor. 3. 16 : labori, Sil. 4. 820.
Interest: 1 .) is between : murus interest, there is a wall be-
tween : so via interest perangusta, Liv. 22. 4 : Tiberis inter
eos interesset, Cic. Cat. 3. 5 : also, speaking of time, tres anni
interfuerunt, three years intervened : so, anni triginta inter-
Of the Dative. 47
fuere, Liv. 1.3: ni intejfuerint decem anni, Cic. Leg. 3. 3,
e Legg. XII. Tab. : inter primum et sextum consulatum sex
et quadraginta anni interfuerunt, Cic. Senect. 17 : 2.) there
is a difference : e. g. inter hominem et bestiam hoc maxime
interest, Cic. Off. 1. 4, there is principally this difference, cf.
Liv. 36. 2 : also with the dative, Ter. Eun. 2. 2. 2, stulto in-
telligens quid interest ? 3.) it is the concern, the interest of:
e. g. interest patris, mea, tua &c., it is the concern of the
father, of me Sec. : see before : 4.) interesse rei, to be present
at a thing, to have a part in a thing, e. g. sermoni, to be pre-
sent at a discourse : interfui pugna, I was (present) at the
battle: so prodio, Ca?s. B. G. 7. 87 : negotiis, Cic. ad Div.
1. 6: comiliis, Cic. Att. 14. 22: crudelitati, ibid. 9. 5:
rebus divinis, Cses. B. G. 6. 13 : we also find interesse in re,
e. g. Cic. Rose. Am. 14, ne in convivio quidem ullo inter-
fuisse : so ibid. 38, quibus in rebus ipsi interesse non possu-
mus : so in testamento, Cic. Cluent. 59.
Manet mihi h&c res, this thing remains for me : bellum tibi
manet, war remains for thee, i. e. thou hast not yet peace :
e. g. Liv. 1. 53, manere his bellum : manet me mors, poena
&c., death, punishment awaits me : Virg. Mn. 7. 596, te
manebit supplicium : so premia manent, sc. te, ibid. 3. 503 :
indigna manent victos, Liv. 26. 13 : Liv. 10. 35, qui nudus
atque inermis host em maneat, ei &c. Also manere is used
in the sense to await, but without a case following ; Liv.
24. 22, periculumque ingens manet, nisi Sec. for imminet.
In Cic. Phil. 2. 5, there stands, according to the edition of
Graevius, cuius (Clodii) quidem tibi fatum, sicut Curioni,
manet, i. e. awaits thee : in other editions, particularly in
the last of Ernesti, the reading is te and Curionem.
Merere sibi aliquid, to merit or earn something for one's self;
e. g. Plaut. Men. 1. 3, neque hodie, ut te perdam, meream
deum (for deorum) divitias mihi, I should not earn the wealth
of the Gods: so without sibi\ e.g. prcemia, COBS. B. G.
7. 35 : laudem, ibid. 14, and elsewhere; e. g. Cic. Rose.
Com. 6: also frequently without a dative and accusative,
48 Of the Dative.
as merere equo, to earn pay as a soldier, to serve on horse-
back : merere and merer! de, to deserve of another, bene or
male e. g. de homine, de patria &c. : as meruisse uptime de
republica, Cic. Att. 10. 4: merer! de &c., Cic. Amic. 24:
Cic. ad Div. 10. 5 ; and in other places.
Met uo titi, I fear for thee, on thy account, i. e. lest an evil be-
fall thee : e. g. pueris, Plaut. Am ph. 5. 1. 60 : senect&inopi,
Virg. Georg. 1. 156 : also sibi, e. g. sib! aliquem ; see here-
after. Metuo te t I fear thee, is very common : so metuere
aliquid, to fear any thing : Cic. Senect. 1 1 : Terent. Hec.
5. 2. 6: thence aliquem sibi, Plaut. Asin. 1. 1. 98 : moram
amori sno, ibid. Poen. 3. 1.6: so also molem sibi, Liv. 1.9:
also insidias ab aliquo, Cic. ad Div. 5. 6 : supplicia a vobis,
1. e. from your part, Cic. Rose. Am. 3 : also with de\ e. g.
de aliquo, Cic. Att. 10. 4 : de sua vita, ibid. : also with a or
ab; e. g. ab Hannibale, Liv. 23. 36.
Peto mihif I seek for myself, e. g. lignum, aquam ; thus also,
unde mihi peterem cibum, Terent. Heaut. 5. 2. 25 : also, I
ask or entreat for something : e. g. Curtio tribunatum a Cae-
sare petivi, Cic. Q. Fr. 2. 15 : qui petat Veneri Erycintf il-
lam hereditatem, Cic. Verr. 2. 8 : vitam nocenti, Tac. Ann.
2. 3 1 : peto aliquem, aliquid, I aim at somebody or some-
thing, whether in a friendly or hostile manner : e. g. petere
aliquem gladio, to attack, to aim at one, with a sword : so
belluam ferro, Hor. Epod. 5. 10: caput, Cic. Quint. 7, and
elsewhere : petere locum, urbem, to seek, or go to a place, a
city: e. g. Dyrrhachium, Cic. Plane. 41: castra, Nep.
Milt. 5 : loca calidiora, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 49 ; and in other
places : petere aliquid, aliquid ab aliquo, e. g. possessionem,
Cic. Flacc. 34, is very common.
Prastare : 1.) alicui or aliquem, to excel ; see above n. VIII. :
also to have preeminence, to be foremost, e. g. inter aquales,
Cic. Brut. 64 : 2.) prasstare aliquid, to be answerable for
something, to make it good, as damnum, to make good or
repair the injury : Cic. Off. 3. 16, emtori damnum pr&stari
oportere, the loss must be made good to the buyer : so cul-
Of the Dative. 49
pam prsestare, Cic. ad Div. 6. I : periculum, Cic. Mur. 2 :
vitiu.m, Cic. Off'. 3. iG : so aliquem, to be responsible for
one, to ensure ^him, Cic. Q. JFr. 1. 1.3: se, Cic. Att. 6. 2 :
in other places de re, Cic. Att. 10. 11: de homim y Cic. ad
Div. 15. Id. We also find pragstare a: e. g. Cic. ad. Div.
1. 4, ego tibi a vi prasstare nihil possum, 1 cannot at all en-
sure you from violence : 3.) praestare alicui officia, beneficia
&c., to render good offices, kindnesses : 4.) prasstare se vi-
rum, fortem, to prove or manifest himself a brave man :
prasta te virum, shew thyself a man : 5.) prasstat, it is
better: Cic. Nat. Deor. 3. 31, tacere prasstaret philosophis,
quam loqui : so multo mihi praestat, Cic. Sext. 69 : all these
instances are very common.
Prtebere alicui aliquid, to give or supply any thing to a person :
prasbere se fortem, prudentem, to exhibit himself as brave or
wise : Scipio semper se prasbuit fortem : thus also, se virum,
Cic. ad Div. 5. 18.
Prospicio alicui, to provide for any one, to take care for him :
see above n. V : prospicere aliquid, to foresee any thing : e. g.
tempestatem the weather, procellam 8cc. It is very usual ; e. g.
Cic. ad Div. 4. 3. 3, prospexi tempestatem futuram : ibid.
Amic. 12, prospicere oporteat futures casus reipublicae.
Qu&rere sibi aliquid, to seek something for himself: e. g. sibi
remedium, Cic. Cluent. 9 : so aliquid alicui rei ; e. g. sa-
lutem huic malo qucerant, Terent. Ad. 3. 2. 2 : quosrere ali-
quem, to seek any one, Terent. Heaut. 4. 8. 3 : Cic. Sext.
24 : aliquid, to inquire or ask about any thing, Liv. 4. 12 :
Cic. Verr. 1.1: quasrere ex aliquo, Cic. ad Div. 3. 6 : Cic.
Or. 1. 22 : or ab aliquo, Cic. Verr. 3. 83 : Nep. Epam. 4,
and Dion. 2, to question any one de aliqua re about any thing :
also de aliquo homine, Ovid. Pont. 4. 3. 18, about any one.
Sometimes also we find quasrere de aliquo for ab aliquo ; e. g.
Liv. 4. 40, quaero de te, arbitrerisne &c., I ask of thee &c.,
and in other places, e.g. Cic. Pis. 9 : Cic. Vatin. 4 : Cic. Att.
1. 14. At other times, qua^rere de aliquo homine, de aliqua
VOL. II. E
50 Of the Dative.
re, means, to institute an inquiry by torture about any person
or thing, also in aliquem, against any one ; which are very
common; e. g. Cic. Mil. 22, maiores nostri in dominum de
servis quaeri noluerunt, i. e. our ancestors forbade, that the
slaves should be examined by torture against their master.
Recipio tibi, I give you certain assurance, I undertake to you,
I pledge myself to you ; e. g. sibi, Cic. Att. 2. 22 : petenti,
Cic. ad Div. 10. 21. Plane. : also ad se or in se recipere : ad
se, Terent. Heaut. 5. 5. 12 : in se, Cic. ad Div. 13. 20: re-
cipio me in locum, e. g. in montem, I betake myself to, I re-
tire to the mountain : so Laodiceam, Cic. Att. 5. 21 : ad ali-
quem, ibid. 4. 15 : also e loco, Cic. Brut. Q2 : Plaut. Poen.
4. 1. 5: thus also Alexandria, Cic. Phil. 2. 26 : thence figu-
ratively ; e. g. recipere se ad bonam frugem, to better him-
self, Cic. Ccel. 12. Recipio aliquid : 1.) to recover, as res
amissas, Liv. 3. 63 : or to take again ; e. g. a city, Cic. Se-
nect. 4 : or to take back, Virg. JEn. 2. 525 : 9- 348 : also
simply to take, to receive, e. g. pecuniam, Cic. Rab. Post.
13 : qu&stus, Cic. Rose. Com. 8 : 2.) to take something on
one's self, to undertake something, e. g. onus, causam, a pro-
cess or suit, Cic. Rose. Am. 1 : mandatum, ibid. 39 : we
may also add in me ; e. g. periculum in se, Pand. 19. 2. 13,
i e. to take the risk on himself.
Referre alicui aliquid, to relate, to bring news of, Virg. Georg.
2. 118 : Terent. Phorm. 5. 1. 1 : also ad aliquem, Cic. Deiot.
9 : Ca3s. B. G. 1. 47 : referre ad aliquem aliquid or de ali-
qua re, to refer a matter to any one, or to refer to any one
about a matter, Cic. ad Div. 3. 12 : Cic. Dom. 53 : Nep.
Lys. 3 : particularly of the consul, referre ad senatum, to make
a proposition to the senate, to lay something before them, Cic.
Cat. 1.8: Cic. Phil. 8. 1 1 : referre aliquid also means to bring
something back, Cic. Verr. 4. 28 : Cic. Att. 15. 16 : Liv. 5.
23 : thence referre pedem or se, to go back, e. g. se, Cic. ad
Div. 7. 11 : Caes. B. C. 2. 8 : pedem, Liv. 7. 33, or gradum,
Liv. 1. 14: referre grati am, to return a favour, to repay a
Of the Dative. 5 1
kindness, Cic. lied. Quir. 10. Refert mea, tua &c. it is
my concern, it concerns me &c. magni much, parvi little
&c. : see above, sect. VI. 3. n. VII.
'Renuntiare rei, to renounce any thing, to resign, to give up, e. g.
muneri, an office : vitiis, to renounce one's faults : so officiis,
Quintil. 10. 7 : also alicui homini, Cic. Or. 1. 53 : also ali-
cui rem, to give up to any one, Cic. Verr. 1. 54 : Liv. 38. 3 1 :
renuntio tibi, to announce : renuntiare aliquem consulem, to
proclaim any one as consul : all these instances are very
common.
Respondere alicui, to answer any one : literis, to answer letters ;
also ad literas, ad aliquid, ad postulata : aliquid, to answer
something; respondere rei, to correspond to or with any
thing : as, exitus non respondet spei, the event does not cor-
respond to expectation : so verbis, Cic. Or. 12 : also, eventus
ad spem respondit, Liv. 9- 15.: 28. 6: these usages are all
familiar.
Solvo tibi pecuniam, I pay money to thee : solvo te, I free
thee, e. g. metu, from fear : solvere naves, to set sail : also
without naves or navem ; as Caes. B. G. 4. 23, nactus ido-
neam ad navigandum tempestatem, tertia fere vigilia sohit :
so Cic. Off. 3. 12 : Cic. Div. 16. 9 : also navis solvit, Ca?s.
B. G. 4. 28.
Timeo tibi, I fear for you ? on your account, Terent. Heaut.
3. 2. 20 : so also sibi, Caes. B. C. 3. 27 : libertati, Sail. lug.
39 : nostrte parti, Terent. And. 2. 5. 8 : also with de, Cic.
Att. 7. 5 : Caes. B. G. 5. 57 : also pro, Gell. 19- 1 : also a,
Cic. Sull. 20 : te, I fear thee, I am afraid of thee : also ali-
quid, Cic. ad Div. 1 5 : Cic. Div. 2. 55 : this is very
common.
Vacare, properly, to be at liberty, at leisure ; also to be with-
out something : e. g. vacare a re or re, to be free from a thing ;
as culpa, from a fault, Cic. ad Div. 7. 3 : molestia, Cic.
Acad. 4. 42 : morbo, Cels. 3. 22 : iustitia, Cic. Off. 1. 19 :
a metu, Liv. 7. 1 : a custodibus classium, Caes. B. C. 3. 2 :
E 2
52 Of the Dutirc.
vacare studiis, not to study, Cic. Orat. 3. 11, quibus studiis
vacant cives, peregrin! fruuntur, where studiis is the ablative :
locus vacat a custodibus &c. But vacare rei to turn one's
whole attention to a thing, to apply to a thing, properly, to
be free from all other affairs for that one : it is, therefore, the
so termed dative of advantage : e. g. vacare literis is properly,
perhaps, more usual than studere literis, viz. to be occupied
merely in study, to be devoted to letters : so philosophic, Cic.
Div. 1.6: libellis legendis, Suet. Aug. 45 : foroj Quintil.
10. 1. 114: homini, ibid. 1. 2. 8.
V alert rei, to be serviceable or useful, to avail any thing, is
perhaps rare : in this way it occurs, Pallad. Febr. 1, tanto
plus valebit nutriendis herbis : otherwise with ad, Cic. Fat.
4 : contra, Plin. H. N. 29. 4 : alicui ad gloriam, Cic. Cat.
4. 12. More usual is valere eloquentia to be effective by
eloquence, to be strong in eloquence : so dicendo, Cic. Brut.
14, i. e. to be strong in : so valere apud aliquem gratia &c. :
also equitatu, Cffis. B. G. 3. 20, i. e. to be strong in &c. :
so also animo, Cic. Div. 7. 1 : valere a pecunia is said jest-
ingly, Plaut. Aul. 2. 2. 9 : one is asked, ain' tu te valere ? to
which he replies, pol ego haud a pecunia perbene, I am not
very well on the side of money : a means on the side of, with
respect to. In the same way one says, Plaut. Epid. 1. 2. 26,
a morbo valui, ab animo a?ger fui, I was well with respect
to disease, with respect to feeling I was sick : so also ab
oculis, Gell. 13. 30. Further hoc valet in te, this avails
against thee, this tells upon thee : e. g. Cic. Div. 2. 56, vin-
cere te Romanes nihilo magis in se, quam in Romanos va-
lere : where the discourse is about the prediction of an ora-
cle, aio te, ^Eacida &c. : also to prevail with, to work upon,
to have influence with ; e. g. in aliquem, Liv. 7. 6 : ad, Cic.
Fat. 4 : Liv. 38. 28. Sometimes valere is said of the worth
of money, and similar things : e. g. Varro L. L. 4, cap. ult.
denarii dicti, quod denos tens valebant: Plin. H. N. 33. 3,
scrupulum valet sestertiis vicenis : also quanti valet, Pand. 9. 2.
33 : also with pro, e. g.pro argenteis decem aureus unus va-
Of the Dative. 53
leret, Liv. 38. 11: also to signify, to denote, e. g. quod idem
valet, Cic.Vm. 2.4: cf. Sueton. Vit. 18 : Varr. R. R. 1.31.
XL) The datives mihi, tibi, sibi, nobis, vobis, are
very often added to verbs, in a redundant manner,
particularly in confidential speeches, letters &c. : as is
the case in Greek, in English, and probably in all lan-
guages whatever : e. g. Plaut. Aul. 4. 10. 38, fur mihi
es, to me (i. e. in my opinion) thou art a thief : Cic.
Parad. 5. 2, an ille mihi liber, cui mulier imperat ? is
he to me a freeman, can I think him a freeman, whom
a woman commands ? Cic. Cat. 2. 2, Tongilium mihi
eduxit : Liv. Praef. ad ilia mihi quisque acriter inten-
dat animum : Terent. Heaut. 4. 5. 16, sed scin', ubi
nunc sit tibi Bacchis ? Cic. ad Div. 9. 2. 2, at tibi re-
pente paucis post diebus venit ad me Caninius
mane, where tibi may be translated, lo ! behold !
Cic. ad Att. 2. 15, cum hsec maxime scriberem, ecce
tibi Sebosus : Terent. Adelph. 5. 8. 35, suo sibi gladio
hunc iugulo ; which is more remarkable : yet sibi is
often redundant with suus ; e. g. Plaut. Amph. 1.1.
113: ibid. Capt. 1. 1. 12: Vitruv. 8. 7: Colum.
12. 54, and elsewhere ; further, Terent. Adelph. 2. 4.
12, quid ait tandem nobis Sannio? Virg. .ZEn. 5. 391,
ubi nunc nobis deus ille magister : Liv. 22. 60, Man-
lius in a speech says contemptuously, hsec vobis ipso-
rum per biduum militia fuit ; cum in acie stare ac
pugnare decuerat, in castra refugerunt, this was their
service for you &c. Yet these pronouns have gene-
rally a certain reference to the circumstances, and at
least denote a participation.
XII.) Since the infinitive esse, as was mentioned be-
fore, Sect. I. 2, has the same case after it as before
,>4 Of the Dative.
it, it is plain that esse must be followed by a dative -of
the predicate, when it is preceded by a dative of the
subject : e. g. after licet, where the dative is very com-
mon; as Cic, Tusc. 1. 15, licuit esse o^'oso Themistocli,
for otiosum, which also would have been correct : Cic.
ad Att. 1. 16, quo in genere mihi negligenti esse non
licet: Mart. Epig. 8. 11, nobis non licet esse tarn di-
sertis, for disertos; and in other places : e. g. Caes. B.
G. 6. 30 : Lucan. 3. 32. Yet the accusative also fol-
lows ; e. g. Cic. Balb. 12 : Cic. Att. 10. 8 : Cic. Ligar.
6: Quintil. 7. 1. 19. Later writers affix this dative
also to other infinitives ; as Veil. 2. 124, fratri, mihique
contigit destinari prcetoribus : Val. Max. 5. 4, 2, Maximo
tibi etcivi et duel evadere (i. e. fieri) contigit, for civem
et ducem. Also Liv. 3. 50, si (ei, i. e. Virginiae) libers
ac pudicce vivere licitum fuisset ; where, however, li-
berae, pudicae may be explained as an apposition, tan-
quam liberae, pudicae, as free &c.
5.
Of the Dative with certain Particles.
The dative follows
I.) Certain adverbs, to which the question to whom ?
is generally applicable; e. g. prope, propius, proxime,
are mostly joined to a dative : e. g. Virg. Georg. 1. 355,
propius stabulis armenta tenerent : thus also propius Ti-
berl, Nep. Hann. 8 : and in other places ; e. g. Virg.
Georg. 4. 47 : ,En. 8. 556 : Plin. H. N. 27. 9 : so also
proxime castris, Caes. B. C. 1. 71. Yet prope is often
followed by an accusative; e. g. prope me, Cic. ad Div.
7. 23 : prope aquam moveri, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 28 :
Of the Dative. 55
prope castra, Odes. B. G. 1. 22 ; and elsewhere : e. g.
ibid. 7. 36 : Liv. 27. 18 : so also propius, Cic. Phil. 7.
G : Cses*. B. G. 4. 9 ; and elsewhere : proxime, Cic.
Att. 6. 5: Sail. lug. 18,19. To these belongs obviam ;
as, obviam alicui ire, venire, esse &c., e. g. Cic. ad Div.
2. 16. 9, cum in Cumanum mihl obviam venisti : so
obviam alicui ire, Cic. Mur. 32 ; or prodire, ibid. 33 ;
or procedere, Cic. Phil. 2. 32 ; or proficisci, Caes. B. G.
7. 12; or esse, Plaut. Bacch. 4. 7. 17; or fari, Cic.
Mil. 10. Also pr&sto, e.g. esse alicui prsesto, to be
present, to be at hand, to appear, to shew himself, to
assist, to be serviceable, Cic. ad Div. 3. 5 : Cic. Att.
3. 1 : Cic. Div. 1. 27 : Cic. Verr. 2. 4 : saluti alicuius,
Cic. Verr. 4. 14. Also clam and cor am ; since, however,
these are reckoned amongst prepositions, see hereafter,
n. II. Particularly we may refer to this place certain
derivative adverbs, which govern a dative, because
their primitives do the same ; as Cic. Fin. 3. 7, con-
gruenter nature convenienterque vivere, agreeably to
nature &c. : since congruo, convenio, and therefore
congruens, conveniens, govern a dative: thus also sibi
const anter convenienterque dicere, Cic. Tusc. 5. 9, be-
cause we say sibi constare, sibi convenire : Cic. Off. 1.
26, haec praescripta servantem licet magnifice, graviter,
animoseque vivere, atque etiam simpliciter, fideliter,
v/Yieque hominum amice, and friendly to the life of men ;
because amicus governs a dative.
II.) A dative also follows certain prepositions ; e. g.
clam, contra, which at least are generally reckoned
amongst prepositions : thus mihi clam est, it is unknown
to me, Plaut. Mil. 3. 3. 9 : to which we may also refer
clam vobis, Cses. B. C. 2. 32, though vobis may also be
56 Of the Accusative.
an ablative. So also contra ; e. g. contra nobis, Plaut.
Stich. 5. 7. 3; and often in the same writer, e. g. ibid.
Mil. 2. 2. 43 : 3. 1. 64 : 4. 2. 84 : so also donb contra,
Terent. Eun. 2. 3. 63.
III.) Also certain interjections, as hei, vae, ecce, hem
&c. ; where, however, the dative is not perhaps go-
verned by these words, but in some other way : e. g.
Virg. jEn.2. 274, hei mihi! qualis erat ! Ovid. Pont. 1.
2. 7, hei mihi! quid faciam ? so we often find hei mihi !
alas ! me : ah! me : e. g. Terent. Andr. 2. 1. 22 : Ad.
4. 7. 35 : Plaut. Amph. 2. 2. 66 : also repeated, Plaut.
Bacch. 3. 3. 7 : also hei misero 'mihi! Terent. Ad. 2.
1. 19. So also V(2, e. g. vae mihi ! Terent. Eun. 4. 4.
41, i. e. wo's me! Plaut. True. 2. 3. 21 : Terent.
Heaut.2.3.9, vcz misero mihi! So also the well-known
expressions victis ! Flor. 1. 13; and vae victis esse !
Liv. 5. 48. Thus we find ecce tibi liber or librum, Lo !
here is a book for you. So Cic. ad Att. 2. 15, ecce tibi
Sebosus, Lo ! here Sebosus for you : so often ecce tibi,
e. g. Cic. Att. 3. 21 : Cic. Or. 2. 21 : Cic. Cluent.28:
where perhaps tibi is not governed by ecce, but is re-
dundant ; see above, 4. n. XI. It is the same with
hem : e. g. Plaut. True. 5. 1. 60, hem tibi talentum ar-
genti, Philippicum est ; tene tibi, there thou hast &c.
Note: vae is also used with an accusative, e. g. v<z te!
Plaut. Asin. 2. 4. 35 : v& me ! Senec. Apocol. ante
med.
SECTION SEVENTH.
Of the Use of the Accusative.
The accusative, according to the opinion of eminent
grammarians, is properly governed only by a preposi-
Of the Accusative. 57
tion, or an active, i.e. a transitive verb. Yet it follows
also other kinds of words, and is sometimes used even
without a word preceding it. Grammarians, therefore,
are generally agreed, that in such instances we must
understand a preposition or a verb transitive, to which
we must be guided by the context and experience, ac-
cording to the circumstances of the case. To avoid
any confusion, we shall here observe the same arrange-
ment as before.
Of the Accusative after Substantives.
Substantives are sometimes followed by an accusa-
tive, which must probably be explained by a preposi-
tion. Here we reckon
I.) The pronouns id, quid &c. : e. g. homo id aetatis,
a man of that age, of such an age, is very common for
eius aetatis, or ea aetate : where ad, i. e. at, may always
be understood : Cic. ad Att. 4. 16, si hominem zW aetatis
in tarn longo sermone diutius tenuisset : Cic. Rose.
Am. 2, id aetatis autem duo filii, two sons at that age :
Cic. Cluent. 51, se in balneis cum id astatis filio, with
a son at such an age : also without homo, Plaut. Merc.
2. 2. 19, quid tibi aetatis videor ? of what age do I ap-
pear to you ? for cuius tftatis homo tibi videor ? where
quid aetatis must be explained by ad quid aetatis. Here
belongs Terent. Adelph. 5. 8. 16, idne estis auctores
mihi ? do you advise that to me ? The order is, estisne
mihi auctores id, for ad id.
II.) The accusative sometimes follows verbal sub-
58 Of the Accusative.
stantives, when the verbs from which they are derived
take an accusative : e. g. Plaut. Amph. 1. 3. 21, quid
tibi hanc curatio est rem ? where hanc rem is governed
by curatio; for huius rei : Plaut. Asin. 5. 2. 70, quid
tibi hue receptio ad te est meum virum, what means your
receiving my husband ? or wherefore do you receive
my husband to you ? where meum virum is governed
by receptio, for mei viri : Plaut. True. 2. 7. 62, quid
tibi hanc aditio est ? where hanc is governed by aditio :
Caes. B. G. 1. 5, domum reditionis spe sublata, where
domum is governed by reditio, because we say redire
domum. And so in other places.
2.
Of the Accusative after Adjectives.
I.) After adjectives which signify long, broad, great,
wide, high, thick &c., the substantives which express
the measure or extent are put in the accusative : e. g.
fossa haec est centum pedes longa : turris estalta centum
cubitos, is a hundred cubits high : Cses. B. G. 7. 72,
fossa quindecim pedes lata : ferrum tres pedes longum,
Liv. 21. 8. edit. Drakenb. : umbilicus septem pedes Ion-
gus, Plin. H. N. 6. 34 : also when speaking of time :
mensis hie est triginta dies longus : e. g, Cic. Verr. 2.
52, decreverunt intercalarium (sc. mensem, an interca-
lary month) quinque et quadraginta dies longum. It is
uncertain by what this accusative is properly governed.
If ad be understood, it signifies up to, as far as, as much
as, about ; e. g. as much as a hundred cubits high ;
and therefore it does not express the length, breadth
&c. with sufficient accuracy. Perhaps the ancients did
Of the Accusative. 59
not understand any preposition as omitted, any more
than we do, when we say, a hundred feet high, ten feet
wide &c. Note : Instead of an accusative sometimes
a genitive is used ; e. g. Caes. B. C. 2. 10, musculum
pedum sexag'mta longum ; unless, rather, the genitive
depends on the substantive musculum ; as Caesar also
says,fossam pedum viginti, B. G. 7. 72 ; and ibid., val-
lum duodenum pedum exstruxit, where no adjective is
added. Yet the genitive is often also used with the
adjectives latus, longus, altus ; so that it can scarcely
depend on a substantive, e. g. longus pedum sex, Co-
lum. 5.6: areas longas pedum quinquagenum facito,
ibid. 2. 11. 3 : latera pedum lata tricenum, alta quin-
quagenum, Plin. H. N. 36. 13 : latae (sc. pyramides)
pedum septuagenum quinum, altae centum quinquage-
num, ibid. : triglyphi alti unius moduli, Vitruv. 4. 3 :
turrem non minus altam cubitorum sexaginta, ibid. 10,
19 : in all which examples the genitive seems to de-
pend on the adjective : non latior (sc. quam) pedibus
quinquaginta, Caes. B. G. 7. 19. Some also express
the extent or measure by the ablative longitudine^ alti-
tudine &c. : as Plin. 16. 32, Platanus longitudine quin-
decim cubitorum, crassitudine quatuor ulnarum, of the
height of fifteen cubits Sec. : frutex palmi altitudine,
ibid. 12. 13: duo actus iugerum efficiunt longitudine
pedum CCXL. latitudine pedum CXX, Colum. 5. 1. 6:
also, abies octo cubitorum in altitudine, in height, Plin.
H. N. 16. 31 : sulcumm quatuor pedes Ion gum, Colum.
de Arbor. 16. Also the measure itself is put in the
ablative ; e. g. longum sesquipede, latum pede, Plin. H.
N. 35. 14 : faciemus (scrobes) tribus pedibus altas,
duobus .semis latas, tribus longas, Pallad. in lanuar. 10 :
60 Of the Accusative.
non latior (sc. quam) pedibus quinquaginta, Caes. B. G.
7. 19.
II.) In imitation of the Greek idiom, particularly by
the poets, there is used after many adjectives, an accu-
sative instead of an ablative : e. g. Virg. ^En. 4. 558,
omnia Mercuric similis, vocemque, coloremque, for om-
nibus, voce, colore : it may be explained by as to, with
respect to, e. g. as to voice. So nudus membra, pedes,
brachia &c., naked on the feet &c. : e. g. Ovid. Met.
7. 183, Nudzpede?n &c. : so nudus membra, Virg. jEn.
8. 425.
III.) An accusative also sometimes follows cnquum
est, e. g. ut se aequum est, Plaut. Rud. Prol. 47 : yet it
may also be the ablative ; as ibid. Bacch. 3. 3. 8, plus
videret, quam me atque illo sequum foret: we find,
however, an accusative in other places ; e. g. utpisca-
torem sequum est, ibid. Rud. 2. 2. 6, unless it be go-
verned by agere understood from the preceding. So
propior occurs with an accusative, though it usually
takes a dative ; e. g. propior montem, Sail. lug. 49 :
propior hostem collocatus, Hist. B. G. 8. 9 : so proxi-
mus, e. g. Jinem, Liv. 35. 27 : tribunal, Liv. 8. 32 :
hostem, Liv. 28. 15 : mare, CEBS. B. G. 3. 7.
3.
Of the Accusative after Verbs.
The accusative especially follows a great number of
verbs, partly according to their nature, and partly, per-
haps, depending on a preposition understood.
I.) A great number of verbs, according to their na-
Of the Accusative. 61
ture, govern an accusative : a) verbs in 0, which de-
note an action passing on to a certain object, whether
person or thing, which are therefore called transitive,
or in a peculiar sense, active, and have an entire pas-
sive : so that conversely all verbs in 0, that have an en-
tire passive, govern an accusative : b) deponent verbs
in or ; which, however, denote an action passing on to
an object. These transitives and deponents should,
properly, all be cited here, in order that the learner
might be acquainted with them ; but since the number is
too great, they must be carefully noticed by the teacher
when they occur. Yet the following remarks will fa-
cilitate the knowledge of them.
The accusative generally follows verbs in o and or,
1.) In answer to the question whom ? or what ? e. g. amo,
(I) love ; odi, (T) hate ; complecti, embrace ; quasro, seek ; in-
venio, reperio, find ; do,tribuo, dono, give ; mitto, send ; amitto,
lose; perdo, lose; habeo, have; sumo, take; capio, take, seize;
possideo, possess ; teneo, hold ; scio, know ; nescio, know not ;
ignoro, know not ; calleo, well understand ; emo, buy ; vendo,
sell; aestimo, estimate; edo, eat; bi bo, drink; doceo, teach;
erudio, instruct ; lego, read ; facio, make ; ago, do ; gero, carry
on ; hortor, exhort ; moneo, remind ; punio, punish ; audio,
hear ; video, see ; cerno, see, discern ; gusto, taste ; olfacio,
smell, i. e. give out a smell; sentio, feel, perceive ; peto, seek ;
voco, call ; rogo, ask ; oro, entreat ; posco, demand ; desidero,
miss, am sorry for ; flagito, demand earnestly ; pono, place ;
colloco, place ; decerno, determine ; volo, will ; nolo ; malo ;
opto, wish; pello, drive away ; spero, hope; scribo, write;
fero, bear ; rego, guide, direct ; verbero, beat ; cogito, think ;
iudico, judge ; with their compounds, and many similar verbs :
e. g. amo te, 1 love thee ; quaerere aliquid, aliquem, to seek any
thing, any one ; hortor te t I exhort thee ; cohortor &c. Yet
some are to be excepted, which in English answer the question
(52 Of the Accusative.
whom r or what r but on account of the difference of idiom do
not govern an accusative : as parco, (I) spare ; benedico, bless ;
maledico, curse; persuadeo, persuade; medeor, heal; nubo,
take a husband; invideo, envy ; all which govern a dative : see
above of the dative, Sect. VI. % 4. n.V: utor,use; fungor,dis-
charge ; vescor, eat ; fruor, enjoy ; which govern an ablative :
see hereafter, Sect. VIII. % 3. n. XX. 1.
2.) The difference in the idioms of languages is so great, that
many verbs in Latin take a bare accusative after them, which
cannot be translated into English without a preposition; and
conversely, there are many Latin verbs followed by a dative,
which in English admit a bare accusative after them. The fol-
lowing are examples in which the idioms of the two languages
partly concur, and the contrary : a) iuvo, e. g. aliquem in re,
Cic. Att. 16. ep. ult. : aliquem auxilio, Ovid. Met. 9- 780 :
aliquem auxilio laboris, Cic. Balb. 9 : so alsoadiuvare aliquem,
Liv. 34. 37: Cic. ad Div. 10. 15. Plane.: aliquem auxilio,
Plaut. Rud. 1. 4. 39; aliquem auxiliis, Liv. 29- 5 : Cic. ad
Div. 1.7: we also find adiuvare alicui messem, Cell. 2.29 : so
adiutare aliquem, Terent. Andr. 1. 3. b\funHS> to assist at the
funeral, ibid. Phorm. 1. 2. 49; alicui, Petron. 6; Pacuv. ap.
Donat. ad Terent. Ad. Prol. 16 : also alicui aliquid, e.g.pue-
ris onera, Terent. Hec. 3. 2. 24 : b) celo ; e. g. aliquem, Terent.
Andr. 3. 4. 6 ; Cic. Deiot. 6 ; aliquem aliquid, Terent. Hec. 3.
3. 24; Cic. ad Div. 2. 16; Nep. Eum. 8: or aliquem de re,
Cic. ad Div. 7. 20; Cic. Att. 2. 16; Cic. Deiot. 6: thence
passively celor, celaris, celatur, it is concealed from me, thee &c.:
yet Nep. Alcib. 5, id Alcibiadi diu celari non potuit, for Alci-
biades &c. : c) effiigio rem, e. g, periculum, Ca3s. B. G. 4. 35 :
invidiam, Nep. Chabr. 3; and elsewhere : e.g. Cic. Verr. 1. 40;
Cic. Brut. 46. &c. : e manibus, Cic. Manil. 9 : de prselio, Cic.
Phil. 2. 29 : a ludis, Cic. Sext. 54 : d) sequor, e. g. aliguem,
Nep. Att. 6; Liv. 8. 45; Terent. Eun. 2.3.54: rem, Cic.
Harusp. 18 ; Cic. Amic. 29 ; Cic. ad Div. 9- 5 ; and elsewhere:
e) imitor, Cic. Or. 2. 22 ; Cic. Or. 19 ; Cic. Nat. Deor. 3. 30;
and elsewhere. To these we may add latere alicui and aliquem,
Of the Accusative. 03
to be unknown to any one; see Sect. VI. 4. n. I. obs. c:
also decet, it becomes me, or it is becoming to me : dedecet
me &c.
3.) Verbs followed by an accusative are translated into En-
glish by various prepositions: as, caveo te, I beware o/*thee;
fugio periculum, I fly from danger; curote, I take care ofthee ;
despero vitam, I despair of life ; rideo aliquid, I laugh at any
thing ; exsequias ire, to go to a funeral ; suppetias venire, to
come to one's assistance.
Note : Instead of the accusative we sometimes find after such
verbs transitive the preposition de : e. g. we may say exponere
vitam, to explain one's course of life ; and de vita, as it occurs
Nep. Prref. So we often find referre ad senatum-^e aliqua re,
foraliquam rem: e.g. Cic. Catil. 1. 8.
II.) Many verbs take an accusative after them, which
is governed by the preposition, of which they are com-
pounded. In these we may reckon ;
] .) Some transitive or active verbs, which besides their na-
tural accusative, also take an accusative governed by the pre-
position; as, transducer e (or traducere) copias Rhenum; where
copias is governed by transducere as a transitive verb, in an-
swer to the question what ? but Rhenum by trans, since it is
put for ducere copias trans Rhenum: e.g. Cres. B. G. 2 10,
Caesar omnein exercitum pontem transducit, where exerci-
tum is governed by ducit as a transitive verb to the question
whom ? or what ? and pontem by trans : it is for Caesar ducit
exercitum trans pontem; and so elsewhere: e. g. Cres. B. G.
1. 12 : Liv. 22. 45 : so traiicere or transiicere ; e.g. Nep. Ages.
4, Hellespontum copias traiecit\ where copias is governed by the
transitive verb, and Hellespontum by trans, of which traiecit or
transiecit is partly compounded : it should, properly, be, iecit
copias trans Hellespontum : so transiicere equitum partem^/??/-
vium, Ca?s. B. G. 1 . 83 : so also inducere aliquid animum, Cic.
Rose. Am. 1Q: Cic. Div. 1. 13: Cic. Att. 14. 12, to induce
64 Of the Accusative.
one's mind to any thing, for ducere aliquid in animum : further,
iniicere manum aliquem, for in aliquem, Plant. Pers. 1. 2. 18 :
True. 4. 2. 49 : so advertere, e. g. animum illud, for ad illud,
Cic. ad Div. 15.4: so postquam id animum advertit, Cass.
B. G. 1. 24, and elsewhere ; e. g. Lucret.2. 124 : Plaut. Pseud.
1. 3. 43 : at other times we find ad rent or alicui rei. Thus
also murum traiicere iaculo, Cic. Fin. 4. 9, to throw over the
wall with a javelin, where iaculum would be more natural.
Note : We sometimes find, perhaps for greater clearness, the
preposition repeated; e.g. CaBs. B. G. 1. 35, ne quam multi-
tudinem hominum amplius trans Rhenum in Galliam transdu-
cer et : so traiicere copias trans fluvium, Liv. 2. 11 : 21. 26:
traiicere vexillum trans vallum, Liv. 25. 14: or signum trans
vallum, 41. 4 : so advertere animos ad religiones, Lucret. 3. 54 :
aures ad vocem, Ovid. Fast.l . 1 80 : advertere classem in portum,
Liv. 37. 9 : so in animum inducere, e. g. Terent. Adelph. 4. 3.
6: Liv. 2. 5 : 3. 71. From these examples some eminent
grammarians would infer, that in the preceding instances the
accusative is governed not by the preposition in the verb, but
by one which is omitted ; so that pontern transducit is for trans
pontem transducit &c. But it is impossible to determine what
words the ancients understood ; and both modes of expression
may have been equally regular.
2.) In particular a great number of verbs belong to this class,
which, in their nature, are intransitive, i.e. do not denote an ac-
tion passing on to an object ; but yet, because they are com-
pounded with a preposition, which governs an accusative, take
an accusative after them. We shall merely adduce the following
familiar instances : adeo aliquem, for eo ad aliquem, Cic. ad
Div. 3. 9- 6 : Nep. Timoth. 2, gentes, qua? mare illud adiacent,
for iacent ad mare illud : so also Etruriam adiacent, Liv. 7.12:
CSBS. B. G. 3. 15, cum singulas binae aut terna? naves circum-
steterant (alia? editt. circumsisterent), for steterant circum sin-
gulas: so circumjtuere, to flow round, Varr. R. R. 3. 13 : Ovid.
Met. 3. 74: 13. 779: obequitare agmen, Curt. 3. 10: succe-
dere, e. g. tecta, Cic. Dom. 44 : aciem, Cass. B. G. 1. 24 : tu-
Of the Accusative. 65
mulum, Liv. 22. 48 : at other times with a dative ; e. g. Caes.
B. G. 2. 6 : Liv. 22. 44 : adsuesco, e. g. ne adsuescite bella ani-
mis, Virg. JEin. 6. 833, i.e. do not accustom yourselves 8cc.,
unless it be rather a bypallage for animos bellis adsuescite (in-
stead of adsuefacite) : so we continually find circumvenire ali-
quem, to circumvent, to betray : inire societatem, to enter into
partnership or confederacy, inire consilium, to enter on a plan,
for ire in societatem, ire in consilium : invadere urbem, hostes
&c., for vadere in &c. : invenire aliquid, to find something, pro-
perly, to come upon something, for venire in aliquid : obire urbes,
provinciam, to travel over or through, for ire ob, i.e. ad urbes
&c. : so obire munus, to attend upon, to discharge an office :
obire diem, to attend at the appointed term : obire mortem, to
die: obsidere urbem, to blockade a city, for sedere ob, i. e. ad
nrbem : oppugnare urbem, for pugnare ob, i. c. ad urbem. So
also oppetere mortem, to die, properly, to fall into death, petere
ob mortem : pr&terire urbem, to go past a city, aliquid to pass
by any thing, to omit it, for ire prater urbem, aliquid : subire
montem, to go near a mountain, for ire sub montem ; so subire
periculum, fortunam adversam; ^r^ws/rcflumen; also transilire,
e.g. Liv. 1.6, Rernum novos tramiluisse muros: so transilui
Jtammas, Ovid. Fast. 4. 72? : tramire, e. g. Euphratem, Cic.
Fin. 3. 2 : mare, Cic. Or. 42 : Alpes, Nep. Hann. 2 : vimjlam-
m(, ibid. Alcib. 6 : campos, Lucret. 4. 464 : so also transmeare,
e. g. signa, Plin. H. N. 32. 11 : loca f Tacit. Ann. 12. 62. To
these also belong transitive verbs, when they are used intransi-
tively, e. g. traiicere and transmitter, for tramire ; e.g. traiicere
Trebiam, Liv. 21. 56: Tiberim, Claudian. de VI. Consul.
Honor. 486 : axem, Virg. .rEn. 6. 536 : trammittere mare, Cic.
Nat. Deor. 2. 49: Iberum, Liv. 21. 20: sinum utrumque, Cic.
Att. 16. 6, and elsewhere.
Observations.
a) Here all depends on usage : e. g. we may properly say
adire aliquem, but we cannot, therefore, say adesse aliquem:
yet we find adesse with an accusative ; e. g. adero cubicu-
VOL. II. F
66 Of the Accusative.
lum, Apul. Met. 2. p. 119, Elmenh. i. e. I shall go to the cham-
ber : aderunt scopulum, ibid. 5. p. 160: yet, since Apuleius is
a late writer, he ought not in this to be imitated, as it probably
does not occur in earlier authors : again, we may say obsidere
itrbem, obire loca; but we should be wrong in inferring, that we
might, therefore, say obstare aliquem, obsequi aliquem, occurrere
aliquem &c. : however, occurrere civitatem, for ad civitatem, is
found Cic. Verr. 3. 27, but, perhaps, nowhere else.
b) M ost of the above-mentioned verbs, since they take an accu-
sative, have also their passives entire in all their personal termina-
tions, e. g. locus aditur, locus adiri potest &c. : e.g. Cic. Quint.
Fr. 1. 2, neque pratores diebus aliquot adiri possent: Caes. B.
G. 7. 43, ne ab omnibus civitatibus circumsisteretur, lest he
should be surrounded &.c. : ibid. 2. 10, primes, qui transierant,
equitatu circumventos interfecerunt : and immediately afterwards,
de flumine transeundo : Sail. lug. 87, hostes invadi posse : Ovid.
Fast. 1 . 464, campus obitur aqua ; so mors obita, Cic. Sext. 38 :
mors obeunda, Cic. Cluent. 17: amnis traiectus, Liv. 21. 30:
37. 38. Of others the passives are still more usual; as, societas
iuita est : res invent a est : urbs obsessa et oppugnata est : for-
tuna subeunda est : also subeatur, Cic. Verr. 7.71. Whence it
is clear, that the Romans regarded these verbs as real transitives,
as if by means of their prepositions they became actually so :
since it is of little consequence, whether they are transitives na-
turally or by transformation. There are a few exceptions : for
instance, we do not say mare adiacetur gentibus.
c) With some of them we find the preposition frequently re-
peated : e. g. with adire, accedere, invadere &c. : Nep. Them.
7, adire ad magistratus noluit ; and elsewhere : accedere ad is
common in Cicero ; e. g. ad rempublicam : so accedere ad ami-
citiam, Nep. Eum. 1 : so ad manum, Cic. Att. 2. 1 : Varr. R.
R. 2. 7 : adsuescere ad homines, Caes. B. G. 5. 28. Invadere
is very usual with in; as Cic. ad Div. 1. 9. 15, num potui ma-
gis in arcem illius causa invadere : ibid. Phil. 2. 31, in collum
invasit, fell on his neck. Thence these prepositions are often
repeated also with the passive verbs : we find, cum ad me aditum
Of the Accusative. *67
esset : we may therefore say, locus non potuit adiri, and ad lo-
cum non potuit adiri; the former because tf adire locum, the
latter because of adire ad locum. Not unfrequently, another
preposition is used ; e. g. CaBs. B. G. 7. 8,3, utrisque ad animum
occurrit : transire ad aliquem, Nep. Dat. 6 : per castra, Sail,
lug. 107 : in fines, Caes. B. G. 1. 28 : per rimam, Ovid. Met.
4. 70, where perhaps the sense requires ad, in, per : so also obire
ad omnia, Liv. 10. 27.
Note: It has already been observed, that from the repetition
of the preposition, some conclude that even where it is not ex-
pressed, the verb is governed by the preposition understood ;
e. g. that adire aliquem is for adire ad aliquem. This, however,
is a mere conjecture, and most commonly the preposition is not
repeated ; e. g. for obsidere urbem, it is not easy to find obsidere
ad urbem : so ob scarcely occurs after oppugnare, obire &c., or
prater after prseterire, or in after invenire. They were more
probably considered by the ancients as transitive verbs, which
of themselves could take an accusative.
3.) Even some deponents, which in other places are properly
used intransitively, and therefore cannot have an accusative after
them, on account of the preposition with which they are com-
pounded, do occasionally take an accusative ; as aggredior all-
quid or aliquem, to undertake any thing, to attack any one, for
gradior ad, e. g. Cic. Phil. 2. 10 : Cic. Or. 2. 44 : iugredior
viam, i. e. gradior in viam, to go into, to enter a path, Cic. Se-
nect. 2 : aliquid, Cic. Rab. Post. 2. Yet we often find aggredi
ad rem, e.g. Cic. Leg. 2. 4 : Cic. Balb. 7 : ingredi in vitam,
Cic. Brut. 96 : in bellum, Cic. Cat. 2. 6. Thence in the use
of the future passive arises a twofold expression : ingredi viam,
via est ingredienda ; ingredi in viam, ingrediendum est in viam :
so transgredi Taurum, Cic. ad Div. 3. 8 : Padum, Liv. 23. 22.
cf. Caes. B. G. 2. 19 : so also adlabor, e. g. fama adlabitur a^res,
Virg. jn.9. 474.
4.) Even certain passives are followed by an accusative, on
account of the preposition with which they are compounded ;
F2
68 Of the Accusative.
e. g. Caes. B. G. 1. 37, ne maior multitude Germanoium Rhe-
num tramduceretur : ibid. 2. 4, Belgas ortos esse a Germanis,
R/te?iumque antiquitus transductos : thus zlsovectem circumiec-
tus fuisset, Cic. Div. 2. 28 : navem humeris travectam (for
transvectam) Alpes, Plin. H. N, 3. 18. Particularly to these
belongs prtetercehi ; as Cic. Ccel. 21 , sed quoniam emersisse iam
e vadis, et scopulos pratervecta videtur oratio mea : Cic. Balb.
1, orationi, qurenon pr&tervecta sit aures vestras : Cic. Phil. 7.
3, quoniam periculosissimum locum silentio sum pratervectus :
so Apolloniam pratervehuntur, Ca3s. B. C. 3. 30 : it hence ap-
pears that the ancients considered pretervehor rather as a depo-
nent than a passive: Cic. Verr. 5. 25, adpellitur navis Syra-
cusas : yet Syracusas is a city, of which the accusative is always
used without a preposition, in answer to the question whither ?
so that perhaps this passage does not belong to the present ; Virg.
$n. 7. 216, urbem adfefimuf) i. e. ad MTbem ferimur.
5.) Several verbs compounded with ad, ante, circum, in, in-
ter, ob, post, sub, super, govern a dative ; partly as intransitives or
passives ; as adesse, adsuescere, adspirare, adiacere, adhaerere,
circumfundi, circumiici, interesse, obequitare, obversari: partly
as transitives besides their accusative ; as, adiicere oculos ret :
adhibere calcaria equo : adferre vim alicui : advertere proras
terra : anteferre and anteponere aliquid alicui rei : iniicere ma-
num alicui: imponere fastigium opt ri : interdicere alicui ali-
quid : obiicere se periculo : postponere se alicui : of which see
above, of the Dative, 4. n. VII. Likewise, on the contrary,
the verbs adulor, allatro (adlatro), antecedo, anteeo, antesto, an-
tevenio, anteverto, antecello, antepolleo, adsideo, adtendo, insi-
lio, illudo, incesso, insulto, occumbo, in some particular signi-
fications, take not only a dative, but on account of the preposi-
tion with which they are compounded, also an accusative : on
which, see of the Dative, n. VIII.
III.) It is very remarkable, that some verbs, which
not only in themselves are intransitive, but also are
compounded with prepositions that govern an ablative,
Of the Accusative. 69
still have an accusative after them ; as, convenire (for
cumvenire) aliquem, to meet one, to speak with one,
continually occurs : e. g. Cic. ad Div. 5. 11.2, eamque
conveniam, and will speak with her : so Cic. Rose.
Am. 18: Cic. ad Div. 9. 14: thus also the passive;
e. g. Cic. ad Div. 6. 20, ut se conveniri nolit, that he
is unwilling to be spoken with : cf. ibid. 1. 8. Socoire
sodetatem : Cic. Rose. Am. 31, qui societatem coieris
cum alienissimis ; where some understand ad: and
elsewhere; e. g. ibid. 34 : Cic. Phil. 2. 10: so con-
gredi aliquem, Virg. jn. 12. 342 and 510, for cum all-
quo. Soercedere: e. g. Liv. 2. 37, ut urbem e.vcederent
Volsci ; particularly excedere modum, to exceed the
measure, often occurs ; e. g. Liv. 2. 2 : 2. 3 : 5. 23 ;
where some understand extra, though, perhaps, unne-
cessarily. So pravenire aliquem, to come before one :
Liv. 8. 16, tamen ut beneficio pravenirent desiderium
plebis : and elsewhere ; e.g. Liv. 8. 31 : 24. 25 : lustin.
42. 4 : so also propugnare aliquid, Sueton. Caes. 23 :
Stat. Theb. 2. 540 : at other times pro re, or with a
dative. So also aversari aliquem and aliquid, to be
averse to or avoid a person or thing, is very common,
though it is properly equivalent to versari ab aliquo, to
turn himself away from a person : so erumpere nubem,
Virg. jEn. 1. 580 (584) : evaditque celer ripam &c.,
ibid. 6. 425 : and so in more instances. To these be-
long deficio, despero, proecedo, prsecurro, praeeo, prsesto
(to excel), prsestolor, praeverto, prsecello, which all take
an accusative, though also a dative : whence they have
already been adduced ; of the Dative, 4. n. VIII.
IV.) Some verbs take after them a dative as well as
an accusative ; as adulor, medicor, moderor, tempero,
70 Of the Accusative.
and euro, which seldom govern the dative ; and studeo,
which seldom governs the accusative : see above, of
the Dative, 4. n. VIII. To these may be added the
verbs, which in different significations govern either
the dative or the accusative ; as aemulor, ausculto, ca-
veo, consulo, cupio, maneo, metuo, timeo, prospicio,
recipio, renuntio, solvo &c., which were cited above
with interest and refert : see of the Dative, 4. n. X.
V.) After many intransitives, i.e. neuters, there often
follows an accusative, which is governed by a preposi-
tion omitted, after the Greek idiom, where %ar<x, is un-
derstood : unless it be rather supposed, that the Ro-
mans chose to use some of these intransitive verbs as
transitive, and, therefore, not to understand a preposi-
tion.
Here a distinction must be made between those in-
stances which are common, and others which are rare,
in order to determine which should and which should
not be imitated.
1.) To a verb there is often superfluously added the accusa-
tive of a substantive of the same origin as the verb : as, pugno
pugnam, iuro iusiurandum, vivo vitam, servio servitutem, furo
furorem, ludo lusum, prandeo prandium, spero spem, facio fa-
cinus, somnio somnium &c. Yet generally, a noun adjective,
pronoun adjective, or participle, is added to this substantive ;
e. g. pugnare pugnam acerrimam, or hanc pugnam pugnavi,
vivere vitam beatam, tristem &c., gaudere gaudium verum &c.;
as in English, he died the death of a hero ; I have fought the
good fight ; Mary lives a happy life. Many of these expressions
are usual with the best writers: e. g. Cic. ad Div. 5. 2. 17,
magna voce iuravi vermimum atc^uepu/cherrimum iusiurandum,
I swore the truest and most honourable oath : so iurant sacra-
menta dictata, Sil. 10, 448 : Cic. Verr. 2. 47, quo tutiorem vi-
Of the Accusative. 71
tarn sese meo prassidio victuros esse arbitrarentur : Liv. 8. 39,
hoc bellum a consulibus bellatum (esse) quidam auctores sunt
(i. e. tradunt) : Plaut. Rud. 3. 1. 5, mirum atquezwsczYwrasowz-
niavi somnium : so simile somnium, ibid. Mil. 2. 4. 47: ibid.
Pseud. 1. 5. 110, priusquam istam pugnam pugnabo: thus
claram pugnam, Liv. Q. 37 : inclytam pugnam, Liv. 6. 42 : and
passively, Nep. Harm. 5, hac pugna pugnata : Terent. Eun.
3. 5. 38, et quia consimilem luserat iam olim ille lusum: Hor.
Od. 3. 29- 50, lusum insolentem ludere : Virg. JEn. 12. 680,
huncfurerefurorem. Yet sometimes the adjective &c. fails ; e. g.
Plaut. Pers. 1. 1. 7, qui hero suo servire vult bene servus servi-
tutem ; where, however, bene seems to be used instead : Plaut.
Mil. 2. 6. 2, neque herile negotium plus curat, quam si non
servitutem serviat, than if he were not a slave ; where servitutem
is redundant : thus also vitam vivere modeste, ibid. Pers. 3.
1.18: vitam, quam turn vivebat, Cic. Cluent. 6l : vitam duram,
quam vixi, Terent. Ad. 5. 4. 5 : pugnare bellum, e. g. bella
pugnata, Hor. Epist. 1. 16. 25 : so also prodium male pugna-
tum, Sail. lug. 64 : spem speratam hanc obtulisti mihi, Plaut.
Merc. 3. 4. 13 : 5. 2. 2. Some suppose that these accusatives
are governed by a, preposition ; but the actual preposition can-
not be determined. Perhaps the ancients in these instances
did not understand a preposition, but by a bold idiom used the
intransitives for transitives, as we say, to die the death for our
country &c. : where death is the accusative after to die. Thus
also deponents are used, e. g. queror h&udfaciles questus, Stat.
Sylv. 4. 8. 32.
Note : To these instances some grammarians add Terent.
Andr. 5. 5, hunc scio mea solide solurn gavisurum esse gaudia,
that he alone will rejoice in my joys; and Cic. ad Div. 8. 2. 4,
Coel., ut suum gaudium gauderemus, that we might rejoice for
his joy. But these passages are different from the former ; since
in the first place mea gaudia, and in the second suum gaudium,
is evidently governed by propter omitted. Thus it would be
incorrect to refer to these, Cic. ad Brut. 3, hostes autem omnes
iudicati, qui M. Antonii sectam secuti sunt, who followed the
party of M. Antonius, and Cic. Arch. 1, pueritise memoriam re-
72 Of the Accusative.
cordari ultimam : since sequor and recorder regularly govern
an accusative, and sectam and memoriam are not redundant ;
viz. memoriam is equivalent to tempus.
2.) There is often added a second accusative, of which the ex-
planation occasions some difficulty : To avoid confusion we
must here make a distinction ; some can, others cannot be ex-
plained by a preposition omitted.
a) Where a preposition may be easily understood ;
1.) propter: here hoc, id, quid &c. are continually used for
propter hoc,propler id, propter quid &c. : as quid clamas ? quid
rides? Terent. Eun. 5. 1. 13, num id lacrumat virgo? i. e.
propter id, on account of it : Liv. 24. 8, nee tu id indignari
posses, for propter id : so also id furere, for propter id, Liv.
8. 31. To these we may add, doleo casum tuum, sc. propter:
Cic. Sext. 69, quia meum casum luctumquc doluerunt : so hor-
rere aliquid, sc. propter , ob : so desperare aliquid is explained
by propter. So also ardere aliquam or aliquem, to be inflamed
with love for, to love passionately, is probably for propter ali-
quem; Virg. Eel. 2. 1, formosum pastor Corydon ardebat
Alexin: yet we may also understand, in, erga, ad versus : so
deperire aliquam, to love one desperately, to die with love for
one; where propter is understood : Terent. Heaut. 3. 2. 14,
Clinia hanc si deperit : 2.) per : e. g. iurare aliquid, to swear
by one: Ovid. Met. 2. 101, Stygias iuravimus undas, i.e.
per Stygias\ and elsewhere; e. g. Virg. jEn. Q. 323, 351 : so
lovem lapidem, Cic. ad Div. 7. 12: at other times, we find
iurare per, e. g. Cic. Acad. 4. 28 : Quintil. 9. 2. 95. Thence
iuratus, a, um, one who is sworn by, e. g. numina iurata, Ovid.
Hir. 2. 25. So Cic. Fin. 2. 34, si Xerxes maria ambula-
visset, terram navigasset, for per maria, per terram : Virg. ./En.
1.67(71), gens inimica mihi Tyrrhenum navigat aquor: so
also, perhaps, decurrere vitam, Prop. 2. 15 (14), 41, sc. per :
projicisci magnum iter ad doctas Athenas, Prop. 3. 21, for per
magnum. We also often find, pasci herbas, sylvas, where,
perhaps, per is deficient; e. g. Virg. Georg. 3. 314, pascuntur
Of the Accusative. 73
vero sylvas et summa Lycei, horrentesque rubos ; properly, they
are fed, or pastured through, i. e. they feed on ; unless some
other preposition be understood. 3.) ad: e. g. ire exsequias, to
go to a funeral : suppetias ire, mittere, accurrere : so ibo amicam
meam, Plaut. Stich. 3. 1. 33, for ad amicam : so pessum ire.
b) When a preposition cannot readily be understood : the
simplest examples are those where id, quid, and similar pro-
nouns are joined to a verb; e. g. hoc dubito, I doubt this, for
de hac re : si id dubitas, for de ea re : where propter cannot be
understood : yet there is no general way of explanation : thence
in some places, where none of the prepositions commonly enu-
merated, applies, and yet it is thought necessary to supply one,
some understand quoad inasmuch as, as if it corresponded to
the Greek xara : but since this is not a preposition, and cannot
readily govern a case, except perhaps Liv. 42. 6, quoad diem,
and Varr. L. L. 7. 23, quoad sexum, where others read quod,
it therefore could not be understood by the ancients : instead
of it we may understand ad as to; e. g. Virg. Georg. 3. 421,
tollentemque minas et sibila colla tumentem, for the ablative
sibilo collo ; properly, as to its hissing neck, ad or quod adtinet
ad, and so continually in the poets : Virg. .ZEn. 9. 656, cetera
parce puer bello, for quod ad cetera adtinet. Such accusatives
are also joined to passives, as will be mentioned hereafter.
Further, we should remark, peccare aliquidj e.g. Cic. Nat.
Deor. 1.12, Xenophon eadem fere peccat, for iniisdem or eodem
modo, errs in the same things, in the same way : perhaps we
must supply ad, quod adtinet ad eadem. Further, iurare all-
quid, i. e. to swear to anything, e. g. cineri bella, Sil. 3. 23 :
falsum iurare) Cic. Oft*. 3. 29 : so passively, quod ita iuratum
est, ibid. : somniare aliquem or aliquid, to dream of a person or
thing, Terent. Eun. 1. 2. 1 13 : Andr. 5. 6. 7 : Cic. Div. 2. 59 :
Plaut. Rud. 3. 4. 68 : so ludere, e. g. aleam, Suet. Claud. 33,
and Ner. 30 : pralia latronum, Ovid. Art. 3. 357 : at other times
with an ablative, e. g. ludere alea, Cic. Phil. 2. 23 : pila, Cic.
Or. 1. 50: further, furere opus caedis, Stat. Theb. 9- 5, i. e.
furiously to do &c. Particularly to these belong verbs signify-
ing to taste of, to smell of, which answer to the question where-
74 Of the Accusative.
of? of what? and in the best writers have an accusative after
them : e. g. redolere vinum, to smell of wine : Cic. Phil. 2. 25,
frustis esculentis vinum redolentibus : Cic. Clar. Or. 21, exi-
liores orationes et redolentes magis antiquitatem : Gic. Att.
2. 1, ideo bene olere, quia nihil oleant, because they smell of no-
thing; Hor. Sat. 1. 2. 27, pastillos Rufillus olet, Gorgonius
hircum: ibid. Epist. 1. 19. 5, vtna fere dulces oluerunt mane
Camenae : so olere ceram, crocum, Cic. Or. 3. 25 : so sapere
crocum to taste of saffron ; Cic. ap. Plin. H. N. 13. 2, meliora
unguenta sunt, qua? terrain, quam quae crocum sapiunt : Plin.
H. N. 11. 8, mella herbam sapiunt: Sen. Nat. Quaest. 3. 18,
piscis saperet ipsum mare. To these seems to belong the for-
mula magnam partem a great part, maximam partem the great-
est part : as libros meos magnam partem amisi, I have lost
a great part of my books ; perhaps ad as to is understood,
as to a great part. This expression is not unusual : Cic. ad
Div. 9. 15. y, mihi licere has res non omnino quidem sed
magnam partem relinquere : Cic. Tusc. 4. 5, quia Chrysippus
et Stoici magnam partem in his partiendis et definiendis oc-
cupati sunt: Cass. B. G. 4. 1, maximam partem lacte atque
pecore vivunt, for the greatest part they live on milk &c. After
clamo, crepo, queror, festino, &c. the accusative is remarkable ;
since aliquid clamare, crepare, queri seem to stand for aliquid
dicere (or proferre) clamando, crepando, querendo ; and festi-
nare aliquid, for festinando facere aliquid : e. g. Plaut. Mil.
3. 1. 57, nec[{\e publicas res clamo, nee leges crepo: Hor. Od.
1. 18. 5, quis post v'm&gravem militiam zutpauperiem crepat?
ibid. Sat. 2. 3. 33, si quid Stertinius veri crepat : Ovid. Met.
9. 304, moturaque duros verba queror silices : ibid. 11. 574,
et iam, quas induat \\\e,festinat vestes, i. e. festinanter conficit,
conficere festinat : so fugam festinare, Virg. JEn. 4. 575, i. e.
to hasten : id, Sail. lug. 81. Thus also, perhaps, we must
explain the remarkable expression, luv. 2. 3, qui Curios simu-
lant, et Bacchanalia vivunt, i. e. vivunt modo Bacchanalium,
or vivendo Bacchanalia exprimunt. Thus we find also the
passive moveri with Cyclopa, Hor. Epist. 2. 2. 125, utqui nunc
Satyrum mine agrestem Cyclopa movetur, i. e. movendo or
Of the Accusative. 75
saltando exprimit, now dances (like) the Satyr, now (like) the
Cyclops. And thus we have other examples : so lateo with an
accusative ; see above, Sect. VI. 4. n. I.
Note. We also find the passives of these intransitives, and
even used personally with their proper subjects : whence may
be inferred, that the ancients considered these intransitives some-
times as transitives: e. g. Ovid. Met. 12. 188, nunc tertia m-
vitur (etas : Catull. 5. 6, nox est dormienda : Mart. 13. 59, tota
mihi dormitur hyems : Cic. Oft". 1. 10, in republica mult a pec-
cantur: Cic. Parad. 3. 2, multa peccantur : Tac. Ann. 15.21,
plura peccantur : thence peccatum, which like erratum is pro-
perly a participle : Cic. Or. 1. 32, ista, qua3 abs te breviter de
arte decursa sunt, audire cupimus : Cic. Quint. 31, prope acta
iam aetate decursaque: Tac. Germ. 20, nee virgmesfestinantur :
iter festinatum, Ovid. Pont. 4. 5. 8, and elsewhere.
VI.) Even passives, particularly in the poets, are very
often followed by an accusative, which is put for an
ablative, and may be explained by ad as to, with re-
spect to : e. g. Virg. jEn. 3. 81, vittis et sacra redimitus
tempora lauro, i. e. temporibus, on the temples : ibid.
5. 135, nudatosque humeros oleo perfusa nitescit : ibid.
5. 269, puniceis ibant evincti tempora tseniis : ibid.
7. 796, et picti scuta Labici : ibid. 806, non ilia colo
calathisve Minervae femineas adsmta manus : Virg.
Eel. 7. 32, puniceo stabis suras evincta cothurno :
Hor. Od. 1.1. 22, nunc viridi membra sub arbuto stra-
tus : sofractus membra, Hor. Sat. 1 . 1. 5 : indutus exu-
vias, Virg. MM. 2. 275 : indutus thoracem, Curt. 7. 5 :
indutus vestem, Liv. 27. 37.
VII.) Verbs signifying to live, to remain, to dwell
&c. in answer to the question how long'? take the sub-
stantive which denotes the length of time in the accu-
76 Of the Accusative.
sative ; where per is understood, which is also often
expressed : e. g. tres dies ibi fui, I was there three
days : sex annos ibi mansi, I stayed there six years :
Cic. Place. 26, septingentos iam annos vivunt : Plaut.
Mil. 4. 2. 87, mille annorum vivunt ; where mille is
used substantively in the accusative: Cic. Off. 1. ],
te iam annum audientem Cratippum &c. i. e. per annum,
for a year : Cic. Cat. 1.2, at nos vicesimum iam diem
patimur hebescere aciem horum auctoritatis, now the
twentieth day : Cic. ad Div. 4. 3. 4, etsi enim abfui
magnam partem consulatus tui : ibid. 15. 4. 2, biduum
Laodicese fui. Nothing is more usual : yet per is very
frequently added ; as, per tres annos, per tres dies. We
also sometimes find the ablative ; as Cic. Off. 3. 2, tri-
ginta annis vixisse : Suet. Cal. 59, vixit annis viginti
novem, imperavit triennio : CCC annis vixisse, Plin.
H. N. 7. 48 : non amplius quam uno die vivere, ibid.
30. 16 : and also the genitive ; e. g. mille annorum,
Plaut. Mil. 4. 2. 87 : yet, as was before observed,
mille may here be a substantive in the accusative.
VIII.) The verbs distare, abesse, discedere and
others, in answer to the question how far? are often
followed by the substantive, which expresses the mea-
sure, in the accusative case : e. g. absum tres passus
a te, I am distant three paces from thee : Cic. ad Div.
15. 4. 7, abessemque ab Amano iter unius diei, one
day's journey: Cic. Acad. 4. 18, ab hac mihi non
licet transversum, ut aiunt, digitum discedere, not a
finger's breadth : Virg. Eel. 3. 104, die, quibus in terris
tres pateat cceli spatium non amplius ulnas : and so
continually. Yet sometimes we find the ablative : e. g.
Of the Accusative. 77
Cic. ad Div. 1O. 17, Plane., Vftitidius bidui spatio ab-
est ab eo : also the genitive, Cic. Att. 5. 16, quse aberant
bidui: ibid. 17 ; where, perhaps, spatio fails.
IX.) Many impersonal verbs are followed by an ac-
cusative of the person :
1.) pcenitet, pudet, piget, tsedet, miseret are followed by a
substantive in the accusative, which expresses the person that
feels penitence, shame &c. : as pcenitet wzefacti, 1 repent of the
deed ; pudet me, I am ashamed ; piget me, I am tired ; taedet me,
I am weary &c. : so pcenitet patrem, neminem pudet &c. Con-
cerning these verbs, see of the Genitive, Sect. V. 3. n. V. 4;
where also it was remarked that the thing of which one repents,
is ashamed &c. is generally put in the genitive ; and that they are
also used personally; as, me hce c conditio non panitet : non te hcec
pudetit, Terent. Ad. 4. 7. 36; and even pudeo, Plant. Cas. 5. 2. 3 ;
also that miserescit, miseretur, commiserescit, commiseretur,
are used impersonally; e.g. Terent. lleaut. 5. 4. 3, nunc iemi-
serescat mei : Cic. Lig. 5, cave te fratrum misereatur.
2.) decet it becomes, dedecet it does not become, are fol-
lowed by an accusative of the person, whom any thing becomes
8cc., as decet me, dedecet te : yet also by a dative, Terent.
Adelph. 5. 8. 5, ita nobis decet, for nos : vobis, ibid. 3. 5. 45 :
nostro generi, Plaut. Amph. 2. 1. 158 : patri, ibid. Capt. 2. 2.
71: (Stall, Gell. 9. 15: victoribus, Sail. Fragm. ap. Serv. ad
Virg. /En. 8. 127 : maiestati, Pand. 32. Leg. 20. The thing
which becomes any one, is in the infinitive ; as, decet me recte
vivere; also in the nominative of a substantive, when, therefore,
the verb is used personally; as Ovid. Art. 1. 509, forma viros
neglecta decet : ibid. Fast. 2. 106, qua (corona) possit crines,
Phoebe, decere tuos : Plaut Most. 1.3. 5, haec me vest-is de-
ceat : Cic. Off. 1.31, quam se aliena deceant : ibid, id quem-
que decet: Cic. Or. 3. 55, quiddeceat : ibid. 1. 26, id quod non
decet: Cic. Off. 1. 41, si quid dedeceat in aliis : Ovid. Am.
1. 7. 12, nee dominam motae dedecuere comas : Stat. Theb. 10.
334, si non (ego) dedecui tua iussa.
78 Of the Accusative.
3.) To these also are acrcled, fugit, praeterit, iuvat; since they
are sometimes used impersonally, and then retain the case
which they have when used personally : as, me fugit, 1 know
not, Cic. Att. 7. 18 : 13. 51 : non me fugit, I know, Cic. Att.
12. 42 : praeterit me, Cic. Caecin. 33 : non me praeterit, ibid. 35 :
iuvat me, Cic. ad Div. 3. 10. 23 : .5. 21. To these some add
latet it is concealed, unknown, which often occurs with an ac-
cusative, but commonly with a nominative, and, therefore, per-
sonally ; as Varr. R. R. 1. 40, unum quod latet nostrum sen-
sum: Virg. ^En. 1. 130(134), neclatueredolifratrem: Ovid.
Fast. 4. 211, res latuit patrem : ibid. 5. 361, quorum me causa
latebat : lustin. 13. 8, res Eumenem non latuit. It is clear
from these passages that lateo is not an impersonal verb : it is,
however, cited here, because many may consider it impersonal,
and look for it here. Yet it may be used impersonally : e. g.
latet plerosque ignes esse, Plin. H. N. 2. 20: that lateo also
occurs with a dative has been remarked, Sect. VI. 4. n. I.
observ. c.
X.) The verbs memini, recorder, reminiscor, obli-
viscor, take an accusative after them ; as memini diem,
recorder rem, oblitus sum istud &c. It has been
already noticed that these verbs also govern a genitive :
see of the Genitive, Sect. V. 3. n. Ill, where also
we considered their government of the accusative, and
cited examples.
XI.) The participles osus, exosus, perosus, pertse-
sus, are used as transitives or deponents with an accu-
sative ; e. g. Gell. 4. 8, osus cum fuit : Virg. Mn.
12. 517, exosum bella: ibid. 5. 687, si nondum exosus
(sc. es) Troianos : Ovid. Met. 1. 483, t&das exosa iu-
gales : Virg. ^En. 6. 435, lucemque perosi proiecere
animas : Ovid. Met. 8. 183, perosus exsllium ; and else-
where ; e. g. ibid. Fast. 3. 177 : Virg. JEn. 9. 141 :
Liv. 3. 58 : also with the verb esse, i. e. to hate, to
Of the Accusative. 79
hate exceedingly ; e. g. Liv. 3. "34, plebs consulum no-
men baud secus quam regnum perosa erat : August.
ap. Suet. Tib. 21, si non populum perosi sunt : Liv. 3.
39, superbiam perosos (sc. esse) regis : Suet. Caes. 7,
perttfsus ignaviam suam : yet pertsesus is also found
with a genitive, Tac. Ann. 15. 51, lentitudmis eorum
pertasa.
Note : 1 .) Osus is also followed by the infinitive ; as osa
sum obtueri inimicos, Plaut. Amph. 3. 2. 1Q. Also exosus and
perosus are used passively, i. e. hated : a) exosus, Gell. 2. 18 :
b) per osus, luvenc. 3, in Matth. cap. 19 : so the comparative
perosior, Tertull. de Anim. 1 : perosius, ibid, de Virg. Vel. 16 :
2.) some verbals in bundus are also followed by the accusative
of their verbs : as popula bundus agros, Gell. 11. 15: vitabun-
dus castra hostium, Liv. 25. 13. It is only necessary to sup-
pose that these verbals are used for the participle in ns t i. e. po-
pulabundus for populans, vitabundus for vitans, and we imme-
diately see whence the accusative is used.
XII.) After the verbs, to come, to go, to travel, and
the like, the name of the place, i. e. town, village &c.
also domus and rus, to which one comes or goes, is
put in the accusative, the preposition in being under-
stood ; as, proficisci Romam, to go to Rome ; ire Athe-
nas, venire Mutinam ; domum redire, to return home ;
abire rus, to go into the country : examples are ob-
vious; e.g. domum, Cic. Verr. Act. 1. 9: Cic. ad
Div. 3. 8 : also in the plural, domos ; e. g. Galli domos
abierant, Liv. 45. 34 : rus; e. g. rus ibo, Terent. Eun.
2. 1. 10, into the country, to my country-house.
Observations.
1.) We also find ad with the names of towns : thence some
have supposed that ad is understood, when we say Romam
80 Of the Accusative.
proficisci, venire &c. This, however, is incorrect; since it is
quite a different thing to say Romam venire to come to Rome,
i. e. into the city, and ad Romam venire, which very often oc-
curs, to come as far as, near Rome, to remain without the city.
So Romam ire, proficisci, contendere, to go to Rome, so as to
enter the city ; but ad Romam ire, proficisci &c. to go towards
Rome, though perhaps without the intention of entering the
city. Every governor and general, who expected a triumph in
Rome, might be said ire ad Romam, but not ire Romam ; since
he might not enter the city before the triumph, whicli was often
granted after a long delay. There is the same distinction be-
tween ire in urbem and ad urbem ; the former denotes to go
into the city, the other does not. It is thence manifest, that
before names of cities in the accusative, not ad but in is under-
stood; since ad could not be omitted without injury to the
sense. The following passage will illustrate the difference, Cic.
ad Div. 15. 3, cum ad me legati missi ab Antiocho venissent
in castra ad Iconium, into the camp at or near Iconium.
2.) To domum the possessive pronouns meam, tuam, suam,
nostram, vestram may also be added ; e. g. eum domum meam
venisse, Cic. ad Div. 9- 19: domum suam, Cic. Pis. 7 : but
scarcely any other adjectives, though we find aurum domum
regiam comportabant, Sail. lug. 76. The preposition inis fre-
quently prefixed, when an adjective or genitive accompanies ;
e. g. cur non introeo in nostram domum, Plaut. Amph. 1.1.
253 : in domum meretriciam deduci, Terent. Eun. 2. 3. 90 : ve-
nisse in domum Lecca, Cic. Cat. 1.4: Luculli Archiam in do-
mum suam receperunt, Cic. Arch. 3, in the edition of Graevius ;
but Ernesti and others omit in: it is also thus used without in,
e. g. Pompeium domum suam compulistis, Cic. Pis. 7 : eum
domum meam venisse, Cic. ad Div. 9. 19: aurum domum
regiam comportabant, Sail. lug. 7(> : domum (Jharonis devene-
runt, Nep. Pelop. 2.
3.) To this place the word humus is commonly referred : but
it is either preceded by in ; as cadere in humum\ deiicere in hu-
mum, Ovid. Met. 6. 605 ; or humi is used, particularly after
Of the Accusative. 81
pono, colloco, fundo, prosterno &c., e. g. colloco aliquid humi :
of which we treated before, of the Genitive, Sect. V. 3. n. V :
and humi seems to be more usual than in humum. Yet we
find, Hor. Od. 4. 14. 32, stravit humum.
4.) But to the names of countries or regions the preposition
in is^regularly prefixed; asproficisci in Italiam, in Galliam&c.
Yet the poets often omit it, as Virg. Mn. 1. 2 (6), Italiam
venit : sometimes even prose writers do the same, especially
before the names of islands, as Cic. Manil. 12, inde Sardimam
cum classe venit : Nep. Paus. 2, Pausaniam cum classe com-
muni Cyprum atque Hellespontum miserunt : sometimes also
before other names of countries ; as Nep. Dat. 4, JEgypt unique
proficisci parat : Liv. 45. 10, navigare jEgyptum pergit : Suet.
Tib. 72, rediens propere Campaniam.
XIII.) The verb sum is used with id cetatis for ea
tftate or ems <ztatis, of that age ; where perhaps ad
fails; e. g. Cic. ad Div. 6. 20 (21), et id atatis iam
sumus, ut &c., and we are now of such an age, of that
age, that &c. : also, quid atatis ? of what age ? Plaut.
Merc. 2. 2. 19, quid tibi ego cetatis videor ? sc. esse,
how old do I seem to you to be ? Otherwise homo is
added : as homo id cctatis, a man of that age : e. g.
7 o o
Cic. Verr. 2. 37, ut homo nefarius de homine nobili
atque id cetatis suoque hospite virgis supplicium su-
meret, that he might scourge a man of noble birth, of
such an age, i. e. so old &c.
XIV.) Sometimes, after the Greek idiom, a verb
transitive is followed by an accusative, which does not
belong to the verb, but to the following sentence, and
properly ought to be the nominative : it is, in fact, a
careless form of expression: e. g. Cees. B. G. 1. 39,
aut (se) rem frumentariam, ut satis commode suppor-
tari posset, timere dicebat : for aut, ut res J rumen t aria
satis &c. : Cic. ad Div. 8. 10. 8. Ccel. nosti Marcdlum,
VOL. II. G
82 Of the Accusative.
quam tardus et parum efficax sit, itemque Servium,
quam curictator, for nosti, quam tardus et parum effi-
cax sit Marcdlus, et quam cunctator Servius : Terent.
Eun. 1. 2. 81, istam nunc times, ne ilium talem tibi
praeripiat, for nunc times, ne ista ilium : ibid. 5. 8. 5,
scin' me in quibus sim gaudiis, for scin', in quibus ego
sim gaudiis : ibid. Adelph. 5. 4. 20, ilium, ut vivat,
optant, for optant, ut ilk vivat. These accusatives
seem to arise from the negligence of the speakers, as
in English, you know him, how tedious he is. Some
understand quod adtinet ad. It is still more peculiar,
when, at the beginning, an accusative is put instead of
a nominative, e. g. urbem, quam statuo, vestra est,
Virg. Mn. 1. 573 (577) for urbs : Terent. Eun. 3. 3. 18,
eunuchum, quern dedisti nobis, quantas dedit turbas,
for eunuchus : Plaut. Amph. 4. 1.1, Naucratem, quern
convenire volui, in navi non erat, for Naucrates:
ibid. Cure. 3. 49, sed istum, quern quaeris, ego sum,
for iste : the first three passages may indeed be ex-
plained by taking the accusative with the relative pro-
noun, as quam urbem statuo, ea vestra est : quern eu-
nuchum nobis dedisti, is &c. : quern Naucratem con-
venire volui, is &c. : but this explanation will not ap-
ply to the last example. It seems, in general, to be a
negligent mode of expression : perhaps quod adtinet ad
must be understood. We may suppose that the speaker
began with an accusative, since he intended to use
with it a transitive verb ; but that afterwards he used
another kind of verb, not recollecting the accusative
which preceded. A still more singular accusative is
found, Plaut. Rud. 4. 3. 23, vidulum istum, cuius ille
est, novi hominem, where the order is scarcely intelli-
gible : it stands for novi hominem, cuius ille vidulus
Of the Accusative. 83
est, and therefore vidulum istum is perhaps for quod
adtinet ad vidulum istum : ibid. Menaech. 2. 2. 37, nu~
mum istum, quern mihi dudum pollicitus dare, iubeas
porculum adferri tibi, for numo isto; properly, quodad-
tinet ad numum istum, quern mihi dare, eo iubeas
adferri &c.
XV.) Some transitive or active verbs beside their
regular accusative, have also a second, which cannot
be explained by a preposition understood. The fol-
lowing verbs are of this kind :
1.) Facio, reddo, to make; as facere aliquem doctum, to
make one learned : facere aliquem consulem, to make one consul,
Cic. Senect. 5 : Cic. Agr. 2. 1 : dictatorem, Liv. 2. 21 : here-
dem, Cic. Verr. 1. 48 : facere aliquem certiorem, to give one
information, literally, to make one more certain, Cic. Div. 2. 2 :
Cic. ad Div. 9. 2 : Ca3S. B. G. 1. 12 : so reddere aliquem doc-
tum,felicem &c. to render one learned, happy &c. : tu mered-
didisti, fecisti, sapientem : aliquem iraium y Cic. Cluent. 26 :
domum reddiderat nudam, Cic. Verr. 2. 34 : and elsewhere,
e. g. Cic. Att. 9. 17 : Caes. B. G. 2. 5 : dare is used in the
same way, e. g. aliquem inventum dare, for invenire, Terent.
Andr. 4. 1 : defensum dabit, for defendere, Virg. JEn. 12. 436,
cf. Terent. Eun. 2. 1.6. All these verbs have also in the pas-
sive a double nominative, as was observed, of the Nominative,
Sect. IV. 2. n. I. 2. e. g. tu fiesfelix, pater est redditusfelix.
2.) Verbs of naming, calling &c. ; as nuncupo; e. g. Liv. 1 . 3,
lulum gens lulia auctorem sui generis nuncupat, calls lulius
the author &c.: quern turba nuncupat Indigetem, Ovid.
Met. 14. 607 : so also voco, vocito, nomino, nominito, addico,
adpello, perhibeo, usurpo : as vocant me Caium : nominant te
Ciceronem : adpellare aliquem Magnum, or regem, to give any
one the title of Great, of king : e. g. Alexander, quern Magnum
adpellamus, whom we call the Great : Romani Deiotarum ad-
pellarunt regem ob merita, the Romans gave Deiotarus the title
G2
84 Of the Accusative.
of king on account of his merits : aliquem usurpare atque ad-
pe\\a.Yefratrem, Cic. Univ. 1 1 : so, aliquem adpellare sapientem,
Cic. Amic. 1 : motum, quern sensam nominitamus, Lucret.
3. 353 : dicere aliquem crudelem, Virg. Georg. 4. 355 : aliquem
vocare timidum, Sail. Cat. 53, cf. ibid. lug. 18 : aliquem vocare
tyrannum, Nep. Dion. 10, cf. Lucret. 6. 297 : Cic. Nat. Deor.
2. 43, ex Arat. : vatem hunc perhibebo optimum, Cic. Div. 2.
5. cf. Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 42, ex Arat. : also salutare, e. g. ali-
quem regem, I u venal. 8. l6l, cf. Tac. Ann. 2. 18 : consalu-
tare, Cic. Phil. 2. 24. All these verbs have also a double no-
minative in the passive ; as Deiotarus adpellatus est rex : tu
vocaris Caius : see above, of the Nominative, 2.
3.) The verb habeo, when it denotes I hold any one to be,
I account ; e. g. habere aliquem doctum, to account any one
learned: so, aliquem habere parentem, Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 1. 10:
deum, Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 15: also pro docto : aspatremlw-
bent doctum, and patrem habent pro docto: thus, pro host e,
Liv. 2. 20: pro certo, Cic. Att. 10. 6: thence also in the pas-
sive, pater habetur doctus, pater habetur pro docto : see above,
of the Nominative, 2. n. I. 5.
4.) Verbs of naming or electing to an office, as designo, no-
mino, dico, creo ; e. g. in Comitiis, nuncupo, I name, e. g. to an
inheritance, renuntio I proclaim any one, e. g. consul, praetor &c. :
as Romani designaverunt Ciceronem consulem, prtztorem, have
named him consul : consul dixit Fabium dictatorem, has named
Fabius dictator : dictator dixit Servilium magistrum equitum
&c. : in both which last passages dico is the appropriate word :
nominare aliquem interregem: creare aliquem consulem, qu&-
storem, pratorem&c. to elect any one consul, quaestor, prastor&c.
e. g. Romani creaverunt Ciceronem consulem : renuntiare ali-
quem consulem, praetorem &c., to proclaim any one consul &c. ;
e. g. pra3co renuntiavit Ciceronem consulem; unless here, per-
haps, esse fails, and it should be translated, proclaimed that Ci-
cero was consul. The following are examples from ancient
writers, quos (sc. decemviros) plebs designaverit, Cic. Agr.
2. 10 : dicere, e. g. dictatorem, Cic. Att. 9. 15: Liv. 5. 9 : tri-
bunes militum, Liv. 5. 13 : consules, Liv. 24. 9 : 27. 6 : nomi-
Of the Accusative. 85
ware, e. g. interregem (without aliquem), Liv. 1. 32 : sacer-
dotem, Plin. Ep. 2. I : aliquem sacerdotem, Suet. Claud. 22 :
creare, e. g. aliquem ducem, Liv. 1 . 23 : aliquem tribunum pie-
bis, Liv. 2. ,36 : aliquem dictatorem, Liv. ] . 23 : aliquem re-
nuntiare consulem, Cic. Or. 2. 64 : so, nuncupare aliquem here-
dem y Suet. Claud. 4 : aliquam nuncupare reginam, lustin. 24. 2,
i. e. to name or appoint : so reficere, to make again, to choose
again, is used with a double accusative; e. g. plebs Foleronem
tribunum reficit, Liv. 2. 56. All these verbs are used in the
passive with a double nominative ; as, Cicero creatus est con-
mi, &c. : see above, of the Nominative, Sect. IV. ^ 2. n. I. 4.
Note : to these some add verbs signifying to believe, or reckon ;
as puto, existimo, and similar verbs; as cognoscere to know, de-
prehendere to detect, reperire to find, declarare to declare, i. e.
one to be any thing. But here esse manifestly fails, and there-
fore the accusatives are not governed by these verbs : e. g. pu-
tant te doctum, they think thee learned, for putant te esse doc-
tum, they think that thou art learned : quern omnes sapientem
existimarunt, whom all thought wise, for quern omnes sapientem
esse existimarunt: cognovi te fortem, I have found thee a
brave man, for cognovi te esse fortem, I have found that thou
art a brave man : thus also, te mendacem depreheridi, hoc ve-
rum reperi, where esse is understood. So also Cic. Mur. 2,
illo die Murenam consulem declaravi, for declaravi esse consu-
lem. Yet after cognoscere, deprehendere, reperire, declarare,
we may also understand the particle tanquam, and consider the
second accusative as an apposition : as, cognovi te fortem, for
tanquam fortem : declaravi Murenam consulem, for tanquam
consulem. With these verbs also in the passive voice we find
a double nominative, where esse is understood : as, pater pu-
tatur doctus, the father is thought learned, for pater putatur
esse doctus : and so with the others ; as cognitus, repertus, or
inventus est fortis, he has been found a brave man, for cognitus
est esse fortis &c., he has been found to be a brave man. Thus
also with deprehendor, declarer : yet with all these verbs tan-
quam may be understood, except with those which mean to be-
lieve, as puto, existimo &c. : see above, of the Nominative, 2.
86 Of the Accusative.
5.) Praebere se, praestare se, to show one's self, to exhibit
one's self; e. g. praebere se fortem, to show himself a brave man ;
prsebere se prudentem, to show himself wise, humanum humane
&c. : praestare se fortem, benignum, prudentem 8tc. : praesta or
praebe te virum, show thyself a man, conduct thyself as a man :
debemus nos praebere or praestare fortes, benignos &c : all these
are usual, and have already been noticed Sect. VI. 4. n. X.
The second accusative must be explained as an apposition, tan-
quam fortem, fortes, &c.
6.) Other verbs also, besides their proper accusative, have a
second, which must be regarded as an apposition, and explained
by ut or tanquam. To these particularly belong verbs of join-
ing, affixing; as, adiungere aliquem sibi comitem,i.e. as a com-
panion, for tanquam comitem : Cic. Off. 3. 10, admiratus eorum
fidem tyrannus petivit, ut se ad amicitiam tertium adscriberent,
i.e. tanquam tertium, that they would add him, as a third.
With other verbs also we find the same apposition ; e. g. Cic.
Off. 3. 10, speaking of Romulus who killed his brother under
an empty pretext, et tamen muri causam apposuit, speciem ho-
nestatis neque probabilem neque satis idoneam, as an appear-
ance of honour, sc. tanquam : it is correct to understand tan-
quam, since it is continually expressed in such instances, and
preferably for the sake of clearness : so, filiam tuam mihi uxorem
posco, Plant. Aul. 2. 2. 42, i. e. to wife, sc. tanquam : so pos-
cere dictatorem reum, Liv. 9- 26.
XVI.) With some verbs transitive, besides an accu-
sative of the person, there is used another of the thing,
which probably, though not certainly, is governed by
a preposition omitted. Such verbs are celo, conceal ;
verbs of teaching, instructing, reminding, asking, de-
manding, questioning; as doceo, edoceo, dedoceo,
erudio, moneo, admoneo, rogo, ask or beg, oro, exoro,
precor, flagito, exigo, posco, reposco, interrogo, con-
sul o, percontor. Yet this second accusative is more
Of the Accusative. 87
common with one of these verbs than with another :
and with some de may be used instead of the accusa-
tive. Further, both accusatives are not always used
together, but sometimes we find alone an accusative
either of the person or the thing.
1 .) Celare aliquem aliquid often occurs ; as Cic. ad Div. 2.
16. 9, non enim te celavi ser mortem T. Ampii : yet we often find
celare aliquem de aliqua re; e. g. Cic. Deiot. 6, de armis, de
ferro, de insidiis celare te voluit.
2.) Verbs of asking, begging, demanding 8cc. : e. g. rogare or
orare aliquem aliquid, to ask any one for any thing : the accu-
sative of the thing seems to be governed by propter or ob omit-
ted : e. g. illud te oro, Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 1 : hoc te rogo, Cic. ad
Div. 12. 27 : 13. 43 : nunquam divitias deos rogavi, Mart. 4.
77. 1 : roga me viginti minas, Plaut. Pseud. 4. 5. 8. So poscere
aliquem aliquid, to demand any thing of one: Virg. JEn. 11.
362, pacem te poscimus omnes : Cic. Verr. 1. 3, qui paren-
tes pretium pro sepultura liberum posceret, who demanded
money of parents for the burial of their children: and so else-
where; e. g. Cic. Verr. 1. 17 : Liv. 27. 24 : Hor. Od. 1. 24.
12 : Ovid. Art. 3. 805. Thus also reposcere, Plaut. Aul. 4. 10.
33, aulam (ollam) aim te reposco, I demand back from thee the
pot : Cic. Verr. 4. 51, ut ad Verrem adirent, eteum simulacrum
Cereriset Victorias reposcerent : so Parthos signa, Virg. J&n. 7.
606 : also te hoc obsecrat, Cic. Quint. 31 : cf. Ter. Heaut. 4.
1.31. So zhojlagitare, Cic. Dom. 6, mefrumentum flagita-
bant: Cass. B. G. 1. 16, Cresar Mduos frumentum, quod essent
publice polliciti, flagitare : qua me Crassus flagitabat, Cic. Or.
2. 45 : orationesme duas postulas, Cic. Att. 2. 7 : hoc te depre-
cor, Val. Flacc. 8. 53 : <exorare aliquem aliquid, Plaut. Bacch.
5.2.82: ibid. Capt. 2. 1. 17: Stat. Sylv. 2. 7. 121. Also
rogo, oro &c., are often used without an accusative of the thing,
with a bare accusative of the person : so also flagitare, Cic. ad
Div. 10. 16. 3, flagitare senatus institit Cornutum, to desire of
Cornutus : metuo ne teflagitent, 1 fear, lest they shall urge you,
ibid. 9. 8: cf. Plaut. Pcen. 3. 1. 36 : so efflagitare aliquem,
88 Of the Accusative.
Auct. B. Hisp. 29, for ab aliquo: precari aliquem, Cic. Nat.
Deor. 1. 42, 44 : Verr. 4. 32 : deprecari aliquem, Liv. 34. 59 :
Cic. ad Div. 8. 1. Ccel.
Note : Peto ask, seek, desire, demand, is used not with an
accusative of the person, but only of the thing ; the person is
put in the ablative with a ; as, petere aliquid ab aliquo, Cic.
Tusc. 5. 2 : Caes. B. G. 2. 13, and elsewhere : also merely ab
aliquo, Cic. ad Div. 9. 13 : 13. 7 : aliquem in vincula, Quintil.
7. 1. 55, to desire, to demand, cf. ibid. 7. 6. 6. It is the same
with other verbs of the same signification ; as poscere, reposcere,
flagitare, efflagitare, postulare, precari, deprecari, contendere,
exigere, aliquam rem ab aliquo ; also merely aliquid, or ab ali-
quo ; all which expressions may be imitated : e. g. poscere mu-
nus ab aliquo, Cic. Verr. 2. 47, and elsewhere : e. g. Terent.
Heaut. 5. 1. 53 : Suet. Aug. 94: reposcere rationem vita3 ab
aliquo, Cic. in Cfficil. 9 : Cic. Verr. 3. 1 : Catilinam a me re-
poscebat, Cic. Red. Sen. 4 : flagitare promissa ab aliquo, Cic.
ad Div. 3.11: cf. Cic. Verr. 5. 4, and elsewhere : efflagitare sig-
num a ducibus, Liv. 2. 60 : postulare aliquid ab aliquo, Cic.
Amic. 22 : abs te postulo atque oro, Terent. Andr.5. 1.4: pre-
cari ab aliquo, Cic. Amic. 16 : Cic. Rab. Perd. 2: aliquid, Cic.
Pis. 20 : aliquid ab aliquo, ibid, and Nep. Timol. 5 : deprecari
ab aliquo, Auct. B. Afric. 85 : aliquid ab aliquo, Cic. Sull. 26 :
Cic. Mur. 1 : de aliquo, Cic. Or. 2. 28 : alicui, i. e. for any
one, Plaut. Asin. Epil. 5 : aliquem aliqua re, Prop. 2. 27 (32).
17 : aliquem ab aliquo, Cic. Agr. 2. 36 : Cic. Red. Quir. 3 :
Cic. Plane. 42: contendere ab aliquo, Cic. Brut. 14: Cic.
Quint. 24 : Cic. Att. 9- 17 : aliquid, Cic. Off. 1. 20 : Cic. Verr.
2. 53: exigere aliquid, Cic. ad Div. 13. 11 : Cic. Font. 5: ex
aliquo, Cic. Fin. 2. 35 : ab aliquo obsides, Ca3s. B. C. 3. 12:
veritatem a teste, Cic. Leg. 1.1: also we find exigere posnas de
aliquo, Ovid. Met. 8. 53, or alicui, ibid. Fast. 1. 230, i. e. to
punish : we also find oro, exoro,rogo, obsecro, qua?so ab aliquo;
Plaut. Am ph. Prol. 64, nunc hoc me orare a vobis iussit lupiter :
ibid. Trio. 2. 2, 44, quam (rem) volo ego me abs te exorare
ibid. Bacch. 4. 9- 102, me fas est obsecrare abs te : Cic. ad
Of the Accusative. 89
Div. 13. 1.4, nunc a te illud primum rogabo, ne &c. : ibid.
17. 4, magnopere a te quaeso, ut &c. : ibid. 3. 2, a te quaeso et
peto : Cic. Arch. 2, quseso a vobis, ut &c. We also find ro-
gare aliquem de re, Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 2. 3 : alsorogare pro aliquo,
to ask for any one, Petron. 39 : so pro vita, Suet. Aug. 13 :
Phaedr. 3. 2. l6,to beg for one's life : orare aliquem pro salute,
Brut, in Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 16. We also meet with precor te
bonas preces, Cato R. R. 134, 139 : also oro cum aliquo, to ask
of any one ; e. g. Plaut. Bacch. 3. 3. 90, and elsewhere; e. g.
ibid. Cure. 3. 62 : Terent. Hec. 4. 4. 64 : Cses. B. C. 1. 22,
ed. Oudend. : also petere de aliquo, for ab aliquo, Pand. 13. 6.5.
Note: Peto, however, is found with a double accusative, Ovid.
Met. 7. 296, in Burmann's edition, petit hoc JEetida munus ;
which was also the reading of Heinsius : the other editions have
capit hoc a Tethye munus. This reading of Burmann is very
peculiar; yet we find quidquid patrem petii, Quintil. Declam.
9. 2 : also without an accusative of the thing, e. g. vos peto at-
queobsecro, Plaut. Cure. 1. 2. 60 : eumque petiit literis, Capi-
tolin. in Pertin. 3 : to this we may refer Virg. JEn. 6. 115, ut
te supplex peterem. Note : Postulare also means to accuse, to
sue, e. g. aliquem de pecuniis repetundis, Cic. Fragm. Cornel. :
or repetundis &c. (sc. de), Tac. Ann. 3.4: or repetundarum,
Suet. Caes. 4 : capitis, Pand. 46. I. 53.
3.) Verbs signifying to teach, to instruct as a teacher : a)
doceo with two accusatives ; as, docere aliquem artes, musicam
&c. : e. g. Nep. Praef. quis musicam docuerit Epaminondam :
so aliquem literas, Cic. Pis. 30 : also when doceo means to teach,
i. e. to relate, to inform, to explain ; as, docere aliquem causam,
to instruct any one in a cause or suit, to explain it to him, is
very usual; e. g. Cic. ad Div. 7. 21, SiYii causam fedocui : but
in this latter sense we often find de aliqua re; as Caes. B. C. 1.
3, qui de his rebus eum doceant, who may inform him about
these things : cf. ibid. 7. 10: Cic. Verr. 4. 51. Also docere
aliquem is often used without mention of the thing, Cic. Off*. 1.
44 : Cic. Att. 8. 2 : also aliquem tacere, Cic. Agr. 3. 2 : ali-
quem sapere, Cic. Phil. 2. 4 : aliquem re, e. g.jidibus, Cic. ad
90 Of the Accusative.
Div. 9. 22 : equo, Liv. 29. 1 : sc. uti : b) edocere also stands
with two accusatives ; e.g. iuventutem mala facitiora, Sail. Cat.
16 : also when it means to say, to disclose ; e. g. Sail. Cat. 48.
4, eadem de itinere hostium senatum edocet, he discloses the
same things to the senate &c. : so Plin. Paneg. 26 : also merely
with an accusative of the thing; as Sail. lug. 94. 6, acta edocet
without a person : or with an accusative of the person, without
an accusative of the thing, which is then commonly expressed
by the ablative with de, or in some other way : Caes. B. C. 3.
108, hunc quae fieri vellet, literis nuntiisque edocet, informs
him : cf. ibid. B. G*. 7. 38 : Sail. lug. 49- 1, ewwque edocet
qua ageret. Some, indeed, also quote Sail. Decl. in Cic. 14,
quern Minerva omnes artes edocuit; but many doubt whether
this be a genuine work of Sallust : c) dedocere, to unteach an-
other, to make him unlearn it, is used with two accusatives, Cic.
Fin. 1. 6, si a Polyaeno geometriam discere maluisset quam
illam etiam ipsum dedocere : cf. Stat. Theb. 2. 408 : also ali-
quem with an infinitive, Hor. Od. 2. 2. 19 : d) erudire to in-
struct, is seldom used with an accusative of the thing, as Ovid.
Met. 8. 215, natum damnosas erudit artes: so Stat. Theb. 10.
507 : mostly with the ablative ; as, erudire aliquem artibus, Cic,
ad Div. 1.7: cf. Nep. Iphic. 2 : ibid. Them. 10: ibid. Att. 1 :
or also, in artibus, in iure civili, Cic. Or. 1. 59 : cf. Cic. Q. Fr.
1. 3. To these also belong instituere, informare, properly, to
form ; instruere, to instruct, properly, to fit out ; imbuere ; which
do not take an accusative of the thing, but an ablative; as insti-
tuere, informare, instruere, imbuere aliquem literis, artibus, sa-
pientia &c., or ad aliquid : e. g. instituere aliquem artibus, lyra,
Quintil. 1.3. 10 : also with ad, e. g. ad dicendum, Cic. Or. 2.
39 : ad munus, Cic. Verr. 3. 69 : latine scire, Colum. 1.1: in-
formare aBtatem puerilem ad humanitatem, Cic. Arch. 3 : in-
struere aliquem artibus, Cic. Ccel. 30: scientia rei, Quintil. 1.
pref. : dei ritibus, Ovid. Met. 6. 590: aliquem praceptis, Pe-
tron. 140: imbuere se studiis, Cic. Beiot. 10: bonis opinioni-
busj Cic. ad Anton. Cic. Ep. ad Att. 14. 13 : aliquem vitiis,
Liv. 26. 2 : ad officia, Tac. Ann. 12. 32 : ad legem non insti-
tuti sed imbuti sumus, Cic. Mil. 4. Even doceo is thus used,
Of the Accusative. 91
Cic. ad Div. 9- 22. 8, Socratem Jidibus docuit nobilissimus
fidicen, perhaps because fides is not a thing to be taught, but
merely an instrument; perhaps, also, canere is omitted ; as in
English some colloquially say, he taught on the harp, i. e. to
play on it: so aliquem docere equo, armisque, Liv. 24. 1, i.e.
uti. But when erudire means to inform, it is followed by de ;
as Cic. ad Div. 2. 12. 2, obviam mihi velim sint liters tua3, qua3
me erudiant de omni republica.
4.) Verbs of reminding, as monere, admonere &c. : yet these
verbs are always followed by an accusative of the person, seldom
by an accusative of the thing, except the pronouns hoc, id,
quod, quid, quidpiam &c. : e. g. hoc te admoneo, illud te admo-
nui : Cic. .Att. 14. 19, id ipsum, quod me mones : Fabiusea me
monuit, Cic. ad Div. 3. 3 : illud me praeclare admones, Cic.
Att. 9. 5. Yet from these pronouns no general usage can be
inferred, and an accusative of a substantive is actually very rare :
e.g. Sail. lug. 79. 1 9 eamrem locus admonuit: so also qua3 commo-
nefaceret istius turpem praturam, Cic. Verr. 4. 26: so, pas-
sively, commoner! officium, Plaut. Pseud. 1. 2. 17. Still more
rarely both accusatives occur together : formerly, indeed, we
read, Sail. lug. 79- 1, earn rem nos locus admonuit; but Cortius
omits nos. We more frequently find monere, admonere aliquem
de aliqua re, or alicuius ret; e.g. Cic. Att. 11. 16, te oro, ut
Terentiam moneas de testamento, about the testament : cf. Cic.
Q. Fr. 2. 3 : Cic. ad Div. 4. 10, putavi ea de re te esse admo-
nendum : de ade, Cic. Q. Fr. 3. 1 . 4 : Sail. Cat. 5, de moribus
civitatis tempus admonuit: Liv. 5. 51, adversae deinde res ad-
monuerunt religionum; without an accusative of the person :
Liv. 35. 13, qui admonerentyh?<fms eum Romani: aris alieni,
Cic. Top. 1 : egestatis, Sail. Cat. 21. Cort. : further, Tac.Ann.
1. 67, contractos temporis ac necessitatis monet: Sail. lug.
49, commonefacere quemque beneficii sui : Auct. ad Herenn. 4.
24, cum ipse te veteris amicitia commonefaceret : ibid. 33, non
illae te nuptiales tibiae eius matrimonii commonebant ? so mearum
me miseriarum commonet, Plaut. Rud. 3. 4. 38.
5.) Verbs of asking, interrogating See. : as, rogare aliquem
92 Of the Accusative.
sententiam, to ask any one bis opinion, e. g. in the Roman se-
nate, Cic. Q. Fr. 2. 1 : unum te rogare volo, Plaut. Amph. 2.
2. 76 : dicisne hoc, quod te rogo ? ibid. Most. 3. 1. 130 : rogare
aliquem camam rei, Phaed. 4. 18. 5 : also merely rem, e. g. die,
quod rogo, Ter. Andr. 4.4. 25 : populum rogare adiles, Liv. 6.
42 : 3. 6.5, to ask the people to elect a3diles : also de aliqua re,
Plaut. Pers. 4. 4. 90. Other verbs of interrogating are used in
the same way ; as interrogo, consulo, to ask counsel, percon-
tari, with an accusative both of the person and thing; e.g.
Plaut. Merc. 1. 2. 70, hoc, quod te interrogo : Cic. Tusc. 1. 24,
Pusionem quendam Socrates interrogavit quadam geometrica de
dimensione: also merely aliquid;e. g. sententias, Suet. Caes. 21 :
so also Liv. 8. 32, illud interrogo : Plaut. Men. 4. 3. 26, ibo
et consulam ham rem amicos, for de hac re, I will consult my
friends about this business : so also necteid consulo, Cic. Att.
7- 20 : also with an accusative of the thing only, Liv. 2. 28, sed
delatam (rent) consulere ordine non licuit : also, consulere ali-
quid cum aliquo, Plaut. Most. 5. 1. 43 : Plaut. Aul. 2. 2. 33,
qua3so, quod te percontabor, ne id te pigeat proloqui : so also
Hor. Epist. 1. 20. 26, meum si quis te percontabitur avum :
also aliquid only, to inquire about any thing, e. g. adventum,
Ter. Hec. 1. 2. 2. Yet we also find interrogare, consulere, per-
contari aliquem de aliqua re, e. g. interrogare aliquem de re,
Cic. Partit. 1 : consulere aliquem de re, Cic. Leg. 2. 16: per-
contari aliquem de re, Cic. Somn. Scip. 1 : also merely ali-
quem, Liv. 23. 47, and elsewhere. We also find rogare aliquid
de aliquo, Cic. Vatin. 4, i.e. to ask of any one: also percontari
(percunctari) ab or ex aliquo aliquid, or without aliquid ; e. g.
Cic. Brut. (deClar. Or.) 46, cum percontaretur (percunctaretur)
ex anicula quadarn quanti aliquid venderet : Plaut. Bacch. 2.
2. 12, istuc (i. e. istud) volebam ex te percontarier : so disci-
plinam ex aliquo, Cic. Div. 2. 36 : also aliquem, to inquire
about any one ; e. g. ad percontandum Homerum, Plin. H. N.
30. 2 : percontari aliquem ex aliquo, Plaut. Asin. 2. 4. 95, i.e.
to inquire of any one about any one : so scitari ex aliquo : Plaut.
Capt. 2. 2. 13, nam sunt, ex te qua solo scitari volo : Hor. Ep.
1. 7. 60, scitari libet ex ipso. Yet we find also Virg. Mn. 2.
Of the Accusative. 93
1 14, Eurypylum scitatum oracula mittimus. Note: rogare mi-
lites sacramento, Caes. B. G. 6. 1 : Liv. 32. 26 : 35. 2, i. e. to
swear-in soldiers.
Observations.
1.) The above-mentioned verbs, which, besides an accusative
of the person, have also an accusative of the thing, sometimes re-
tain this latter accusative even in the passive voice; yet so that
it is mostly a pronoun of the neut. gend. : as Cic. ad Div. 5. 8.
14, sin autem quidpiam aut a te essem admonitus : Cic. Coel.
3, illud te esse admonitum volo : Cic. Amic. 24, nee ea, qua
raonemur : Plin. Paneg. 26, reddebant illi, qua monebantur :
Ovid. Met. 4. 154, hoc estote rogati : or nihil, multa, pauca,
e. g. Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 66, multa praeterea ostentis, multa in
extis admonemur ; unless this accusative be governed by ad in
admonemur : Ovid. Her. 1. 66, multa rogatus : Ovid, in Ibin.
64\,plura rogatis (particip.) : Ovid. Fast. 4. 418, pauca do-
cendus eris : Sail. Cat. 45, cuncta edoctus. Sometimes, how-
ever, we find substantives in the accusative with verbs of the
passive voice ; as Hor. Art. 68, doctus iter melius : Liv. 25.
40, vir impiger et sub Hannibale magistro omnes belli artes
edoctus : Sail. Cat. 52. 1, Cato rogatus sententiam (when he
was asked his opinion) huiuscemodi orationem habuit : so ibid.
50, Caesar rogatus sententiam a consule locutus est: Cic. Att.l.
13, rogatum esse sententiam : so also Cic. Dom. 7 : Liv. 42. 35,
rogati auxilia, being asked for help : Liv. 36. 7, Hannibal in-
terrogatus sententiam: cf. Veil. 2. 3,3: thus also Suet. Tib. 71,
interrogatus testimomum : Tac. Hist. 2. 53, interrogatus causam:
Ovid. Met. 1. 137, nee tantum segetes alimentaque debita dives
poscebatur humus : so Apollo poscitur verba, Prop. 4. 2. 74(76) :
rationem posceretur, Gell. 4. 19 : also without an accusative ;
e. g. poscitur Alcithoe, Ovid. Met. 4. 274, i. e. narrare, though
it may mean, is summoned : frumentum flagitarentur, Caes. B.
C. 1. 87 : also without an accusative, e. g. flagitabar, Cic. Dom.
7. Whether celari occurs with a substantive in the accusative
we cannot determine ; but it is found with quod, Cic. ad Q.Fr.
94 Of the Accusative.
3. 5, indicabo tibi, quod mehercule inprimis te celatum vole-
bam : Ter. Hec. 4. 4. 23, nos hoc celatos. Nepos even says,
hoc mihi celatur, e. g. Ale. 5, id Alcibiadi diutius celari non
potuit : Con. 5, id cum minus diligenter esset celatum : at other
times we find celor de re, e. g. non est de veneno celata mater,
Cic. Cluent. 66 : te maximis de rebus a. fratre esse celatum, Cic.
ad Div. 5. 2 : also absolutely, e. g. non quo celandus esses,
ibid. 19.
2.) In general we remark, that when the question is, whether
a verb governs two accusatives, we must draw no inference from
the accusatives hoc, id, illud, quid, and other pronouns of the
neuter gender, nihil which is often used for non, multa and pauca,
since these are used where no other accusative can stand ; e. g.
nihil te hortor, moneo, queror Sec. : nihil dubito de hac re :
quid dubitas ? si quid dubitas : hoc semper dubito : quid non
mortalia pectora cogis auri sacra fames ? Virg. IEn. 3. 56. So
Cicero ad Att. 6. 5, non quo me aliquid iuvare posses : Cic. ad
Div. 6. 7- 4. Caecin. qui multa deos venerati sint contra eius sa-
lutem, i. e. valde : Sail. Cat. 45, multa prius de salute sua Pom-
tinum obtestatus, i. e. valde : Sail. lug. 49, ac pauca pro tern-
pore milites hortatus, for paucis.
3.) There is also another kind of verbs which take two accu-
satives, one as verbs transitive, another on account of the pre-
position with which they are compounded ; as, transducere co-
pias Rhenurn, or pontem : these were considered before, n. 11.
XVII.) After the infinitive of sum and of other verbs
which are followed by a nominative, as fio &c., the pre-
dicate is put in the accusative, when the subject pre-
cedes in the accusative : e. g. scio patrem esse doctum,
where doctum is in the accusative because patrem is so :
audivi multos homines esse occisos. Thus also after vi-
deri ; as, audio hoc tibi videri mirum ; but here esse
generally fails : it should properly be audio hoc tibi
videri esse mirum : so video, hanc rem tibi videri pul-
Of the Accusative. 95
chram, sc. esse. So after the infinitives of other verbs,
which are followed by a nominative, the noun that per-
tains to the predicate follows in the accusative, when
the subject is an accusative ; as, video te creari con-
sulem: audio te creatum iri consulem: scio tenominari
Caium : &c.
XVIII.) The accusative of the subject very often also
precedes the infinitive : namely, when, by an abbre-
viated expression, the nominative, which is always the
subject of a sentence, together with the particles ut,
quod, quin, an (in English thai), is changed into the
accusative, and the verb, which belongs to it, into the
infinitive : e. g. scio, te vivere, that thoulivest : velim,
te venire, that thou come : scio, te esse sapientem. This
is commonly called the accusative with the infinitive ;
more clearly, the accusative of the subject with the in-
finitive. But how this should properly be formed, and
when it may or must happen, cannot be explained,
until we first explain when these particles ut, ne, quin,
an, are used : which will afterwards be considered.
XIX.) An accusative also is frequently used, which
is governed, or seems to be governed, by a verb omitted.
This happens I.) when the verb needs only to be re-
peated ; e. g. Liv. 6. 26, eventum senatus, quern vide-
bitur (sc. dare), dabit, which it shall seem right to give :
Liv. 31. 7, ut, quern videretur, mitteret, where mittere
fails : II.) particularly in passionate expressions, in
which words are often omitted : to these belongs 1.)
quid multa ? why should I say much ? for quid (i. e.
propter quid) multa dicam ? so ne multa, sc. dicam, Cic.
Cluent. 64 : 2.) quid ? i. e. further ; which is often
used by Cicero with an interrogation following it, as
96 Of the Accusative.
quid ? nonne &c. : here also dicam seems to fail, what
shall I say ? 3.) the expression quid? quod, Cic. Div.
2. 45 : Cic. Att. 6. 6 : Ovid. Rem. 247, which is com-
monly translated yea, or yea further : it stands properly
for quid de eo dicam, quod &c., what shall I say about
this, that &c., and thus it may be often translated ; e. g.
Cic. Manil. 5 : Cic. Cat. 1.8: it is therefore self-evi-
dent, that after quid ? quod, a verb must always follow ;
e. g. quid? quod multos innocentes occidi iussit. It
would be incorrect to say, odit omnes homines ; quid ?
quod parentes suos, he hates all men, yea even his own
parents : instead we must put imo or atque adeo. To
these belongs 4.) the accusative which is commonly
used in passionate exclamations of sorrow or joy : e. g.
me miserum! unhappy me ! Terent. Ad. 3. 2. 12 : so
also me miserum! ibid. 32, or miserum me! ibid. 3. 1.
4 : tefelicem ! happy thee ! Here some understand
vide, adspice, adspicite ; though this is quite uncer-
tain : it is quite clear that such an explanation will not
always apply. It is more probable that no verb at all
is understood by the speaker, no more than in the si-
milar expressions in English. This accusative is used
both with and without the interjection o ! whence it is
clear that it is independent of the interjection. Mise-
rum ! is also used as an interjection, alas ! wretched !
e. g. Virg. jEn. 6. 21, iussi, miserum! septena &c.
Of the Accusative with Adverbs.
Certain adverbs also are followed by an accusative :
e. g. 1.) bene : as, bene vos, bene vos, may it be well
Of the Accusative. 97
with you, Plant. Stich. 5. 4. 27 : so bene nos, bene fc,
Ovid. Fast. 2. 6. 36 : bene Messalam, Tibull. 2. 1. 31 :
at other times a dative follows : 2.) prope in particular
is often followed by an accusative, though at other
times by a dative : e. g. prope me, Cic. ad Div. 7. 23,
and elsewhere : so propius, proxime : see above, of the
Dative, Sect. VII. 5. n. I.
5.
Of the Accusative with Prepositions.
The prepositions which govern an accusative have
already been noticed, Part I. Chap. III. Sect. 7 ; and
it was at the same time observed, that some of these
prepositions are put after their case, and some used
adverbially without a case. Sometimes also the case
fails, where it might be expected ; e. g. redeo ad quce
mandas, for ad ea qu& mandas, Cic. Att. 5. 11. p. 665.
Ernest. : so sine is used without its case ; e. g. age iam,
cum fratre an sine ? sc. eo, ibid. 8. 3.
6.
Of the Accusative with Interjections.
Some interjections are followed by an accusative,
which however does not seem to be governed by them,
but by some verb which has been omitted in the warmth
of feeling : e. g. ah ! me miserum ! o ! me miser um !
o ! me infelicem ! Thus, Cic. Mil. 37, o ! me miserum !
o ! me infelicem ! oh unhappy me ! or, o ! how wretched
am I ! ibid. 38, o ! fortem et a vobis, indices, conser-
vandum virum ! o ! what a brave &c. : ibid, o ! terrain
illam beatam, quae hunc virum exceperit ! hanc ingra-
VOL. II. H
98 Of the Vocative.
tarn, si eiecerit ! miseram, si amiserit ! o ! happy land
&c. : o ! how happy will be the land Sec. : Terent.
Andr. 3. 4. 10, vah ! callidum consilium ! ah ! what a
cunning plan ! where also it may be the nominative :
ibid. 4. 1. 22, heu ! memisenim! Sail. lug. 14. 9,
eheu ! me miserum ! Virg. ^En. 7. 293, heu ! stirpem
invisam &c., ah ! hated race &c. : Plaut. True. 5. 1.
60, hem ! tibi talentum argenti, here is a talent of silver
for you ! so ecce me ! here am I ! ecce hominem mi-
serum &c. : Cic. Fin. 2. 30, ecce miserum hominem !
Virg. Eel. 5. 65, en ! quatuor aras &c. : Terent. Andr.
1. 5. 2, proh ! (pro !) deum atque hominum ; where in
the warmth of p&ssionjidem is omitted. It is uncertain
what kind of verb, or whether any, should be under-
stood. As was remarked just now, some understand
vide, videte, aspice, aspicite ; but it is probable that
the ancients did not understand any. Thus also vae
me ! Senec. Apocol. ante med. : vae te ! Plaut. Asin. 2.
4. 75, the deuce take thee ! At other times vae and ecce
are used with a dative : see above, Sect. VI. 5. n. III.
Also ecce with a nominative, Cic. Att. 3. 16 : 8. 3.
SECTION EIGHTH.
Of the Use of the Vocative.
The vocative is used when a person calls or ad-
dresses another. It may precede or follow certain
words, according to the intention of the speaker, and
the impulse of feeling : as in English, friend, do it not !
or do it not, friend ! wretch, die ! or die, wretch !
It is often preceded by interjections ; as, o miser !
ofili! hem Pamphile ! &c. : thus Virg. .En. 1. 198
Of the Ablative. 99
(202), o socii, o passi graviora ! c. : Virg. Eel. 2. 69,
ah ! Corydon, Corydon, quae te dementia cepit ! Plant
Pcen. 5. 3. 3, proh ! supreme lupiter ! Plaut. Pseud.
1. 5. 113, eho ! Pseudole ! Terent. Andr. 3. 5. 10, eho-
dum ! bone vir, quid ais ? Terent. Adelph. 2. 4. 17,
heus 1 heus ! Syre ! ibid. 3.4. 10, hem! Demea,haud
adspexeram te : Hor. Od. 4. 2. 49, io ! triumphe ! &c.
That these interjections do not govern the vocative is
self-evident ; since they are each often used without
the other.
SECTION NINTH.
Of the Use of the Ablative.
The ablative is used in so many ways, that it is
scarcely possible, accurately to distribute its usages
into classes. Many grammarians maintain, that it is
always governed by a preposition, either expressed or
understood. This may serve for explanation, though
we cannot always say with confidence, what preposi-
tion is omitted. We have, therefore, retained the com-
mon method of considering its use with reference to
the questions, with what ? through what ? of what ?
from what ? &c.
M
Of the Ablative after certain Prepositions.
The ablative is governed by the prepositions a, ab, abs,
absque, clam, coram, cum, de, e, ex, prse, pro, sine, te-
nus ; also by in, super, sub, subter ; to which some add
palam, procul, and simul, which others consider as ad-
verbs. We considered these before, Part I. Chap. III.
H 2
100 Of the Ablative.
Sect. VII, and there remarked what is most important
respecting them : e. g. that a and e are used only be-
fore consonants, but not before h ; ab and ex before a
vowel or h, and sometimes before other consonants : abs
only before t and q. We then also remarked their most
usual significations, which is of principal importance.
Of a, de, and cum we particularly observe :
A not only mezmsfrom, as, ab hoc die, from this day ; or by>
as ab aliquo amari to be loved by any one ; but very often
on the side of, with respect to, in; as, laborare a re fru-
mentaria, to be distressed in supplies : firmus a peditatu,
strong in infantry : locus copiosus a frumento, instructus a
re &c.: soperire ab animo, Plaut. True. 1.1. 26. Further,
a, where the efficient cause is denoted, is used not only after
passives, but frequently after intransitives with a passive sense,
and transitives : e. g. Cic. ad Att. 6. 2, salvebis a meo Cice-
rone, thou wilt be or art saluted, greeted or complimented, by
my son Cicero : Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 55, nam, quae spiritu in
pulmones anima ducitur, ea calescit primum ab eo spiritu, is
warmed by &c. : Quintil. 9- 2. 12, an a reo fustibus vapu-
lasset, for verberatus esset : ibid. 12. 1, respondit, a cive se
spoliari malle, quam ab hoste venire (from veneo), for vendi :
Ovid. Met. 13. 597, occidit a forte Achille, i. e. occisus est :
so cadere ab aliquo, ibid. 5. 192 : Suet. Oth. 5 : perire ab
aliquo, Plin. H. N. 11. 37, sect. 76 : mori ab ira patris, Val.
Fl. 7. 484. To these belongs the usual expression bene audire
ab aliquo, to be praised by one, to be in good repute with one :
Cic. Fin. 3. 17, esseque hominis ingenui etliberaliter educati,
velle bene audire a parentibus, a propinquis, a bonis etiam
viris. Yet here a seems properly to mean as to. Further,
a is sometimes used after substantives ; as Cic. ad Div. 9. 16.
19, haec levior est plaga ab amico, quam a debitore, this loss
is less from a friend &c. : so undae a fonfibus, forfontium :
Virg. Georg. 2. 243, homo ab aliquo, a person belonging to
anyone : e. g. Plaut. Mil. 2. 2. 5, quemquea militehoc vide-
Of the Ablative. 101
ritis hominem in nostris tegulis hunc deturbatote in viam, if
you see any person belonging to this officer, any of his people
&c. : Terent. Andr. 3. 1.3, ab Andria est ancilla ha?c : Cic.
Mur. 30, nostri illi a Platone, i. e. Platonici : homo ab urbe
aliqua : e. g. Turnus ab Aricia, Liv. 1. 50, of Aricia : solvere
ab aliquo, to pay by means of a person, from his money or
purse, or by assignment upon him, Cic. Att. 7. 18 : 5. 21.
De very often means on account of, about, concerning : e. g.
hac de re, on account of this affair : de hac re nihil timeo,
about this circumstance &c.
Cum means with, i. e. together with, and denotes an accompa-
niment or association, as when one talks, goes, contends, or
transacts business with another : as pugnare, loqui, ire cum
aliquo : habitare cum aliquo, to live with any one : secum ha-
bere libros, pecuniam &c., to have with one books, money
&c. : ego cumfratreinklix sum, I, together with my brother,
am unfortunate : homo deprehensus cum sica, with a dagger,
Cic. Phil. 2. 29 : in cella Concordise cum gladiis homines
collocati stent, men with swords, ibid. 8 : so, cum imperio esse,
Cic. ad Div. 1. 1, to have the command: seder e cum tunica,
to sit in a vest, Cic. Verr. 4. 24 : librum legere cum magna
voluptate, to read a book with great pleasure : all which in-
stances imply association. Also, cum prima luce, at the first
light, Cic. Off. 3.31: salinum cum sale, Plaut. Pers. 2. 3. 15 :
venire cum febri, Cic. Att. 6. 9 ' porcus cum humano capite,
Liv. 32. 9 : convenire cum silentio, Liv. 7. 35 : 38. 10: Te-
rent. Eun. Prol. 44 : quid mihi cum te ? what have I to do
with you ? Cic. Quint. 17: cum his dictis redit, Liv. 1. 32,
with these words : cum eo, with that condition, so far, with
that proviso, Cic. Att. 6. 1 : Liv. 8. 14 : cum aliquo consen-
tire, Nep. Phoc. 2. We shall immediately consider when
cum is omitted.
Note: sine is used without a case, Cic. Att. 8. 3, age iam,cum
fratre an sine, i. e. eo? also ad; e. g. redeo ad qua mandas,
for ad ea qua, ibid. 5. 11 : which was noticed before.
102 Of the Ablative.
2.
Of the Ablative in general without a Preposition.
The ablative, with a preposition omitted, is often
used in answer to the questions, with, through or by,
from or of, in, out of, as to, on, on account of, for
what ? where ? whence ? when ? Note: These questions
must be used with great caution, since they will not
always apply ; and sometimes several will apply to the
same circumstance. Thus confidere homine means, to
trust to a man, or to rely on a man ; and therefore we
may ask to what? or on what? In applying these
questions we must generally consider the sense of the
preceding word : e. g. to informare artibus many be-
ginners adapt the question, in what? since they sup-
pose that informare means to instruct ; but it really
means to form, and therefore the proper question is, by
what ? and thence arises the ablative.*
* Though it did not appear right in a translation to depart so far from
the intention of the author, it would, otherwise, have been preferable to
arrange the following instances, not according to the questions prefixed
to them, but according to the several notions which the ablative con-
veys. The arrangement, which the author has adopted, has necessarily
led to this inconvenience, that the same or similar instances occur under
different heads. Nothing can be more precarious than a division formed
upon the prepositions, since the same preposition in different languages
has extremely different uses. This is remarkably illustrated by comparing
the difference of the Latin, German, and English prepositions in the ex-
amples given by the author. The reader, therefore, must understand,
that the prepositions contained in the questions prefixed to each head, are
not to be used in translating all the examples, but are merely intended to
convey the leading notion of that class to which they are severally pre-
fixed.
Of the Ablative. 103
I.) Wherewith ? with what? Here the ablative by
itself without cum must be used, when it does not de-
note an accompaniment or association, or when the
English with cannot be altered into together with. This,
therefore, happens :
1 .) First, when an instrument, tool, or implement is denoted,
with which any thing is effected : e. g. loqui lingua, to speak
with the tongue, not cum lingua : cernere oculis, to see with the
eyes : gladio aliquem interficere : manibus apprehendere ali-
quid : naturam expellas furca, tamen usque recurret, Hor.
Epist. 1. 10. 24 : Plaut. Rud. 5. 2. 19, tetigisti acu sc. rem :
Virg. Eel. 3. 64, malo me Galatea petit, lasciva puella, the spor-
tive girl, Galatea, aims at me with an apple. In all such in-
stances cum is improper, and must not be used.
Note : Yet in some places we find cum even when an instru-
ment is meant ; where, however, it may be commonly perceived
that a sort of association is implied : e. g. Cic. ad Div. 2. 10. 5,
interea cum meis copiis omnibus vexavi Amanienses, I with my
assembled forces have harassed the people of Mount Amanus :
here cum seems unnecessary, and without it we should translate,
I with, i. e. by my assembled forces; but since it is used by
Cicero, it will be better to translate, I together with &c. The
following passage is more remarkable, Ovid. Met. 1. 180, terri-
ficarn capitis concussit (lupiter) terque quaterque Cffisariem,
cum qua terram, mare, sidera movit. Here qua seems to de-
note the instrument, or means, with which Jupiter moves the
earth, sea and stars, and therefore cum would be incorrect :
but since the verb is not movet but movit, we may explain cum
as expressing an association, together with : we may therefore
translate, together with which he moved Sec. : i.e. when he shook
his air, he also shook the earth &c. : Plaut. Aul. 5.2. 3, equi-
dem quo earn, aut ubi sim, aut qui sim, nequeo cum animo cer-
tum investigare, I cannot with my mind certainly discover :
where cum animo is harshly used for animo ; since it merely
means with my mind, i. e. by my mind, as an instrument or
104 Of the Ablative.
mean, with which the investigation is made : yet exactly in the
same way we find recordari cum animo, Cic. Cluent. 25 : queri
cum aliquo, i. e. beside &c., Cic. ad Div. 3. 7 : 7.2?: we must
translate it in or beside: thus cum is often used for in\ e.g. iu-
venes cum equis, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 2, i. e. on horseback : nemo
cum magistratu, Suet. Tiber. 12, i. e. in magistrate : esse cum
imperio, Cic. ad Div. 1.1: ccenare cum toga pulla, Cic. Vatin.
13: forapud, e.g. habere secum, Cic. ad Div. 7. 25: Cic.
Verr. 2. 31 : so, habitare cum aliquo. Particularly we may here
refer the following expressions, where cum is manifestly redun-
dant ; Cato R. R. 77, cum melle oblinito : iuga cum loris ornata,
ibid. 10 : vehicula cum culeis onusta, Plin. H. N. 7- 20 : sul-
cum cum terra complere, Colum. de Arbor. 4 : cum voce maxima
conclamare, Gell. 9- 13 : ungere cum vino, Veget. de Re Veter.
1. 11: to which we may also add Liv. 1.51, instructus cum ar-
matorum manu venerat ; yet we may translate instructus abso-
lutely, Jitted out, in proper array, and separate it from cum.
2.) When a mean is denoted, with or by which any thing
happens, so that it may almost be represented as an instrument :
e. g. precibus plus saepe proficimus, with prayers we often
profit more : here also we may apply the question through what ?
Terent. Eun. 4. 7. 19, omnia prius experiri verbis, quam armis,
sapientem decet, a wise man must try every thing with or
through words, before &c. : aliquid silentio praeterire, Cic. Sull.
2 : Cic. Partit. 23 : transire, Cic. Att. 2. 19, to pass over with
silence : silentio is often used in the sense of silently, in silence,
without noise; as, to proceed in silence, Ca3s. B. G. 7- 11, 18 :
Liv. 8. 23 : Cic. Tusc. 2. 20 : yet in this latter sense we have
cum silentio, e. g. convenire, Liv. 7. 35 : adtendere, Terent.
Eun. Prol. 44. Yet we also find petere cum precibus, Liv. 9.
16 : at other times, merely precibus, Liv. 1. 16 : Cic. Sull. 19.
2.) With verbs of arraying, furnishing, adorning, loading, en-
dowing, filling &c., with any thing : as, instruere milites armis:
ornare parietem tabulis pictis, with pictures : obruere hominem
lapidibus, to overwhelm with stones : cumulare beneficiis, to
load with benefits : donare libris, to present with books : implere
Of the Ablative. 105
aliquem spe &c. Particularly we must mention here instruere,
when translated, to instruct : e. g. aliquem sapientia, artibus, to
furnish with wisdom, arts &c. So also the passives ornari, donai i,
cumulari, impleri rebus &c. To these we may also add pradi-
tus endowed, e.g. ingenio : refertus omnibus rebus. Yet we
find instructus cum, e. g. Liv. 1. 51, non dubitare quin in-
structus cum armatorum manu armatusque venturus sit. We
might infer from this passage, that in others also cum is properly
understood : but cum armatorum manu perhaps does not depend
on instructus, though Perizonius ad Sanct. so takes it, but to
venturus sit : instructus is often used without an ablative, and
means ready, prepared, arrayed, sc. with all things necessary :
e. g. exercitus ita stetit instructus, ut&c., Liv. 4. 18 : Romanus
exercitus instructus dimicationi, Liv. 1. 15: so instructi parati-
que cum ingenti clientium exercitu sic tribunes adorti sunt,
Liv. 3. 14 : where again cum is used, which may indeed be con-
nected with instructi paratique, but may also be referred to
adorti sunt, and translated, together with, as it may be in the
passage cited above, Liv. 1.51; at least there seems no neces-
sity for referring it to instructus. Yet we find such expressions
as sulcum complere cum terra, Colum. de Arbor. 4, where cum
might have been omitted : vehicula cum culeis onusta, Plin.
H. N. 7. 20: iuga cum loris ornata, Cato R. R. 10. It is dif-
ficult to determine, whether adfici tristitia, Ia3titia &c., belongs
here, since it is not certainly known what adficere signifies.
Note : Praeditus often seems to be omitted ; or, at least, we
may often suppose that word, as will be mentioned hereafter :
sometimes in, at other times cum may be understood ; as, homo
ea atate ; mu\\erformapulchra ; epistola vacillantibus literulis,
Cic. ad Div. 16. 15.
4.) With contentus, contented : as, nemo sua sorte conten-
tus, no one contented with his lot: here we must never use cum:
cf. Cic. Tusc. 5. 34 : Cic. Flacc. 28 : it is also with a genitive,
Diet. Cret. 2. 17.
5.) With facere, in the expression quid hoc homine facias?
Cic. Sext. 13: Cic. Verr. 2. 16, what can you do with this
106 Of the Ablative.
man? so also quid hoc homine faciatis? Cic. Verr. 1. 16: quid
capta Capua feceritis, Liv. 39. 37 : quid fecisti scipione? Plaut.
Cas. 5. 4. 6 : Plaut. Bacch. 2. 3. 100, nescit, quid facial auro,
what he shall do with the gold; where it may also be the dative,
which is often thus used ; e. g. Cic. Caecin. 11 : Cic. Acad. 4.
30: Cic. Att. 7. 3. Thus also in the passive; e.g. quid me
fiet ? what will be done with me ? quid hoc homine fiet ? Plaut.
Capt. 5. 1. 32, volo erogitare, meo minore quid sit factum^fto ?
what has been done w r ith my younger son ? what has become of
him f quid illo fiet ? Cic. Att. 6. 1 : si quid eo factum esset,
Cic. Manil. 20, i. e. if any thing (ill) had been done with him.
Yet in this instance we also find cum ; as Plaut. Capt. 4. 2. 22,
quid hie tantum incipissit facere cum tantis minis V Also with
de : e. g. quid de hac re factum est, i. e. as to, about : Cic. ad
Div. 14. 4, quid de Tulliola mea fiet ? cf. Terent. Ad. 5. 9- 39 :
Plaut. Epid. 1. 2. 48 : so esse is used, e. g. quidnam se futu-
rum esset, Liv. 33. 27, i. e. what would become of them.
6.) In some instances it is nearly indifferent whether cum be
expressed or not; namely, when no direct association or accompa-
niment is implied, nor any actual instrument or mean, but rather a
certain way or manner ; particularly when the ablative is accom-
panied by an adjective ; e. g. magna cum voluptate legi literas
tuas, or magna voluptate &c., I read your letter with great plea-
sure : feci hoc magna cura, or magna cum cura : cum prima
luce, or prima luce proficisci : so pace tua, vestra, with your
permission : and tua, vestra cum pace : so cum silentio, or si-
lentio. See a little before.
7 .) Cum often fails, even where an association is evidently im-
plied: yet in general only with historians, and perhaps only when
they speak of military forces : e. g. Caas. B. G. 2. 7, ad castra
Caesaris omnibus copiis contenderunt: ibid. 19> Caesar, equitatu
praemisso, subsequebatur omnibus copiis : and immediately after,
speaking of the Nervians, subito omnibus copiis provolarunt :
ibid. 29, Aduatici quum omnibus copiis auxilio Nerviis ve-
nirent: and elsewhere; e. g. ibid. 33: 4. 24: Nep. Milt. 4,
auderi ad versus se tain exiguis copiis dimicare : ibid. Reg. 1,
Of the Ablative. 107
quod maximis post hominum memoriam exercilibus terra ma-
rique intulit Graeciae : Sail. Cat. 57. 4, Antonius magno exer-
citu sequebatur : lug. 38. 4, multitudine Numidarum Auli
castra circuravenit : Liv. 10. 25, profectus (consul) apto exer-
citu : Liv. 3 1 . 36, postero die omnibus copiis consul in aciem
descendit : ibid. 36. 1, inde loto exercitu profectus : thus also
Cic. Mil. 10, obvius fit ei Clodius expeditus, nulla rheda, nullis
impediment** (luggage), nullis comitibus.
Observation.
The word with is often translated into Latin by adverbs : e. g,
vere with truth ; vere confirmare possum : prudenter with pru-
dence ; libenter with pleasure. Further, particular regard must
be paid to the accompanying verbs : as, I am joined with you,
iunctus tibi sum : he is angry with me, irascitur, succenset mihi.
II.) Through or by what? viz. when a mean, or
cause, or instrument is denoted : in this case we may
either use an accusative with per, or an ablative : e. g.
industria et ingenio homo fit doctus, through indus-
try and genius : here per industriam might be used :
virtute reddimur felices : sperando malum fit lenius,
through hope an evil is made &c. : docendo discimus :
Cic. ad Div. 16. 10, media et purgationibus et vi ipsius
morbi consumtus es, thou art wholly wasted through
fasting &c. : ibid. 4, nulla vi expulsus : and so conti-
nually. Nothing is more common : and except when
the gerund is used, per with an accusative may be
substituted, but an ablative is more concise.
Note : 1.) We can use an ablative to the question through
what ? only when we speak of things, not of men or animals :
e. g. I am fortunate through my brother, must not be translated
fratre meo, but perfratrem meum, orfratris ope. Thus, per
Sullam multi eiecti sunt, or a Sulla, but not Sulla : yet there
108 Of the Ablative.
are some exceptions to this remark; e. g. Liv. 29. 18, quibus
scelus expietis, i. e. per quos : Cic. Mil. 9* servos, quibus
sylvas publicas depopulatus erat, Etruriamque vexarat, i. e.
per quos: Sail. lug. 17, Cort. qui ferro aut bestiis interiere,
where some read a bestiis : 2.) through, when it does not denote
a mean, or cause, must not be translated by an ablative, but by
per with an accusative ; e. g. to run through the city, currere
per urbem, not urbe &c.
It is however uncertain, whence this ablative is de-
rived, since we have no preposition governing an ab-
lative, which can be used in such instances. Yet it
appears that a may often be understood, especially
with passives ; and sometimes with other verbs : par-
ticularly since it is thus expressed ; as Ovid. Art.
1. 724, candidus in nauta turpis color : sequoris undo,
debet et a radiis sideris esse niger, black through the
sea water and the sun's rays : ibid. 510, Minoida The-
seus abstulit, a nulla tempora comtus acu : yet this
is seldom, and in general a will not apply ; e. g. humani-
tate sua sibi comparavit amicos, by his politeness ;
where cum seems preferable ; and the same preposi-
tion may be understood in other places : sometimes
cum seems to be expressed for per, e. g. quantum cum
(through or by) maximo beneficio vestro negotii susti-
neam, Sail. lug. 85 : cum crepundiis, quibus cum ho-
die filiam inveni meam, Plaut. Rud. 5. 3. 7, i. e.
through which, by which ; though it may also be trans-
lated, together with which &c. : Macedonum animos
sibi conciliavit cum Heraclide, Liv. 32. 5, i. e. by the
arrest of Heraclides.
Note: Here belongs 1.) informare aliquem artibus, sapien-
tia &c. which is translated in : but it properly at all times
means, to form one by : therefore the ablative is used not in
Of the Ablative. 109
answer to the question, in what ? but through or by what ?
2.) delectari aliqua re, so oblectari, means to be delighted by or
through any thing, since it is really a passive : it is commonly
translated, to delight in any thing ; which is the same in effect :
so we find delectare aliquem aliqua re, to delight one by any
thing : 3.) florere, e. g. laude, divitiis, liberis, propinquis, inge-
nio &c., literally to blossom or flower, i. e. to be in good cir-
cumstances, or condition through &c. : Cic. ad Div. 2. 13. 3,
florentem (State, opibus, honoribus, ingenio, liberis, propinquis,
adfinibus, amicis.
III.) Whereof? ivherefroml 0/*or/hwzwhat? Here,
to avoid confusion, a distinction must be made :
1.) When the question of or from what? is the same as
through, by or with what ? and denotes a cause or mean, the
ablative is used without a preposition : as pinguescere glan-
dibus, to grow fat from or with acorns : perire fame, veneno,
from hunger, from poison : macrescere invidia, to grow lean
from envy : lassus cura tired of care, fessus eundo wearied of
going : seger curis ingentibus : corpus manat sudore : difHuere
otio : pallere metu : horrerejfrigore&c. : thus Liv. 7. 25, vivere
rapto : Goes. B. G. 4. 10, vivere piscibus atque ovis, to live on
fish &c. : carne, ibid. 5. 14: Virg. ^En. 6. 144, simili fron-
descit virga metallo : ibid. 209, lent crepitabat bractea vento,
with a gentle wind. Yet we also find vivitur ex rapto, Ovid.
Met. 1. 144: fessus de via, Cic. Somn. Scip. 1 : Cic. Acad.
1. 1, tired of the journey : so languere de via, Cic. Phil. 1.5:
vivere de arboribus, Cres. B. C. 3. 49, i. e. to live on the bark
of trees : so de vestro (on your own property) vivito, Plaut.
True. 5. 61. So de lucro vivere, to live on the kindness or
bounty of another, e. g. Cic. ad Div. 9. 17- 3, quia de lucro
prope iarn quadriennium vivimus : Liv. 40. 8, de lucro tibi vi-
vere me scito.
2.) But when the question of or from what ? has not the same
import as through or by what ? the prepositions a, ab, or de must
be used : and here we may inquire whether the usage of the
110 Of the Ablative.
language ever allows them to be omitted, a) De is scarcely
ever omitted : e. g. homines de te, bello, &c. loquuntur^ hac
de re audivi, scripsi, auditum est &c. ; where de must always
be expressed, b) A or ab is mostly expressed : as, pater a me
amatur : mundus a deo creatus est : hie locus distat ab urbe,
a monte, a sylva &c. trecentos passus : ivi ab urbe, a monte &c. :
ab adolescentia, a pueritia &c. hoc feci, I have done this from
my youth. There are a few instances, where a may be omitted :
e. g. 1.) when the verb is already compounded of a or ab ; as,
abesse, abire &c. : e. g. abesse domo etforo, Cic. ad Div. 4. 6 :
abesse nupta, Ovid. Remed. 773 : abire, e. g. domo, Plaut.
Merc. Prol. 12 : urbe, ibid. 3. 4. 69 : magistratu, to resign or
lay down a magistracy, Cic. Pis. 3 : Cic. ad Div. 5.2: Liv.
2. 31 : yet abesse is used with a, Cic. ad Div. 2. 1 : Cic. Sext.
12 : Liv. 29. 30 : also abire with a, de, ex ; e. g. abire a iure,
Cic. Verr. 1 . 44 : a sensibus, Cic. Acad. 4. 28 : de loco, Cic.
ad Div. 14. 1 : ex oculis, Liv. 25. 16 : 2.) with the names of
cities, as Roma, Carthagine &c. profectus est, he departed from
Rome &c. : so domo, rare venire, to come from home, from the
country ; humo surgere from the ground : yet sometimes a is
found with names of cities and with domus : 3.) with verbs
which denote to keep off, to liberate, to be free, or vacant,
where a may be either expressed or omitted ; as, arcere aliquem
ab aditu or aditu, liberare a periculo or periculo,', so liber is
used with or without a ; vacare a labore or labore ; so locus
vacuus a custodibus or custodibus : so also pellere, e. g. loco,
Liv. 10. 6: patria, Nep. Arist. 1 : civitate, Cic. Parad. 4:
foro, Cic. Harusp. 18: also with de, a, ex; e. g. de eo, Cic.
Acad. 4. 46 : ab agris, Ovid. Met. 14. 477 : ab aliqua, Terent.
Eun. 2. 1* 9 : e foro, Cic. Pis. 10: moestitiam ex animis, Cic.
Fin. 1. 17. Also movere, e. g. loco, Cffis. B. G. 3. 15 : Cic.
Div. 1. 35: with ex, Liv. 34. 20: Nep. Att. 7: with a, Ca-
tull. 3.8: 4.) with esse when used in description, as esse
magno natu, to be of great age ; summa dignitate, of high rank ;
pulchra specie 8tc. ; where, however, praeditus fails or may be
understood : 5.) with the participles natus, satus, ortus, genitus,
prognatus, cretus, editus, e. g. : a) natus, e. g. Pelope, Cic.
Of the Ablative. Ill
Tusc. 3. 12 : matre Musa, Cic. Nat. Deor. 3. 18 : eodem patre,
Nep. Cim. 1 : cf. Liv. 1. 39 : Ovid. Met. 12. 86 : also withe or
ex, Terent. Heaut. 5.4.7 : ibid. Ad. 1. 1. 15 : Cic. "Nat. Deor.
3. 19 : Nep. Dat. 2 : with a, Virg. ^n. 3. 98 : with de, Ovid.
Met. 4. 422 : Ovid, in Ibin. 407 : b)satus, e. g. Anchisa, i. e.
son of Anchises, Virg. jn. 5. 331 : Nereide, Ovid. Met. 12.
93 : satus stirpe divina, Liv. 38. 58 : c) ortus, e. g. nullis ma-
ioribusy Hor. Sat. 1. 6. 10: ortus se for a se, Liv. 2. 6: also
with ex or a, e. g. ex concubinu, Sail. lug. 108 : ab illo ortus
es, Cic. Mur. 31 : esse ortos a Germanis, Caes. B. G. 2. 4 :
so also oriundus : d) genitus, e. g. diis, Virg. JEn. 9. 642 : de
sanguine nostro, Ovid. Her. 16. 117: c terra, ibid. Met. 1.
615: e) prognatus, e.g. deo, Liv. 1. 40: bonis parentibus,
Terent. Phorm. 1. 2. 65, and elsewhere : also e Cimbris, Cses.
B. G. 2. 29 : a Dite patre, ibid. 6. 18 : f) cretus, e. g. aliquo,
sc. patre, Varr. L. L. 6. 2 : Virg. Mn. 9- 672 : also ab origine
eadem, Ovid. Met. 4. 606 : de chimterea gente, Claudian. in
Hercul. 76 : g) editus, e. g. atavis regibus, Hor. Od. 1. 1. 1 :
also de, e. g. de magrio flumine, Ovid. Her. 5. 10 : also nasci,
e. g. patre certo, Cic. Rose. Am. 16 : 6.) with all adjectives,
that are used in description ; as, ruber crime red in the hair : niger
ore : pulcher corpore : where, however, the ablative rather
means, as to, with respect to : 7.) poets often and other writers
sometimes omit a, as monte fugere, sylva fugere ; which has
already been noticed amongst the exceptions.
Note : \vhenfrom is equivalent to out of, ex is used : as, to
come from heaven, e coelo venire : ex animo, from the heart : e
periculo servari, to be preserved from danger. We shall here-
after consider, when treating of the question, out of what ? under
what circumstances ex may be omitted. When from or of is
the same as amongst, e. g. many of these &c., after adjectives,
after nihil, pars &c., and after the pronouns quis &c., the geni-
tive is used : as quis vestrum?- which of you ? nihil harum re-
rum, none of these things : also e, ex, de, in, inter : see above,
of the Genitive, Sect. V. 2. n. II. In the same way the ge-
nitive is used to the question whose ? or of whom ? e. g. a friend
of my father, or my father's friend, amicus patris.
]12 Of the Ablative.
IV.) Wherein ? in what ? when the notion of place
or situation is principally intended. Here the English
in must generally be translated into Latin by the pre-
position in with an ablative : e. g. in urbe esse, legi
in Livio varias narrationes &c. It is, however, some-
times omitted, when it is equivalent to, as to, in re-
spect to &c. : e. g.
1.) with certain adjectives, as rudis arte, in art e or artis:
so, peritus iure, consultus iure, where iuris might be used : see
these adjectives above, Sect. V. 2. n. I.
2.) angi animo, to be harassed in mind : Cic. ad Div. 16.
14. 3, audio te animo angi : Cic. Brut. 2 : valere ammo, to be
strong in mind, Cic. ad Div. ibid. : also cadere animis, Cic. ad
Div. 6. 1. 10: pendemus animis, Cic. Tusc. 1. 40: also, pen-
debit animi, Terent. Heaut. 4. 4. 5 : discrucior animi, Cic. ad
Div. 16. 14.
3.) levare aliquem aliqua re, to relieve in or of any thing, e. g.
onere, which is always used : Cic. ad Div. 16. 9- 4, literas, quae
me molestia valde levarunt : utinam omnino liberassent : from
which passage it is plain that levare cannot always be translated,
to deliver : so also, se are alieno liber are aut levare, Cic.
Att. 6. 2.
4.) With some verbs which mean to instruct; as imbuere,
instituere, erudire aliquem arte, literis &c. Note : instruere
and informare belong not to these, but to the question with or
through what? since instruere means to array, informare to
form : see above, Sect. VII. 3. n. XVI. 3.
5.) With esse to be, in a figurative sense to be situate,
when used with an adjective or pronoun, in may be either
expressed or omitted, as esse in magno dolore, or magno dolore,
esse in magna spe or magna spe&c.: Cic. ad Div. 6. 1. 17,
sis futurus non adflictiore conditione, not in more unfortu-
nate circumstances: ibid. 11. simus ea mente, let us be so
minded.
Of the Ablative. 113
(5.) With verbs of excelling, being superior, surpassing; as
exceilere, praestare, alicui aliqua re, in any thing : yet \ve also
find exceilere in re, as Cic. Fin. 5. 19, in hoc ipsa Philosophia
excelleret.
7.) Sometimes in reference to passages quoted ; as, dixit hoc
Cicero tertio capite ; quarto versu : yet in is more commonly
expressed.
8.) With the names of cities, in the plural number, or of
the third declension, e. g. fui Carthagine et Athenis. Yet since
the question where ? applies to these, we shall consider them
under that question : see hereafter.
9.) The poets often omit in where it would be expressed in
prose; as, navita^ppe sedens, Ovid. Fast. 6. 471, for in puppe :
so, media urbe, in the midst of the city : medio mari : medio tu-
tissimus ibis, Ovid. Met. 2. 137 : Virg. JEn. 4. 404, it nigrum
campis agmen, for in cam pis. Sometimes this happens in prose,
e. g. medio tedium sellis eburneis sedere, Liv. 5.41, for in medio,
in sellis: so sedere carpento, Liv. 1. 34 ; sede regia, ibid. 41,
for in carpento, &c.
10.) When a time is denoted; as hyeme in winter, pace et
bello ; where in is usual : so also hoc tempore : see hereafter,
under the question when f
V.) Out o/Vhat? Here e or ex can seldom be omitted :
e. g. we must say ex urbe fugere, e ccelo, e fenestra, c
nihilo nihil fit, e terra factus &c. : except, 1 .) when e or
ex is already expressed in the verb, as excedere urbe, exire
urbe, eiici urbe &c. : 2.) with the verb constat ; e. g. homo
constat animo et corpore, where ex is omitted, but might
be expressed : 3.) with names of cities ; as, Roma fugere,
to fly out of (from) Rome &c. : 4.) when out of is equi-
valent to through, on account of, e. g. desiderio out of
longing, amore out of love : 5.) it is often omitted by
the poets, as loco venire, sylva fugere, monte currere :
VOL. II. I
114 Of the Ablative.
since, in general, poetical writers aim at unusual ex-
pression : yet with some verbs the prose writers do the
same : e. g. pellere patria, Nep. Arist. 1 : civitate, Cic.
Parad. 4 : movere tribu, Cic. Or. 2. 67, to expel from
his tribe : senatu, Cic. Cluent. 43 : possessione, Cic.
Verr. 1. 45.
Note : the expression, He did it out of anger, is translated per
iram or ira motus fecit.
VI.) In what? when it is equivalent to, as to what?
and is added to adjectives and verbs to define their
extent or reference : this case was partly considered,
n. IV, but the following instances may be added : seger
pedibus, oculis, diseased in the feet, in the eyes : firmus
equitatu, sometimes ab equitatu : natu minor, minimus,
maior, maximus, the younger, youngest, older, oldest :
magnus ingenio, crine ruber, niger ore, brevis pede, lu-
mine laesus : contremisco corpore toto : so also contre-
misco tota mente&tque omnibus artubus, Cic. Or. 1. 26 :
perhorresco ammo, Cic. Verr. 4. 50 : Hor. Epist. 1. 6.
14, animoque et corpore torpet, is torpid in mind and
body : Nep. Phoc. 4, cum pedibus non valeret, since
he was weak in his feet ; captus mente, weak in under-
standing, Cic. Acad. 4. 17 : captus omnibus membris,
Liv. 2. 36 : Cic. Rab. Perd. 7, i. e. lame in &c. To
these belong verbs of abounding, wanting &c. ; as
abundare, carere aliqua re, to abound or be deficient
in any thing : as careo culpa, I am without fault : see
hereafter, n. IX. So praestare alicui or aliquem doc-
trina, humanitate, to excel one in learning, humanity
&c. : laborare morbo, re frumentaria, pedibus &c. to
suffer in &c. Some refer to these, delectari, oblectari
re, to delight in any thing : but improperly, since
Of the Ablative. 115
botli are passives, and the sense is, to be delighted by
any thing. To these we may add the ablative after
comparatives, where it expresses, by what quantity one
thing exceeds another : e. g. Cic. Verr. 3. 52, ager
CLXX aratoribus inanior, more empty in or by one
hundred and seventy husbandmen : Liv. 2. 7, uno plus
Etruscorum cecidisse : Liv. 5. 30, una plures tribus.
Note : Sometimes the English in does not admit to be trans-
lated by an ablative ; as, it lay not in me, per me non stetit : I
have a great interest in books, libros habere magni mea interest :
he was a partaker in the labour, erat particeps laboris.
VII.) As to what ? according to what ? where, how-
ever, the ablative may as often be translated by the
English in, and most of the examples may be referred
to the preceding case : as, primus ordine, first as to
order, in order : vicinior loco, nearer in or as to situa-
tion : qui prior tempore, potior lure, he who is prior in
time is preferable as to right : hie est mihi estate films,
beneficiis pater, amore frater, in years my son, in bene-
fits my father, in love my brother : Tercnt. Adelph.
1. 2. 46, natura tu illi pater es, ego consiliis, according
to nature thou art his father &c. : Cic. Off. 1. 35, Cy-
nici, qui reprehendunt et irrident, quod ea quae re
turpia non sint, nominibus ac verbis flagitiosa ducamus,
which in fact are not disgraceful &c. : Liv. 35. 32,
callida et audacia consilia prima specie (according to
first appearance) laeta sunt, tractatu dura, eventu tristia :
it may be translated, in first appearance pleasant, in
management hard, in event sorrowful. To this place
we refer mea sententia, meo iudicio, according to my
opinion, my judgement ; for de mea sententia, de meo
iudicio, both which are very usual : also metiri aliquid
i 2
116 Of the
ex aliqua re, or aliqua re without ex, to measure one
tiling by or according to another : Nep. Eum. 1, quod
magnos homines virtute metimur, nonfortiwa: usum
pecuniae non magnitudine sed rat lone metiri, Cic. ad
Div 7. 12: Cic. Pis. 18: also with e,r, e. g. metiri
aliquid ex sua causa, Plane. Cic. ad Div. 10. 4 : so iu-
dicare, e. g. aliquid non numero sed pondere, Cic. Off.
2. 22 : utilitate, Nep. Att. 13 : also with ex, e. g. ex
aquo, according to equity, Cic. Coecin. 23 : aliquid
ex aliorum ingeniis, Terent. Eun. 1. 2. 118 : also with
a, e. g. a vero sensu, Brut. Cic. ad Div. 11. 10. There
are perhaps no other general usages in which the ab-
lative corresponds to the question, according to what ?
i. e. as to what? in what? Learners, however, must
be careful not to be guided merely by the sameness of
prepositions, in English, but must attend to all the cir-
cumstances under which they are used.
VIII.) On what? Here the ablative is used only
after verbs which mean to lean, depend, trust, rely
&c., as confidere, fretus, niti : e. g. feci hoc fretus hu-
mamtate tua, relying on your kindness : niti aliqua re
or in aliqua re, to lean on any thing, as baculo, terra,
promissis &c. : confidere alicui rei (homini) or aliqua
re, e. g. amicitire tuse or amicitia tua confisus : in is
seldom used with it, e. g. sibi in multitudine, Auct. B.
Afric. 1 9 ; where sibi is redundant. Here also the learner
must be cautious not to be deceived by the sameness
of prepositions ; e. g. Believe me on my word, must
not be translated, crede mihi m-eis verbis, but crede
mihi ajfirmanti &c. : so consumere operam in aliqua
re, Cic. ad Div. 16. 15. 1, to spend one's labour on
any thing ; and dare operam alicui rei, but not re : so
Of the Ablative. 117
He sets the food on the table, not ponit cibum mcnsa
but in mensa. Note : he sits on the seat, sedet in
sella, Cic. Div. 1. 46 : in solio, Cic. Fin. 2. 21 : with-
out in, with an adjective, e. g. sede regia, Liv. 1.41:
eburneis sellis, Liv. 5. 41 : prima sella, Phsedr. 3. 6. 5 :
uno equo, Mart. 3. 7. 49 : and without an adjective,
e. g. carpento, Liv. 1. 34 : tergo aselli, Ovid. Fast.
3. 749.
IX.) On account of what ? for the sake 0/"what ? be-
cause 0/*what ? Here 1.) propter, ob, causa, are gene-
rally used ; as, fecit propter te, tua causa, propter lu-
crum, ob lucrum, lucri causa : also per ; e. g. fecit per
iram, per odium, through anger, on account of anger
&c. : 2.) frequently de ; as, hoc de causa, because of
this reason : 3.) the ablative with the participles
ductus, adductus, motus, incitatus &c. : as, fecit amore
tui ductus, he did it from love to you : desiderio in-
citatus, through longing desire : also impeditus ; as, I
cannot come to you on account of business, negotiis
impeditus : 4.) also without these participles, the sim-
ple ablative of the passion or affection, as love, hate,
hope, desire c., where in English from is used ; as,
fecit odio, from hatred. Sometimes also, other words
are put in the ablative ; e. g. Sail. lug. 37. 4, quod
quamquam et s&vitia ternporis et opportunitate loci ne-
que capi, neque obsideri poterat : particularly after
the verbs gaudere, laetari ; e. g. gaudere aliqua re, to
rejoice on account of any thing, where de is omitted,
which at other times is used : commoveri aliqua re, to
be troubled or violently affected on account of any
thing : per after licet is translated on account of; as,
tibi per patrem non licet, you dare not on account of
118 Of the Ablative.
your father. Here also as before it is necessary to
attend to the exact import of the English preposition,
before we can determine whether an ablative should
be used.
X.) For what ? i. e. instead of what? Here pro is
indicated, and must generally be expressed : e, g. I
will give you much for the book, dabo tibi pro libro
multum : to speak for, in behalf of, any one, dicere
pro aliquo. Yet after the words, to offer for sale, to
buy, to sell, to hire, the price is put in the ablative
without pro : e. g. vendere aliquid tribus drachmis,
magno pretio, parvo pretio ; in which latter examples
pretio also may be omitted. On the contrary, For
what do you take me ? qualis tibi videor ? or qualem
me iudicas or habes ? He takes thee for a learned man,
habet te doctum or pro docto : I cannot speak for tears,
prae 1 aery mis.
XL) Where ? Here the ablative is, in general, only
used with names of towns, of the plural number or of
the third declension, and with the word rus : e. g.
Cic. Off. 2. 24, Antipater Tyrius Athenis nuper mor-
tuus est : Nep. Reg. 2, Alexander Baby lone morbo
consumtus est : thus we often find Veiis, Delphis, Car-
thagine &c. ; Nep. Praef. nulla Lacedtemoni tarn est
nobilis vidua, where Lacedaemoni is the old ablative
for Laced aemone : Cic. Rab. Post. 10, Neapoliin cele-
berrimo oppido c. So continually rure or ruri (abl.)
esse, vivere &c., to be in the country, at one's farm :
e. g. Cic. Rose. Am. 18 : Cic. Off. 3. 31 : Terent. Ad.
1 . 1 . 20. Note : a) yet we sometimes find the names
of cities with hi ; as Suet. Aug. 96, in Philippic Thes-
salus quidam ei de futura victoria nuntiavit : and Au-
Of the Ablative. 119
gustus, for the sake of perspicuity, was accustomed to
use in before all names of cities ; as Suetonius relates
Aug. 86 : b) that, on the other hand, names of towns
of the first and second declension and singular number,
together with humus and domus, to the question where ?
must be put in the genitive, was observed before, of the
Genitive, Sect. V. 3. n. VI. e. g. fui Roma, domi :
iacui humi : though we also find in domo ; as, Cic.
Off. 1 . 39, in domo clari hominis : also domo for domi ;
e. g. se tenere domo, Cic. Red. Sen. 11 : Cic. Dom.
3 : c) sometimes also the ablative of a name of a town
is used to the question, near or at what ? for apud,
iuxta, ad; e. g. Veiis for apud Veios, Liv. 3. 12 : 5. 8,
12, and elsewhere.
On the contrary, with the names of countries and
islands, and with other words, in is used in answer to
the question where ? as, in Italia fui, in Cypro, in illo
monte &c. But even with these words the poets often
omit in ; as, Italia tota for in Italia tota, monte summo
for in monte summo &c. This also sometimes occurs
with prose writers ; as Sail. lug. 44. 4, plerumque
milites stativis castris habebat : ibid. lug. 88. 3, saepe
aggressus itinere, fuderat, for in itinere, on the march :
Liv. 25. 19, et ipse aliquantum voluntariorum itinere
in agris concivit, i. e. in itinere : Nep. Prsef. magnis
in laudibus fuit tota Gratia, for in tota Graecia : Cic.
ad Div. 16. 11, etsi opportunitatem operae tuae omnibus
locis desidero : so also in the common formula, terra
Twanque bella gerere, by land and sea. Especially
loco is often used in a figurative sense without in ; as
Cic. ad Div. 12. 28, res neque nunc difficili loco mihi
videtur esse, et fuisset facillimo : so peiore res loco non
120 Of the AbMHice.
potis est esse, Tereut. Adelph. 3. 2. 46 : ut meliore
simus loco, ne optandum quidem est, Cic. Harusp. 28.
So we often find summo loco, equestri loco, ignobili loco
natus c. when the family is indicated : honesto loco
natus, Cic. Flacc. 8, born of an honourable family :
also loco instead of, &$fratris loco aliquem habere, to
account one instead of a brother : tu es mihi patris, fra-
tris, loco is very usual : sometimes loco means, in pro-
per time, Cic. Leg. 3. 18 : otherwise in loco : thus also
statu ; as, deteriore autem statu ut simus, Cic. Harusp.
28 : res vestrse quo statu sunt? Liv. 3. 68: nihil suo
statu manet, Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 12 : otherwise in statu;
e. g. cum in hoc statu res essent, Liv. 26. 5 : cum in
hoc statu res esset, Liv. 32. 11.
Note: 1 .) names of islands to the question where ? are also
often put in the genitive ; e. g. Corcyra, Cypri &c. for in Cor-
cyra : see above, Sect. V. 3. n. VI. 2.) we also find sedere
in sella and sedere sella, carpento : see examples lately quoted :
3.) the name of the water, i. e. sea, river &c. over which one
passes, is also put in the ablative : e.g. with traiicere ; asfreto
in Italiam, Liv. 22. 31 : Mg&o mari traiecit, Liv. 37. 14 : ex-
ercitus Pado traiectus, Liv. 21. ,56. Also introire porta, to
enter a door, is used four times successively, Cic. Pis. 23.
XII.) Whence ? from what ? from what place ? Here
the ablative is properly allowed, only with the names
of towns, and with the words domus, rus, humus,
where a is always omitted : as, venire Roma, Cartha-
gine, domo, rure (or rur'i), surgere humo, to come from
Rome, Carthage &c. : Cic. Att. 4. 13, te Roma profec-
tum : ad Div. 14. 4. 4, Brundisio profecti sumus : ibid.
16. 5, Leucade proficiscens : Off. 2. 23, Aratus pro-
ficiscens Sicyone : Nep. Timol. 3, deinde Corintho ar-
cessivit colonos : Nep. Milt. 2, turn id se facturos, cum
Of the Ablative. 121
ille dorno veniens c. : Terent. Eun. 3. 5. 63, paterne
rare redierit iam &c. : ibid. Hec. 1. 2. 115, rare hue
advenit: Plaut. True. 3. 2. 1, rurinon rediisse : Ovid.
Met. 2. 448, vix oculos adtollit humo. from the ground :
7 5?
ibid. Fast. 6. 735, surgit humo iuvenis : tollere se humo,
Virg. Georg. 3. 9. On the contrary, with the names
of countries and other words, a or ex is used, as venire
e Galiia, ex hortis : ab urbe longius progredi.
Note : yet these usages are sometimes reversed by the an-
cients : viz.
1.) With names of cities, and domus and humus, a or ex is
used : as Cic. Off. 3. 12, vir bonus ab Alexandria profectus :
Cffis. B. C. 3. 24, Libo discessit a Brundisio : Liv. 1. 47, non
tibi a Corintho, nee ab Tarquiniis (a city in Italy) peregrina
regna moliri necesse est : Cic. ad Div 4. 12. 2. Sulp. cum ab
Epidauro Pirseeum navi advectus essem : and immediately
after; eo consilio, ut ab Athenis in Bceotiam irem : and after-
wards, cum ab Athenis proficisci &c. : Liv. 40. 12, ab Roma re-
dii : Plaut. Mil. 2. 1. 48, fugere cupere ex hoc domu (for domo) ;
Cic. Senect. 23, tanquam ex domo: Virg. ln. 3. 25, viridem-
que ab humo convellere sylvam.
2.) On the contrary the preposition fails, a) with names of
countries ; as Nep. Phoc. 3, Cassander Macedonia pulsus est,
for e Macedonia : Liv. 45. 13, literas deinde Macedonia allatae :
Curt. 4. 3, classis Cypro advenit : Tac. Ann. 2. 69, Germa-
nicus JEgypto remeans : b) with other words, especially pel-
lere, movere, cedere &c. There often occurs pellere aliquem
patria, civitate, urbe, sedibus &c. : Mep. Arist. 1, scribentem,
ut patria pelleretur : Nep. Phoc. 3, capitis danmatos patria pe-
pulit : Virg. Jn. 6. 382, pulsus corde dolor : pellere loco, Liv.
10. 10: pellere civitate, Cic. Parad. 4. So we find loco mo-
vere, senatu movere to expel from the senate, tribu movere
from a tribe &c.: e. g. Cic. Cluent. 43, ut alter in ffirarios re-
ferri aut tribu moveri iubeat : Tusc. 3. 7, et reliquae partes to-
tumve corpus statu cum est motum : so cedere loco for de Ioco t
122 Of the Ablative.
is very usual. With poets the omission of a, ex or de is still
more common ; e. g. Virg. Mn. 5. I39 fi finibusomnes prosiluere
suis: ibid. 6. 182, advolvunt ingentes montibm ornos, i. e. de
montibus : and elsewhere. We need not remark here, that the
preposition is often omitted, when it is already contained in the
verb; as abesse loco, exire urbe &c. : see 3. n. II.
XIII.) When ? Here the preposition in is omitted :
e. g. hoc tempore, at this time : tempore in the time,
e. g. belli, of war : on the other hand, in tempore means
in time, at the right time ; e. g. in tempore venire, to
come in time, in proper time, Terent. Heaut. 2. 3. 123 :
Liv. 33. 5 : although tempore sometimes has the same
sense, e. g. tempore abest, Ovid. Her. 4. 109 : for
which tempori (abl.) or temperi is often used ; as Cic.
Sext. 37 : Plaut. Cas. 2. 6. 60 : so loco in right time,
Cic. Leg. 3. 18, for which elsewhere in loco is used,
Cic. ad Div. 11. 16 : Terent. Ad. 2. 2. 8. Further,
hoc die on this day, whence hodle is derived : superior!
anno, nocte &c. in a former year, a former night;
proxima nocte, last night : Nep. Hann. 3, proximo tri-
ennio omnes gentes Hispaniae bello subegit, in the first
three years : ibid. Att. 22, itaque die quinto decessit,
died on the fifth day : Caes. B. G. 2. 33, tertia vigilia
eruptionem fecerunt, in the third watch of the night :
Cic. Rab. Post. 15, his ipsis diebus hostem persequi :
ibid. Catil. 2. 7, triduo audietis, in three days : ibid,
ad Div. 2. 7. ,paucis diebus eram missurus tabellarios,
in a few days &c. : ibid. 16. 12. 12, ut aut aeger authyeme
naviges : and soon after, neque enim meas puto ad te
Jiteras tanta hyeme perferri : ibid. Off. 2. 23, quod tarn
longo spatio multa hereditatibus tenebantur, in so long
a time : ibid, ad Div. 5. 17. 3, et proxime recenti meo
adventu, at my recent arrival : Liv. 22. 9, Flaminius
Of the Ablative. 123
cum pridie soils occasu ad lacum pervenisset, at sun-
set : Sail. Cat. 3, vel pace vel bello clarum fieri licet :
so omni tempore, Cic. Phil. 14. 7 : hoc tempore, Cic.
Off. 1. 2. Particularly the following ablatives deserve
notice : ludis, at the time or on the day of the games ;
gladiator ibus, on the day of the shows of gladiators ;
Comitiis, on the day of the Comitia ; nuptiis, on a wed-
ding day ; e. g. Liv. 2. 36, ludis mane servum quidam
&c. : and immediately after, sibi ludis prsesultatorem
displicuisse, i. e. in ludis: Cic. Att. 1. 16, itaque et
ludis et gladiatoribus mirandus. All these instances
are usual. That in is omitted is evident : yet it some-
times is expressed : e. g. Terent. Andr. 1. 1. 77, in
diebus panels Chrysis vicina moritur : Plaut. Capt.
1. 2. 64, in his diebus : Liv. 35. 19, hoc me in pace pa-
tria mea expulit : ibid. 30. 37, indignatus Hannibal
dici ea in tali tempore, audirique : Cic. ad Div. 9. 16,
in tali re ac tempore : ibid. 11. 18. 4, ut qui in maxima
bello pacem velle se dixisset : Suet. Tib. 6, in paucis
diebus, quam Capreas attigit : in omni tempore, Lucret.
1. 27 : in hoc tempore, Cic. Quint. 1 : in tempore, Cic.
Catil. 1.6, at the time : in longo tempore, Catull. 63.
35 : in parvo tempore, Ovid. Met. 12. 512, quo in tern-
pore, Plin. H. N. 8. 22 : the use therefore of the pre-
position is not erroneous, though its omission is more
common.
Observations.
1.) To this question when f the ablative of the participle often
applies with or without u noun substantive or pronoun :
a) With a substantive or pronoun, which is called the abla-
tive absolute : as, patre moriente, the father dying, when the
father died : patre mortuoj the father being dead, when the
124 Of Ike Ablative.
father was dead : ducente fratre, his brother leading, i. e. under
the guidance of his brother : volente deo, God willing, if God
will. Instead of a participle a substantive is often used; as,
Cicerone consule, Cicero being consul, in the consulate of Ci-
cero, when Cicero was consul : Cicerone et Antonio consulibus,
when Cicero arid Antony were consuls, in the consulate of
Cicero and Antony : me consule, te consule &c. : so, patre sua-
sore, auctore &c., by the persuasion, the advice of his father :
so, me suasore, auctore, by my persuasion, advice Sec. : some-
times an adjective; as, patre conscio, inscio ; me conscio; te in-
scio : all which instances are common : Cic. ad Div. 7- 18, ni-
hil te ad me scripsisse demiror, praesertim tarn novis rebus, par-
ticularly when things were so new or unusual : ibid. 16. 15, nee
mirum, tarn gravi morbo, in so dangerous a sickness, where
perhaps in is omitted.
b) Without a noun or pronoun, which, however, is not so
common as the former usage : e. g. Liv. 34. 31, ibi permisso,
seu dicere prius seu audire mallet, ita coepit tyrannus, when it
was left to his choice, &c. : nondum comperto, quam in regionem
venisset, Liv. 33. 5, when it was not yet known &c. : audito,
Machanidam refugisse, Liv. 28. 7. An adjective also is used
instead of a participle; as Liv. 28. 17, haud cuiquam dubio,
quin hostium essent, since it was doubtful to none, that they be-
longed to the enemy.
2.) It would be wrung to suppose that the question when ?
might always be answered by an ablative : e. g. three days be-
fore, three days after; where we must use ante, post, which are
very common. The ablative is used only when the preposition
in may be supposed. The question when ? in other instances
is expressed in various ways :
a) By intra within, when the time must be accurately ex-
pressed ; e. g. intra biduum morietur, he will die within three
days, i. e. before three days are past.
b) Ad: e. g. Cic. ad Div. 16. 10. 4, nostra ad diem dictam
fient, by the appointed day.
Of the Ablative. 125
c) Per, when it denotes duration of time, or may be translated
during ; as, per tres dies te non vicli, I have not seen you during
three days.
d) In, with an accusative, when translated for : as, quanti
coenas in mensem, at what cost do you dine for a month ?
quanti habitas in menses tres? what does your lodging cost you
for three months ?
e) Sometimes by the accusative id: id temporis, at that
time : Cic. Cat. 1. 4, quos ego iam multis ac summis viris a me
ventures id temporis esse dixeram, i.e. eo tempore.
f ) By de, viz. when an action is denoted which takes place
at a certain time : it is generally used after surgere, proficisci,
mittere, vigilare, and similar verbs : e. g. Cass. B. G. 5. 9, Cae-
sar de tertia vigilia ad hostes contendit, at, i. e. at the be-
ginning of the third watch, as soon a? it commenced: ibid. 7-
45, hac re cognita Cassar mittit complures equitum turmas eo
de media nocte, at midnight, as soon as midnight : Cic. ad Att.
7. 4, multa de nocte eum profectum esse ad Caesarem : Cic.
Mur. 9, vigilas de node : Cic. Sext. 35, cum forum, comitium,
curiam multa de nocte occupavissent, long before day- break :
Hor Epist. 1. 2. 32, ut iugulent homines, surgunt de nocte la-
trones : ire de nocte, Terent. Ad. 5. 3. 55 : venire de nocte, Cic.
Mur. 33 : de die epulari, Liv. 23. 8: de die convivium adpa-
rare, Terent. Ad. 5. 9. 8 : de die potare, Plaut. Asin. 4.2. 16 :
vivere de die cum latronibus, Cic. Phil. 2. 34, i. e. to live all
day long: navigare de mense Decembri, Cic. Q. Fr. 2. 1.
g) By ante, before ; as, ante vesperam, before evening ; where
the ablative would be incorrect. Instead of ante we may use
1.) sub, when the near approach of a time is denoted; as, sub
vesperam, towards evening; sub id tempus, near that time;
yet sub is sometimes used for in, and denotes the exact time :
Nep. Att. 12, quod quidem sub ipsa proscription perillustre
fuit, i. e. tempore proscriptions : sub profectione, Ca3S. B. G.
3. 27, at the time of marching : sub noctem, Virg. lEn. 1. 662
(666), at night: sub luce, Ovid. Am. 3 14. 7, by day : sub
126 Of the Ablative.
tempus edendi, Hor. Epist. 1. 16. 22: 2) by abhinc, when one
reckons backwards, and speaks of a past time ; as three years
ago, abhinc tribus annis, or abhinc tres annos : e. g. Cic.
Verr. 2. 9, horum pater abhinc duo et viginti annos est mor-
tuus, their father died twenty -two years ago : Terent. Andr. 1.
1. 43, interea mulier quondam abhinc triennium ex Andro com-
migravit hue vicinia% three years since : Cic. Verr. 1. 12, ab-
hinc annos XIV : Cic. Phil. 2. 46, abhinc annos viginti : Cic.
Verr. 2. 52, abhinc XXX diebus: Cic. Att. 12. 17, abhinc am-
plius annis quinquaginta, more than fifty years ago : Plaut.
Most. 2. 2. 63, abhinc sexaginta annis occisus : Cic. Rose.
Com. 13, quo tempore ? (sc. decidit) ab hinc annis quatuor. Ab-
hinc properly means, from this, from this time: and the answer
to the question how long ? is put in the accusative : to the ques-
tion when? in ttie ablative, sc. in : 3.) pridie, as pridie Cal.
Maias.
h) Post, after; as, post longum tempus, longo post tempore,
after a long time, a long time after : for which ex is also used in
the sense of since ; as, ex illo tempore nemo dictus est dictator,
since that time no one has been named dictator : ex quo tem-
pore, since which time, is very usual: e. g. Cic. ad Div. 5. 8 :
for which ex quo, sc. tempore, occurs, Liv. 3. 24 ; 28.39 : so, ex
hoc tempore, Cic. Sext. 1 : ex eo, sc. tempore, Sueton. Ca3s.
23 : ex illo, sc. tempore, Virg. lEn. 2. 169, since that time : ex
pr&tura triumphare, Cic. Mur. 7. Instead of post, sub may be
used : e. g. Cic. ad Div. 10. 16, sub eas (literas) statim recitatas
sunt tuae, after that letter thine was immediately read : Liv. 25.
7, sub htzc dicta ad genua Marcelli procubuerunt, after these
words &c. We may also say interiectis tribus diebus, longo
tempore interiecto &c., for post tres dies, post longum tempus :
e. g. anno interiecto, after the interval of a year, Cic. Provinc.
8 : paucis interiectis diebus, after a few days, Liv. 1. 58 : so also
interiectis aliquot diebus, CaBs. B. C. 2. 14 : interiecto spatio,
ibid. B. G. 3. 4, after a time. Also postridie; postridie eius
diei : postridie Cal. Maias &c.
Of the Ablative. 127
.3.
Of the Ablative without a Preposition in particular.
The ablative is used
I.) With certain substantives.
1.) In the description of a quality or property, of the form,
age &c. : yet in such instances it is usually accompanied by an
adjective, pronoun or participle, as an epithet ; as, homo magno
natu, pulchra forma &c. ; and perhaps either prasditus or cum
is understood : e. g. Liv. 21. 34, magno natu principes castello-
rum : Nep. Dat. 1, maximo natujilius desciit: Caes. B. G. 1.
47, summa virtute et humanitate adolescentem : Terent. And.
1.1. 45, mulier quaedam egregia forma atque atate Integra ,
of peculiar beauty 8cc. sc. pra3dita: ibid. Eun. 2. 1.52, is ubi
hancceforma videt honesta virginem : ibid. Adelph. 3. 4. 79,
antiqua homo virtu te acjide : Sail. Cat. 48. 5, hominem nobilem,
maximis divitiis, summa potent ia : Cic. ad Div. 1. 7. 29, Len-
tulum nostrum, eximia spe, summreque virtutis adolescentem :
ibid. 16. 15. 4, accepi tuam epistolam vacillantibus literulis:
Cic. Cat. 1. 2, interfectus est propter quasdam seditionum sus-
piciones C. Gracchus, clarissimo pat-re, avo, maioribus. Also
without an epithet, but with a different sense : as, puer &tate, a
child in years : Cres. B. C. 3. 103, ibi casu rexerat Ptolema?us,
puer atate : of this see above under the question, as to, accord-
ing to what ? To these also belongs clypeus cere, a shield of
brass, where ex fails : Virg. JEn. 3. 286, are cavo clypeum t
magni gestamen Abantis.
2.) With opus, usus est, erat, fuit &c., it is, was, &c. neces-
sary, the thing needed is commonly put in the ablative : e. g.
opus est mihi libris, I have need of books : tibi opus est forti-
tudine &c. That a nominative also may be used with opus ;
e. g. libri mihi opus surit, fortitudo tibi opus est ; and that pro-
nouns of the neuter gender are rather put in the nominative, and
128 Of the A Unlive.
substantives in the ablative, was more at large observed, of the
Nominative, Sect. IV. 2: and we there inquired whether usus
may also be joined to a nominative.
II.) With certain adjectives : as,
1.) dignus worthy, indignus unworthy, to the question, of
what? as, dignus laude, Cic. Dom. 5, worthy of praise : indig-
nus beneficiis : honore y Cic. Vatin. 16: iniuria, Terent. Ad. 2.
1. 12 : hoc est te dignum, this is worthy of thee : ha3c nobis'm-
digna sunt, these things are unworthy of us: films patre dignus,
a son worthy of his father (when the father is a celebrated man) :
Cic. ad Div. 1. 7, quia te est dignus filius : viribus nostris dig-
num, ibid. 2. 1 1 : admittere indigna getiere nostro, Ter. Ad. 3.
3. 55 : vox populi maiestateet victoriis indigna, Cass. B. G.
7. 17, and elsewhere. Yet dignus and indignus, after the Greek
idiom, are sometimes used with a genitive ; e. g. Cic. ad Att. 8.
15, Balb. obsecro te, Cicero, suscipe curam et cogitationem
dignissimam tu& virtutis : Plaut. Trin. 5. 2. 29, non sum salu-
tis dignus : imperil, Cic. Harusp. 24, in some editions, others
add gloria : Ph^dr. 4. 20. 3, quidquid putabit esse dignum me-
moria : Virg. .ZEn. 12. 649, descendam magnorum haud unquam
indignus avorum. But when a verb is to follow, e. g. he is
worthy to be loved, esteemed &c., then dignus and indignus are
sometimes followed by ut, but more commonly by qui ; as, est
dignus qui ametur, for est dignus ut ametur : sometimes also an
infinitive follows ; as Virg. Eel. 5. 89, eterat turn dignus amari:
dignus alter eligi, alter eligere, Plin. Pan. 7 : indignus, Ovid.
Art. 1. 681. Note: Dignus is also used with a dative; e. g.
Peneri, Plaut. Pcen. 1. 2. 44 : proba, Ovid. Trist. 4. 3. 57, which
may also be the genitive : also with an accusative ; e. g. quid
sim dignus, Plaut. Capt. 5. 2. 6.
2.) Macte, a word expressing good wishes, and which has
the form of a vocative, as if it were derived from mactus, a, um,
or of an adverb, or of a participle from mago, xi, ctum, is also
used with an ablative : as Virg. Mn. 9-641, macte nova virtute
puer, sic itur ad astra, good luck to thee, youth ! with thy virtue :
Of the Ablative. 129
so also macte virtute, Cic. Tusc. 1. 17. This word is used in a
very singular way; for instance, Liv. 2. 12, Porsena says to
Mucius, who attempted to kill him, iuberem macte virtule esse,
si pro mea patria ista virtute staret, I should wish theegood luck
with thy valour : Liv. 7. 10, turn dictator : macte virtute ac
pietate esto : so, macte virtute diligentiaque esto, Liv. 10. 40 :
macte virtute esto, Sen. Ep.66: macte hac gloria, Plin. Pan.
46 : macte animo, Stat. Theb. 7- 280 : also Liv. 7. 36, macti
virtute milites romani este ; where macti appears to be a plural :
so, macti ingenio esse, Plin. H. N. 22. Ed. Hard. It is also
used with a genitive; as Stat. Sylv. 5. 1. 37 : ibid. Sylv. 5. 1.
35 : Mart. 12. 6. 7, macte animi: Sil. 12. 256, macte o virtu-
tis avitae. Also without a case following it : e. g. macte ! Cic.
Att. 15. 29, i- e. o excellent! also the nominative mactus oc-
curs : e. g. mactus fercto sis, Cato R. R. 134, i. e. contented,
satisfied with.
3.) Alienus, strange to, unsuitable to, not adapted to, foreign
to, is commonly used with a; as, alienum a dignitate, unsuit-
able to rank : yet in Cicero it is often used without a ; as, ad
Div. 11. 27. 14, quod esset alienum nostra dignitate, and else-
where; e. g. ibid. 14. 4 : Cic. Or. 26 : Cic. Div. 1. 38 : also
with a dative, Cic. Ca?cin. 9: Nep. Them. 4: or a genitive,
Cic. Fin. 1.4: Nep. Milt. 6.
4.) Many adjectives have been already considered under the
various questions proposed before : as, contentus aliqua re, con-
tented with any thing, to the question wherewith ? liber a labore
or labore, free from labour, to the question from what ? fret us
aliqua re, relying on any thing, to the question on what? unless
fretus be rather a participle : it is also united with esse ; e. g.
fretus sum, I relied on, I trusted : as, corsilio fretus sum, Te-
rent. Andr. 2. 1. 36: cf. ibid. 3. 5. 13: qui voce freti sunt,
Cic. Off. 1.31.
5.) Venalis exposed to sale, carus dear : Hor. Od. 2. 16. 7,
otium non gernmis neque purpura venale nee auro, not to be
sold for gems, nor purple, nor gold : Plin. H. N. 19- 4, cibus
VOL. II. K
130 Of the Ablative.
venalis itno asse: quod nonopus est, asse carum est, is dear at a
penny, Cato ap. Senec. Ep. 94.
6.) Magnus, grandis, maior, maximus, minor, minimus, are
followed by the ablative natu, to denote age, since the notion of
age is not contained in these adjectives by themselves : thence
when maior, maximus 8cc. are used without natu, it must never-
theless be understood.
7.) Other adjectives are also used with an ablative : e. g. ad-
suetus, besides a genitive and dative, takes also an ablative,
which has been already observed, Sect. V. 2 : further, aequus,
e. g. plus quam me atque illo aequum foret, Plaut. Bacch. 3. 3.
So : ut se aquum est, ibid. Rud. Prol. 47, where, however, it
may be an accusative, since there occurs piscatorem &quum est,
ibid. 2. 6, unless agere be here supplied from what precedes.
Also with the adjectives of measure and extent, the ablative is
used to the question how long ? how high ? how broad ? e. g.
faciemus (scrobes) tribus pedibus altas, duobus semis latas, tri-
bus longas, Pallad. in lanuar. 10 : longum sesquipede, latum
pede, Plin. H. N. 35. 14 : non latior (quam) pedibus quinqua-
ginta, Ca3s. B. G. 7. 19.
8.) Especially here we may reckon comparatives. They are
often united with ablatives of three different kinds, which should
be carefully distinguished.
a) First, an ablative of the thing or person with which an-
other is compared. Here quam is usually omitted, and instead,
the following subject, which is generally the nominative or some-
times the accusative with the infinitive, is put in the ablative :
e. g. tu es doctior patre, for quam pater : video te esse feliciorem
fratre, for quam fratrem, than thy brother: Cic. Att. 5. 21,
fame nihil miserius: Cic. Senect. 14, nihil est otiosa senectute
iucundius : Cic. ad Div. 9- 14. 10, nihil est enim virtute formo-
sius, nihil pulchrius : these instances are very common : so,
maior anuis sexaginta, Nep. Reg. 1, older than sixty years, more
than sixty years old : maior annis viginti, Suet. Ca?s. 42. On
the contrary, the expressions I know nothing more beautiful than
Of the Ablative. 131
virtue, I give it to you rather than to your brother, would be in-
correctly translated, novi nihil pulchrius virtute, do tibi liben-
tmsfratre ; here quam must be retained, and we must say quam
virtutem, quamfratri: since neither virtue nor brother is the
subject of the sentence, i. e. answers to the question who ? Te-
rent. Phorm. 4. 2. 1, ego hominem callidiorem vidi neminem
quam Phormionem, not Phormione. To these belong the
abridged expressions, spe citius, sooner than hope, than was
hoped: opinione celerius : tristior soli to : iusto longior: e.g.
perfecisti rem spe (opinione) citius, thou hast accomplished the
thing sooner than was expected : tu soli to tristior es, thou art
sadder than customary : base res est longior, brevior, iusto, is
longer, shorter, than what is right.
Note : 1.) This use of the ablative instead of quam, is not
to be considered more elegant ; both usages often occur : e. g.
laudem ampliorem quam earn, Cic. Marc. 2 : and elsewhere ;
e. g. Cic. Verr. 3. 16: 4. 20: Cic. Nat. Deor. 1.24: 2. ]?:
Cic. Fin. 1.3: Cic. Tusc. 2. 5.
2.) The comparatives of adverbs also are thus used : e. g. ni-
hil citius arescit lacryma, nothing dries sooner than a tear : and
to these belong the expressions spe citius, opinione celerius &c.
3.) This occurs not only with comparatives in or, but also with
those which are expressed bymagis: e.g. Cic. Off'. 1. 15, nul-
lum officium referenda gratia magis necessarium est.
4.) Sometimes the ablative is used instead of the accusative
of the object with quam; e.g. neminem vidi doctioremfratre
tuo, for quamfratrem tuum, which is harsh : e. g. Val. Max.
5. 3.2, neminem Lycurgo maiorem Lacedaemon genuit, for
quam Lycurgum. This should not be imitated.
5.) It is however uncertain by what these ablatives are go-
verned. Some understand pra, in comparison with, so that doc-
tior es patre stands for doctior es pr& patre. But since prae of
itself denotes preference, so that it is used with positives, e. g.
felixes pr<& me, it thence appears that it would be superfluous
with comparatives.
K2
132 Of the Ablative.
6.) Quam is often omitted, without the ablative being used :
which particularly occurs with plus, amplius, minus ; also with
longius, maior, minor; where plus and amplius are translated
above, and minus under : also more than, less than : e. g. ferre
plus dimidiati mensis cibaria, Cic. Tusc. 2. 16 : plus annum ob-
tinere provinciam, Cic. Att. 6. 6, above a year : Liv. 40. 2,
plus annum a?ger fuisset : Liv. '23. 46, hostium plus quinque
millia ca3si eo die, above five thousand &c., for plus quam : Te-
rent. Adelph. 2. 1 . 46, homini misero plus quingentos colaphos
infregit mihi : so, plus satis, more than enough, Terent. Eun. 1.
. 5, for plus quam satis: plus millies audivi, ibid. 3. 1. 32:
Cic. Rose. Com. 3, amplius sunt sex menses, there are above six
months, for amplius quam : so, amplius triennium est, ibid. : or
triennium amplius est, ibid., it is above three years ; for which
soon after triennio amplius is used: Ca3s. B. C. 3. 99 in eo
prcelio non amplius quingentos cives desideravit : ibid., sed in
deditionem venerunt amplius millia quatuor et viginti : Virg.
^En. 1.683 (687), tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam
falle dolo : Liv. 29. 34, inter eos constabat non minus ducentos
Carthaginiensium equites fuisse : minus decem tribunos facere,
Liv. 3. 64 : haud minus duo millia, Liv. 42. 6 : minus dena
millia, Varr. R. R. 3. 2: ne minus habeamus singulos homines,
ibid. 2. 2 : dona ne minus quinum millium (dare), Liv. 30. 17 :
minus quinquennium est, Plin. H. N. 15. 22 : maior es annorum
quinque et triginta, Suet. Aug. 38, i. e. above thirty-five years
old : minor viginti annorum, Pand. 50. 2. 6 : obsides minores
octonum denum annorum, minores quinum quadragenum, Liv.38.
38, i. e. under eighteen above forty-five years of age : navis
minor duum millium amphorum, Cic. ad Div. 12. 15. Lentul.
Thus also longius : e. g. Liv. 3. 20, longius ab urbe mille pas-
suum, above a mile farther &c. : so magis, e.g. annos natus ma-
gis quadraginta, Cic. Rose. Am. 14, above forty years of age.
So also latior, e. g. palusnon latiorpedibus ouinquaginta, Ca3S.
B. G. 7. 19, for quam pedibus ; for which also pecles may be
used. In all these instances no word is omitted besides quam.
Sometimes also quamis omitted, and an ablative follows ; which,
however, is not to be explained by quam, but would equally be
Of the Ablative. 133
used if quam were expressed : e. g. minus triginta diebus, Cic.
Div. 1. 32 : Nep. Them. 5, i.e. in less than thirty days, where
the ablative is governed by in omitted : so,abhinc ampliusawm's
quinquaginta, Plaut. Most. 2. 2. 63, above fifty years ago :
Ovid. Met. 1. ,501, nudos media plus parte lacertos : here the
ablative is not governed by plus, but by the preposition ex
omitted. Yet the ablative is sometimes used with these words,
when it must be explained by quam ; as, amplius triennio, Cic.
Rose. Com. 3.
b) Secondly. The comparative is also often accompanied by
an ablative of the thing in which one excells another : e. g. elo-
quentia Cicero clarior fuit Hortensio, in eloquence : virtute su-
perior est Caius Titio.
c) Thirdly. It is often accompanied by an ablative of the
measure, extent or degree, by which one thing is better, worse,
greater, less, longer, more learned &c., than another ; i. e. which
expresses how much or how far one thing surpasses another
This ablative is either a substantive, an adjective, or even a pro-
noun : e. g. he is taller than I by one cubit, est cubito uno lon-
gior me : wider, longer, by half, than this thing, dimidio latior,
longior, hac re : Plaut. Trin. 4. 2. 58, sesquipede quam tu lon-
gior, by a foot and half: Ca3S. B. G. 5. 13, Hibernia dimidio
minor quam Britannia: Cic. Acad.4. 19> aliquot annis minor,
some years younger : Horat. Epist. 2. 1. 40, minor uno mense :
Cic. Att. 13. 29, dimidio minoris constabit, it will cost less by
one half: Cic. Dom. 44, dimidio carius : Cic. Flacc. 20, dimi-
dio stultior: Hor. Sat. 2. 3. 118, dimidio maior : Liv. 10. 45,
parvo plures caperentur, a few more : uno plus cecidisse, Liv.
2. 7, more by one : una plures tribus antiquarunt, Liv. 5. 30,
more tribes by one : molestum est, uno digito plus habere, Cic_
Nat. Deor. 1. 38, to exceed by a finger, i. e. to have six fingers :
ager centum et septuaginta aratoribus inanior, Cic. Verr. 3. 52,
i. e. poorer by a hundred and seventy husbandmen : bis sex ce-
ciderunt, me minus uno, Ovid. Met. 12. 554, with the excep-
tion of me alone. Particularly the following adjectives and pro-
nouns of the neuter gender : multo, by much ; paulo, aliquanto ;
134 Of the Ablative.
tanto, by so much, quanto, by how much ; or quanto tutius
tanto melius, the safer the better &c. ; nimio, hoc, eo, quo ;
all which are very usual : e. g. multo doctior es patre, thou art
(by) much more learned than thy father : paulo felicior sum te,
I am a little more fortunate than thou : aliquanto crudelior illo :
tanto modestior esse debes, quanto doctior es, thou oughtest to
be more modest, as much as thou art more learned : quanto fe-
licior te sum ? Cic. Off. 1. 26, quanto sumus superiores, tanto
nos mbmissius geramus, the more we are eminent, the more sub-
missively let us behave : nimio plus, quam velira, nostrorumin-
genia sunt mobilia, Liv. 2. 27 : hocfelicior es me, or quam ego :
eo felicior &c. Eo and hoc are also used with quo either pre-
ceding or following ; as, hoc felicior me es, quo doctior es : eo
maior fuit lastitia, quo magis prater opinionem res accidit, the
more the thing happened beyond expectation, the greater was
the joy : quo magis repentina res erat, eo celerius &c. ; in which
instances it is indifferent whether the comparative end in or, or
be formed periphrastically with magis : it is also indifferent
whether the comparative be an adjective or adverb. Quo ge-
nerally precedes eo or hoc ; as, quo quis est doctior, eo submissius
se debet gerere : Cic. Q. Fr. 3. 1.5, quo suaviores erant, eoma-
iorem &c. : Cic. Off. 2. 9, quo quis est versutior et callidior,
hoc invisior et suspectior : Quintil. 2. 2, quo sapius monuerit
(magister), hoc rarius castigabit. So also with magis : quo ma-
gis me amas, eo minus officia mea tibi deerunt; quo minus me
amas, eo magis officia mea tibi deerunt : quo magis es doctus,
pius &c., eo magis placebis. Note: 1.) Many erroneously reckon
these ablatives amongst adverbs : 2.) instead of the ablatives
aliquanto, tanto, quanto, the accusatives aliquantum, tantum,
quantum, are often used adverbially, ad or in being understood :
e. g. quantum doctior, tantum modestior ; aliquantum longior :
Terent. Eun. 1. 2. 51,eius frater aliquantum est ad rem avi-
dior: 3.) for multo we may use longe ; as, longe doctior, fe-
licior &c., which frequently occurs. That multo and longe are
also added to superlatives in the same way as quam, for the sake
of amplification, belongs not to this place, though such instances
are very usual ; e. g. doctissimus, most learned; longe doctissi-
Of the Ablative. 135
in us, exceedingly learned ; quam doctissimus : op time, very
well ; quam optime, exceedingly well.
Observation.
Alius, another, sometimes imitates the construction of compa-
ratives, that is, takes an ablative after it instead of quam ; as,
Brut, et Cass. Cic. ad Div. 11. 2. 5, nos ab initio spectasse
otium, nee quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse &c., for
aliud quam libertatem : Hor. Epist. 1. 16. 20, neve putesalium
sapiente botioque beatum, for quam sapientem bonumque : ibid.
2. 1. 239, aut alius Lysippo duceret sera : Phaedr. 3. Prolog. 41,
quod si accusator alius Seiano foret, for quam Seianus : these
instances are singular, and should not be imitated.
III.) The ablative is used with many different verbs :
1.) It is continually used with esse; in which case the sub-
stantive in the ablative is generally accompanied by an adjective,
pronoun, or participle :
x a) In the description of a thing or person, according to its pro-
perties, form, age &c., where esse is often translated, to be of,
or to have: e. g. sum bono ingenio,pulchra forma, agro corpore,
summa virtute, I have a good understanding, a beautiful form
&c., where perhaps pr&ditus, or sometimes in, must be under-
stood : Terent. Hec. 5. 1. 10, nam iam atate ea sum, ut non
siet peccato mihi ignosci a3quum, for I am now of such an age
&c. : Cic. ad Div. 6. 15, 5, quare fac, ammo magno fortique
sis, take care to have a great and firm mind : Terent. Eun. 1.
2. 4 : bono animo es, be in good spirits, of good courage : Cic.
Quir. p. Red. 1, qui nunquam^gro corpore fuerunt, who were
never sick : Cic. ad Div. 3. 10. 8, tamen ea stultitia certe non
fuissem, yet 1 certainly should not have been so foolish : and
soon after he says, quod si essem ea perfidia, so perfidious : ibid.
6. 1. 11, simus igitur ea mente, let us, therefore, have that mind :
Cses. B. G. 1. 18, ipsum esse Dumnorigem summa audacia,
magna apud plebem gratia, was very bold, and of much in-
136 Of the Ablative.
tiuence with the populace : ibid. 5. 40, ipse Cicero, cum tennis-
sima valetudine esset y though he was very ill : Nep. Iph. 3, fuit
autem et magno anirno et corpore, imperatoriaque forma : Sail,
lug. 63, novus nemo tarn clarus, neque tarn egregiis factis erat,
no one not a noble was so illustrious, nor had performed such
remarkable exploits : ibid. 5, primum, quia (bellum) magnum,
et atrox, variac[ue victoria fuit, and of or with alternate victory :
sometimes esse is omitted, as Sail. lug. 95. 3, Sulla animo
ingenti, cupidus voluptatum, sed glorias cupidior : otio luxurioso
&c., where after luxurioso Kortte has omitted esse, which oc-
curs in the common editions: Cic. ad Div. 5. 11. 1, quam-
obrem reliquis tuis rebus omnibuspari me studio erga te et eadem
voluntate cognosces, thou wilt find me of equal devotion &c.
b) also in other places where esse may be translated to be
in any situation or circumstances, either literally or figuratively.
Yet in this case also the ablative is usually accompanied by an
adjective or pronoun : as sum spe bona, summo honore &c.,
where perhaps praeditus or in fails : Cic. Verr. 2. 35, Qifuit
tota in Graecia summo propter ingenium honore et nomine, was
in the highest honour and renown : Cic. ad Div. 12. 28. 4, ego
sum spe bona, I am in good hopes, entertain good hope : ibid,
res neque nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse, etfuissetfacillimo,
the thing seems to be in no difficult situation &c. : ibid. 16. 15.
2, incredibili sum sollicitudine de tua valetudine, I am in inde-
scribable anxiety &c. : ibid. 4. 15. 2, ne quopericulo te proprio
existimares esse, sc. in : ibid. 6. 4. 11, quantofuerim dolore
meministi : ibid, ad Att. 1. 12, rem esse insigni infamia: ibid.
5. 14, tamen magno timore sum: Nep. Eum. 7, credens minore
se inmdiafore : Liv. 1. 40, non apud regem modo sed apud
patres plebemque longe maximo honore Servius Tullius erat :
Liv. 1. 54, apud milites vero tanta caritate esse, ut &c., was in
so great estimation. All these and similar expressions are very
usual, and may properly be imitated. Yet in is very often
added : e. g. Liv. 5. 47, interim arx Romas capitoliumque in
ingenti periculofuit ; where, however, Gronovius disapproves
in : Cic. OIF. 2. 19, iuris civilis summo semper in honore fuit
cognitio : Cic. ad Att. 2. 9, non enim poteramus ulla esse in
Of the Ablative. 137
invidia: Cic. ad Div. 13. 19. 2, etsi eramm in magna spe, te
&c. though we were in great hope, that thou &c. : Caes. B.
C. 2. 17, magna esse in spe : Cic. ad Div. 2. 3. 5, summa scito
te in exspectatione esse, that men expect much from thee ; pas-
sively, for te exspectari: ibid. 6 3. 6, nihilo te nunc maiore in
discrimine esse : Cic. ad. Div. 12. 14. 3, Lent, cuius rei tanto
in timorefui. If, however, the adjective, pronoun or participle
fails, then in is generally expressed : e. g. esse inspe f in honore t
in amore, in deliciis : Cic. ad. Div. 2. 12. 5, si non essetn qui-
dem tamdiu in desiderio rerum mihi carissimarum : ibid. 14
3. 4, sed tamen, quamdiu vos eritis in spe, non deficiam : esse
in vitio, to be in fault : Cic. Off. 1. 7, qui autem non defendit,
nee obsistit, si potest, iniuriae, tarn est invitiOj quam si parentes
deserat : Caes. B. G. 7. 24, duaeque (legiones) partitis tem-
poribus erant in opere, were at work : in gratia esse cum aliquo ;
Cic. ad Att. 2. 9, si erit nebulo iste cum his dynastis in gratia :
Cic. Verr. 4. 1, ab ea civitate, quae tibi una in amore atque
in deliciis fuit '? which alone was in favour with you &c. : Cic.
ad Div. 10. 4. 10, Plane, sum in exspectatione omnium rerum,
quid in Gallia citeriore ; geratur, i. e. exspecto, lam waiting
eagerly to know. In such instances the omission of in would
be harsh and occasion obscurity. It is therefore not incorrect
to add in even when an adjective &c. is used : but to omit it,
when an adjective &c. is not used. Note : esse also when it is
put forjieri is joined to an ablative : e. g. quid sefuturum esset f
Liv. 33. 27> what would become of them : as was noticed be-
fore, 2. n. I. 5.
II.) The ablative, without a preposition, is used after certain
verbs compounded of the prepositions a, ab, ex, e, de, super ;
as, abscedere loco, and a loco, exire urbe and ex urbe, eiicere
urbe and ez urbe; where the preposition may be omitted, since
it is contained in the verb, yet it is often repeated : Liv. 26. 7,
abscedere irrito incepto, gave up his design; where the ablative
depends on abscedere: Terent. Hec. 5. 4. 14, cito ab eo hasc
ira abscedet, this irritation will soon leave him: decedere pro-
vincia ; Cic. Ligar. 1, Confidius decedensprovincia, where the ab-
lative is governed by de in decedens : decedere officio, Liv. 27.
138 Of the Ablative.
10 : de officio, Cic. Verr. 2. 10 : thus also decedere via and
de via, vita and de vita, decedere de st at tone vita, also decedere,
to die: decedere de iure suo, Cic. Off. 2. 18 : Rose. Am. C 27 :
decedere imtituto suo, Liv. 37. 54, to depart from his intention :
decedere de vallo, Caes. B. G. 5. 43. Also decedere ex,
Nep. Timol. 1 : Nep. Cat. 1. So abire magistrate, Liv. 3.
51: abire ex oculis, Liv. 25. 16 : e vita, Cic. Tusc. 1. 30 :
exire domo, Cic. ad Div. 1 . 9- 13: exire ex urbe, ibid. 4. 1 :
exire vita, Cic. Amic. 3. To these belongs abdicare se ma-
gistratu, to remove himself from an office, to resign an office ;
where magistratu is governed by ab in abdicare : e. g. dictatura,
Liv. 4. 24 : pr&tura, Cic. Cat. 3. 6 : yet we also find abdicare
magistratum, e. g. dictaturam, Liv. 6. 18. Excedere^/zwT/ws,
Caes. B. G. 4. 18 : ex ephebis, Ter. Andr. 1. 1. 24: ex pueris,
Cic. Arch. 3, to cease being a child : excedere e vita, Cic. Off*.
1. 43, to die: also vita, without e, Cic. Tusc. 1. 13. So exce-
dere pugna, pralio, to retire from the fight, when one is wounded
&c. : e. g. prcdio, Caes. B. G. 2. 25 : or e pralio, ibid. 4. 33 :
pugna, ibid. 3. 4: ex acie, Nep. Hann. 4: via, Liv. 24. 20:
ex via, Caes. B. G. 5. 19: loco, ibid. B. C. 1. 44: ex loco,
Terent. And. 4. 4. 21. So egredi officio, to overstep his duty,
Ter. Phorm. 4. 5. 10 : egredi urbe, Suet. Aug. 23 : ex urbe,
Cic. Cat. 1. 8 : ab urbe, Suet. Claud. 23 : navi, Caas. B. G.
4. 2, or e navi, Cic. Vatin. 5 : eiicere urbe, e. g. Nep. Cim. 2,
possessores veteres urbe insulaque eiecit : Caes. B. G. 4. 15,
Germani se e castris eiecerunt : demigrare de oppidis, Caes. B.
G. 4. 19 : ex adificiis, ibid. 4 : ex imula, Nep. Milt. 2 : loco,
Plaut. Amph. 1. 1. 85 : emigrare domo or ex domo: e vita,
Cic. Leg. 2. 19 : pedem porta non efFerre, Cic. Att. 6. 8, Bi-
bulus, qui pedem porta non plus extulit quam domo sua: exci-
dere ; e. g. excidit e manibus victoria, Cic. ad Brut. 10 : exci-
dere e memoria, to escape the memory, Liv. 27. 3 : Terent.
Andr. 2. 5. 12, uxore excidit: Ovid. Met. 7. 172, quod excidit
orepio scelus? soexcidere animo ; Virg. /En. 1. 26 (30) necdum
etiam causae irarum saevique dolores exciderant animo (lunonis)
unless perhaps this be the dative, as Cic. ad Div. 5. 13. 3, quae
cogitatio cum mihi non omnino excidis?et : excidere ausis, to
Of the Ablative. 139
fail in, not to be prosperous in our attempts : of Phaeton, Ovid.
Met. 2. 528, magnis tamen excidit ausis : so fine, Quintil. 2.
17 : decidere de spe : Terent. Heaut. 2. 3. 9, vas misero mihi,
quanta de spe decidi ! from what great hope have L fallen ! To
these belongs exsolvere aliquem periculo ; abstinere aliqua re ;
abstinere se or manum a re and re, which are very common :
e. g. manus a se, Cic. Tusc. 4. 37 : se scelere, Cic. Phil. 2. 3 :
abstinere maledicto, Cic. ibid. : supersedere re to be exempt
from, to spare one's self, is very common : as supersedere labore
itineris, to spare one's self the fatigue of a journey, Cic. ad Div.
4. 2. 10 : supersede istis verbis, Plaut. Poen. 1. 3. 5, spare
those words : also with an infinitive : Liv. 21. 40, supersedissem
loqui apud vos. To these belongs abundare aliqua re : see soon
after, n. III. Here much depends on usage: e. g. inesse can
scarcely be found with an ablative, although in governs one :
but we either find in repeated, or it is followed by a dative ; as
Terent. Andr. 5. 2. 16, tristis severitas inest in vultu : ibid.
Eun. 1. 1. 14, in amore hsec omnia insunt vitia : Cic. Amic.
21, digni sunt amicitia, quibus in ipsis inest causa, cur diligantur :
and elsewhere, e. g. Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 42 : Cic. ad Div. 5.
15 : with a dative it is as usual, e. g. huic rei insunt multa
vitia: so universitati, Cic. Nat. Deor. 1.43: and elsewhere,
e. g. Sail. Cat. 40: Ovid. Her. 17. 130: Fast. 4. 688: Am.
1. 14.31 : Piin. H. N. 10. 36.
Observations.
1.) It is self-evident, that with verbs thus compounded of a,
ex, de, these ablatives can only be used, when the question
from what? whence? or out of what? applies. When other
relations are expressed these verbs are followed by other prepo-
sitions and cases : e. g. descendere in forum, to go down to the
market-place : this is a common expression, because the market
was in a low situation : unless it simply means to go to the
market, without any notion of descent, as we find descendere
in rostra, Cic. Off. 3. 20, Ed. Graev. : domum abire, to go
home, Liv. 2. 37 : abire in ora hominum pro ludibrio, Liv. 2.
36, to pass* into people's mouths : abire in semen, to run to seed,
140 Of the Ablative.
speaking of plants, Plin. H. N. 21. 12 : so, exire in semen, ibid. :
abire ad deos, Cic. Tusc. 1. 14 : degredi in campum : equites
degressi ad pedes, having dismounted, Liv. 3. 62: deducere in
portum, Liv. 24. 1 : evocare ad colloquium, ibid. : ut Rhegium de-
veherentur, ibid. : deferre naves in terram, ibid. : elici ad pug-
nam, Liv. 26. 7 : evadere in muros, Liv. 4. 34 : egredi in terram,
Cic. Verr. 5. 51 : ad portam, to the door, Liv. 33. 47 : exire
ad bell um civile, Cic. ad Div. 2. 16. 10 : exire in vulgus, Nep.
Dat. 6, to spread abroad amongst the people, to become
known
2.) We also find excedere, exire, egredi with an accusative ;
as, a) excedere, Liv. 2. 37, factoque senatus consulto, ut urbem
excederent Volsci : some think that extra is understood : mo-
dum excedere, to exceed the measure, often occurs in Livy :
e. g. 2. 2 : 2. 3 : fidem excedere, in Velleius : b) exire : e. g.
tela, to parry off, to yield in battle : Virg. l&n. 5. 438, corpore
tela modo atque oculis vigilantibus exit : c) egredi, e. g.Jiu-
men, to pass a river, Sail. lug. 101, egojiumen Mulucham noa
egrediar; where some think that trans, ultra, or extra is under-
stood, but unnecessarily: so urbem egredi, Liv. 1. 29 : 3. 57 :
22. 6. Sometimes extra follows : as Nep. Hann. 5, ut egredi
extra vallum nemo sit ausus : so extra after excedere, Liv. 9- 23,
ferte signa in hostem : ubi extra vallum agmen excesserit, cas-
tra, quibus imperatum est, incendant. We also find an accu-
sative after other verbs, which are compounded of a preposition
that governs an ablative ; as, abhorrere aliquid, aversari aliquem,
praevenire aliquem, desperare aliquid. Some have both dative
and accusative ; as, hoc me deficit, hoc mihi deficit : further,
praecedere, praecellere, praecurrere, praeire, praestare to excel),
praevertere : some a dative only ; which we considered before,
of the Dative, Sect. VI. 4. n. VII. VIII. IX. X.
III.) The ablative without a preposition, is used with verbs
which denote plenty or want of any thing: 1.) plenty; as
abundare divitiis, copia frumenti : also abundare pr&ceptis phi-
losophiae, Cic. Off. 1. 1 : which is very usual: redundare to
overflow, to be abundant; e. g. Cic. ad Div. 3. 10. 14, praeser-
Of the Ablative. 141
tim cum tu omnibus vel ornamentis, vel prtuidii* redundares.
To these some add fluo; e. g. Liv. 38. 17, fluuntsWore et lassi-
tudine membra, drip with sweat; which scarcely belongs to
this place. But adfluere aliqua re y to overflow with any thing,
often occurs : e. g. voluptatibus, Cic. Fin. 2. 28 : divitiis, ho-
nore, Lucret. 6. 12 : Cic. Arch. 3, celebri quondam urbe et
copiosa atque eruditissimis hominibus liberalissimisque studiis
adfluenti, i. e. redundante : diffluere, e.g. Cic. Off. 1.30,quam
sit turpe diffluere luxuria, et delicate ac molliter vivere, to be
dissolved in luxury : circumfluere rebus, to have an abundance,
Cic. Verr. 3. 4: scatere to be full, to sprinkle over, is used
with an ablative, Mela 1. 9, Nilus scatet piscibus : Plaut. Aul.
3. 6. 22, si vino scateat : Plin.H.N. 3.3, metallis scatet Hispania :
manare to flow, Cic. Div. 1.34, Herculis simulacrum multo
sudore manavit, dripped with much sweat : 2.) want ; as,
egere and indigere re, to want any thing, are very usual: Cic.
Off. 2. 20, malo virum, qwpecwua egeat, quam pecuniam, quae
viro: oculis, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 57: consilio, Cic. ad Div. 10.
16 : Nep. Att. 21, ut annos triginta medicina non indiguisset :
Cic. Rose. Com. 15, magis mea adolescentia indiget illorum
bona existimatione : so Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 3 : Ca3s. B. C. 2. 35 :
carere not to have, to be without, to miss : e. g.febri, to be
without fever, Cic. ad Div. 16. 15 : culpa without fault: sensu
doloris without feeling of pain : dolore, Cic. Amic. 6 : culpa,
Terent, Hec. 4. 4. 41 : voluptatibus, Cic. Senect. 3 : crimine,
Cic. Ligar. 2 : vitiis to be free from defects or vices : carere
hoc re cogor, I am compelled to dispense with this : facile careo
ista re, facile re possum carere: e. g. Nep. Phoc. 1, si ipse his
facile careret, if himself could easily dispense with them : carere
foro, Cic. Mil. 7, not to go into public: carere publico, Cic.
ibid.: luceforensi, Cic. Brut. 8: carere senatu, not to go into
the senate, Cic. Mil. 7 : patria, to be out of one's country, in
exile : these are the most usual significations : carere does not
mean to want : vacare, properly, to be empty, free from any
thing ; as vacare culpa magnum est solatium, Cic. ad Div. 7.
3. 14: Cic. Off. 1. 19, sed ea animi elatio, qua? cernitur in pe-
riculis, si iustitia vacat, if it be destitute of justice: ibid.
142 Of the Ablative.
nihil enim honestum esse potest, quod iustitia vacat; yet we often
find vacare a: e. g. vacareametu &c periculis, Liv. 7. 1 : Caes.
B. C. 3. 25, haec a custodibus classium loca maxime vacabant :
Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. l,abomnicurationeetadministrationererum
vacant, and elsewhere. Note : Vacare is often also used with-
out an ablative ; as, agri vacant, the fields lie empty, desolate :
also vacat, impersonally : vacat mihi. We also find vacare rei,
to be devoted to any thing, e. g. literis : properly, to be at liberty
from all other pursuits, so as to be given to that alone : this in-
stance does not belong to our present subject, but is mentioned
here to avoid confusion. Finally, to these belongs deficere, where
it means, to be weak, to faint ; as, deficere viribus, ammo : e. g.
Cic. Rose. Am. 4, tamen ammo non deficiam, ] will not faint
in spirit : also in the passive ; Cic. Cluent. 65, mulier abundat
audacia : consilio et ratione deficitur, abounds in audacity, is
deficient in judgement and counsel : Tibull. 2.5. 76, sol defectus
famine, i.e. carens lumine, obscuratus.
Observation.
Egeo and indigeo are also often used with a genitive : e. g.
Cic. ad Att. 7. 22, egeo consilii : simedicinte, Cic. ad Div. 9.
3 : Ter. And. 5. 3. 19, quasi tu huius indigeas pam : consilii,
Cic. Att. 12. 35: artis, Cic. Or. 1. 34: ingenii, Cic. ad Div.
6. 4. Also careo is sometimes used with a genitive ; Ter. Heaut.
2. 4. 20, prasterquam tui carendum quod erat, for te : Nsev. ap.
Gell. 19- 7. Also scateo and abundo; e. g. terra scatit (for
scatet) ferarum, Lucret. 5. 40: fons scatit dulcis aquai, for
aqua, ibid. 6. 891 : Xanthippe irarum et molestiarum mu-
liebrium scatebat, Gell. 1. 17 : quarum abundamus rerum, Lu-
cil. ap. Non. 9' 6 : abundans with a genitive, Nep. Eum. 8 :
Virg. Eel. 2. 20. We also find careo, egeo, indigeo, scateo,
with pronouns of the neuter gender, as id, quod, quidquam &c. :
e. g. Plaut. Men. 1. 2. 12, nee quidquam eges ; which, how-
ever, is not surprising, nor is it to be imitated, as we remarked
when considering the accusative. Akopauca egebat, Sail. lug.
98. (103), according to Wasse; but Ed. Cort. has quaerebat :
Of the Ablative. 143
so indigere, e. g. nihil, Varr. L. L. 4. 17 : Apul. Met. 1. p. 1 13.
Elmenh. : qui nos indigent, Afran. ap. Non. 9. 19 * careo, e.g.
id, Plaut. Cure. 1. 2. 46 : meos parentes careo, Turpil. ap. Non.
6. 104 : 9. 5 : scateo, e. g. id tuus scatet animus, Plaut. Pers.
2. 1 . 9, for ea re.
IV.) The ablative without a preposition is used with verbs of
filling, loading, burdening, satisfying, enriching, &c., to the ques-
tion wherewith ? Such verbs are, impleo, compleo, expleo, op-
pleo, suppleo to supply, satio, saturo, farcio, refercio to cram
full, ingurgito, cumulo, augeo, locupleto, obruo 8cc. : e. g. cu-
mulare beneficiis, to load with benefits : obruere aliquem lapidi-
busj augere aliquem honor ibus, divitiis &c : which were consi-
dered under the question wherewith ? Yet some of them for
instance, impleo, compleo, expleo, saturo, obsaturo after the
Greek idiom, sometimes take a genitive to the question where-
with? as Plaut. Men. 5. 5. 3, parasitus, qui me complevit^a-
gitii et formidinis : complere urbes ararum, Lucret. 5. 1161,
and elsewhere; e. g. Plaut. Amph. 1.2.9 : 4. 1.8: Cic. ad Div.
9. 18, implere ollam denariorum: Liv. 1. 46, aliquem implere
temeritatis : Liv. 5. 28, aliquem religionis : Liv. 10. 4, implere
hostesfuga et formidinis : Virg. JEn. 1. 215 (219), implentur
veteris Bacchi (i.e. vini) pinguisque/m'//<z : ibid. 2. 586, aui-
mumque explesse iuvabit ultricisflamnKK : Plaut. Stich. 1.1. 18,
has res vita me saturant, make me sick of life : Terent. Heaut.
4. 7. 29, nae tu propediem istius obsaturabere, will soon be sick
of him.
V.) Verbs of freeing, acquitting &c., have an ablative to the
question from what ? Yet some also have a : e. g. liberare ali-
quem re and a re : both are very common : e. g. aliquem culpa,
Cic. Att. 13. 22 : invidia, Cic. Nat. Deor. 1.6: suspicione, Cic.
ad Div. 1.2: periculo, Caes. B. C. 3. 83 : obsidione, ibid. B.G.
4. 19 : ab ornni erratione, Cic. Univ. 6 : a quartana, Cic. Att.
10. 15 : a scelere, Cic. Marc. 5 : also ex ; e. g. ex incommodis,
Cic. Verr, 5. 9 : so solvo, to untie, loose, free, with an ablative,
and with a; e.g. comas cosside. Ovid. Fast. 3. 2: redimicula
collo, ibid. 4. 136 : rates litore, Lucan. 4. 583 : rates a liiore,
144 Of the Ablative.
ibid. 2. 649 : civitatem religione, Cic. Caecin. 34 : rempubli-
cam religione, Liv. 7. 3 : aliquein dementia, Hor. Epod. 17. 4:
aliquem legibus, Liv. 2 1 . 50 : Cic. Rah. Post. 5, i. e. to give a
dispensation from : so, solvi legibus, to be exempt from the laws,
is very usual: e. g. Liv. 10. 13 : also solvere navem (or naves)
sc. liiore, Liv. 45. 6 : Ca3s. B. G. 4. 36 : B. C. 1. 28 : 3. 6 :
Nep. Hann. 8, to set sail : for which solvere, by itself, is used,
Cic. Off. 3. 12 : Cic. ad Div. 16. 9 ' exsolvere se suspicions,
Ter. Hec. 4. 2. 23 : 5. 2. 26, to free himself from suspicion :
so occupationibus, Cic. ad Div. 7. 1 : populum religione, Liv.
3. 20 : aliquem are alieno, Liv. 6. 14 : vinculis aliquem, Plaut.
True. 4. 3. 10 : pugionem a latere, Tac. Hist. 3. 68 : se e ner-
vis, Lucret. 3. 696 : relaxare se occupationibus, to free one's self
from business, e. g. Cic. ad Div. 7- 1. 16, quibus (occupationi-
bus molestissimis) si me relaxaro : nam, ut plane exsolv am, non
postulo : se occupatione relaxare, Cic. Att. 16. 16 : laxare se
molestiis, Cic. ad Div. 5. 14. Luce. : animumai adsiduis labo-
ribus, Liv. 32. 5 : expedire se, to set himself at liberty ; e. g.
cura, Ter. Phorm. 5. 4. 4 : arumnis, from trouble, Ter. Hec. 3.
1.8: crimine, ibid. 5. 1. 28 : se ab omni occupatione expedire,
Cic. Att. 3. 20 : se ex laqueis, Cic. Verr. 2. 42. To these some
also add levchre, which properly means, to lighten ; and thence
levare aliquem onere, cura &c., means, literally, to lighten one of
a burden, of care &c., and so partly to free him from it : e. g.
se (Ere alieno liber are aut levare, Cic. Att. 6. 2 : me molestia
levarunt ; utinam omnino liber assent, Cic. ad Div. 16. 9 : hence
in general, to free, to deliver ; e. g. se infamia, Cic. Verr. 3. 6l :
aliquem metu, Liv. 3. 22 : animos religione, Liv. 21. 62 : ali-
quem fasce, Virg. Eel. 9. 65 : also with a genitive ; e. g. me om-
nium laborum levas, Plaut. Rud. 1. 4. 27. That all these verbs
take also an accusative is quite manifest : e. g. solvere funem,
to loose, to let go the rope : debitum, to discharge the debt :
so exsolvere, expedire, rem, negotia, to disentangle from its dif-
ficulties, hindrances ; thence, to place in good circumstances :
levare onus, to lighten a burden.
VI.) Verbs of robbing, spoiling, depriving, take an ablative
Of the Ablative. 145
of the thing of which a person is deprived : as privare, spoliare,
orbare, aliquem aliqua re, vestibus &c. : privare aliquem vita,
Cic. Phil. 9- 4 : Cic. Rab. Perd. 3 : aliquem somno, Cic. Att.
Q. 10 : se oculiSf Cic. Fin. 5. 29, and elsewhere : spoliare ali-
quem vesle, Nep. Thras. 2 : aliquem omni argento, Cic. Verr.
4. 17: dignitate, Cic. Mur. 41 : rz'fa, Virg. JEn. 6. l6S; and
elsewhere: orbare, e.g. aliquem sensibus, Cic. Acad. 1.23:
Italiam iuventute, Cic. Pis. 24, and elsewhere : so in the passive,
privari rebus suis, capite : orbari parentibus, liberis : spoliari
reb?is&c. : Cic. Off. 1. I0,jilio orbatus : Cic. Cluent. 15, mater
orbata j/2*o. Note : Privare is also used with a genitive ; e. g.
me privas tui, Afran. ap. Non. 9. 6 : also with an accusative ;
e. g. res vis hanc privari pulckras, Nsev. ibid, for rebus pulchris.
VII.) Teneor, [ am held or bound to any thing in duty &c.,
is followed by an ablative ; as, teneri legibus, poena, iureiurando
&c. : Cic. Off. 3. 27, quamdiu iureiurando hostium teneretur,
non esse se senatorem, that as long as he was bound by the oath
to the enemy &c. : Cic. ad Q. Fi. 2. 3, lexque de iis ferretur,
ut, qui non discessissent, ea pana, qua? est de vi, tenerentur,
should be liable to that punishment 8tc. : Cic. Harusp. 8, eos
lege de vi teneri : so, tenenfoedere, Liv. 24.9- Note : With
the genitive, Cic. Leg. 3. 13, nisi cupiditatis eiusdem tene-
rentur: sofurti, Pand. 6. 1. 4, i. e. to be guilty of: also with
in, e. g. inpeccatu (for peccato) manifesto tenebatur, Cic. Verr.
2. 78; where however it may be translated, he was in an evident
transgression : so, ineofoedere teneantur, Liv. 1. 52; where we
may read, iam eo fcedere : tenere also occurs with an infinitive,
Plaut. Merc. 1. 1. 52, omnes tenerent mutui tanti credere, all
should beware of lending me money.
Note : 1 .) Teneor with an infinitive ; e. g. facere, I am bound
to any thing, apparently is not used amongst the ancients :
2.) obstringi is also used with an ablative ; Cic. Verr. 5. 14, sic
eos (magistratus) accepi, ut me omnium officiorum religione
obstrictum arbitrarer, that I thought myself bound to &c. : so
legibus, Cic. Invent. 2. 45 : obstringere aliquem iureiurando,
VOL. jr. L
146 Of the Ablative.
Cres. B. G. 1. 31 : fader e, Cic. Pis. 13: also obligari, e. g.
fadere, Liv. 38. 33 : obligare aliquem sponsione, Liv. 9. 11 :
vadem tribus millibus aeris, Liv. 3. 13 : also with a dative ; e.g.
hereditas obligat nos &ri alieno, Pand. 29. 2. 8 : also with in;
e. g. obligare fidem in aliquid, Liv. 30. 12 : so, in acta alicuius,
Suet. Tib. 47.
VIII.) Adficio (of which the exact sense is unknown) has,
besides an accusative of the person, an ablative of the thing ; as,
adficere aliquem dolore, to affect one with trouble, to trouble :
honor e, to treat one with honour : 1&litia, to occasion one joy :
pra/niis, to reward : testimonio, to bear one witness : pozna, to
punish : gram pana, to punish severely : ignominia, to disgrace :
lau de, to praise : honoribus, to honour : muneribus, to endow :
beneficiis f to do good offices to. Examples everywhere occur :
e. g. aliquem benejicio, Cic. Agr. 1. 4: pr&mio, Cic. Pis. 37 :
honoribus, Cic. Mil. 29: dolore, Cic. ad Div. 6. 19 : l&titia,
Cic. Mil. 28 : ignominia, Cic. Rose. Am. 39: p(zna,ib\d.:
iniuria, Terent. Phorm. 5. 1.3, i. e. to do injustice to : laude,
Cic. Off'. 2. 13 : gloria, Plaut. Amph. 5. 2. 20 : morte, to kill,
Cic. Invent. 1. 25 : sepultura, to bury, Cic. Div. 1. 27 : exsiho,
Cic. Par. 4 : admiratione, Cic. Off. 3. 10, to astonish : stipendia,
Cic. Balb. 27, i. e. to give pay to : nomine, Cic. Deiot. 5 : Cic.
Top. 25 : to give a name to : macula, Cic. Rose. Am. 39, to
stain. So also in the passive ; as, adfici latitia, to be rejoiced :
dolore, to be troubled : laude, to be praised : ignominia, to be
disgraced : beneficiis, to be benefited : vulnere, Cass. B. C. 3.
46, to be wounded : metu adfici, Cic. Verr. 5. 38, to be fright-
ened : adfectus audacia, i.e. pra?ditus, Terent. Phorm. 5. 7-
84 : virtutibus,vitiis, Cic. Partit. 10 : magno animo, Cic. Verr.
3. 24.
IX.) Induo, exuo, dono, impertio, adspergo, inspergo, inter-
cludo, circumdo ; piohibeo, have either an accusative of the per-
son with an ablative of the thing, or a dative of the person with
an accusative of the thing : as, induo me veste, induo mihi ves-
tem : exuo me veste, exuo mihi vestem. Yet both these verbs,
when they do not mean the precise putting on or oft' of clothes,
Of the Ablative. 147
admit only an accusative of the person and an ablative of the
thing : as Cres. B. G. 7. 73, se ipsi acutissimisvallis induebant,
not sibi vallos : so, exuere hostem impediments, castris, to de-
prive the enemy of his baggage, his camp, is usual ; but not ex-
uere hosti castra. Yet donare aliquem libro, alicui librum, are
indifferently used ; as in English, to present one with a book,
or to present a book to one : impertire aliquem salute, alicui sa~
lutem : adspergere aliquem labe, alicui labem. So also prohi-
bere : Plaut. Cure. 5. 2. 7, parentes meos mihi prohibeas ? Ca3S.
B. C. 3. 2 1, eum consul senatu prohibuit ; yet the latter is more
common : we also find prohibere aliquem a re, which is com-
mon in Cicero and Ca3sar. Thus also intercludere : Cass. B.
G. 1. 48, uti frumento commeatuque Casarem intercluderet :
ibid. 7. 11, angu.stia3 multitudini fugam intercluserant : see
above, of the Dative, n. IX.
X.) Florere, to be in good circumstances with respect to
any thing, to be foremost or eminent in any thing, and laborare,
to suffer pain in any thing, to labour or be oppressed, are con-
tinually used with an ablative ; as, florere divitiis, to be very
rich : exMmatione, dignitate, to be in good repute : gratia, to
be much liked, Cic. ad Div. 4. 3 : laudibus,fama, nominis ce-
lebritate, to be much praised, to be in great honour : atate, to
be in one's prime : studiis et artibus, Cic. ad Div. 4. 13 : mul-
tis virtutibus ac benejiciis, Cic. Verr. 5. 49. These ablatives,
properly, should all be explained by, through, on account of, as
to : Cic. ad Div. 2. 13. 3, cur mihi uonin optatis sit complecti
hominem florentem atate, opibus, honoribus, ingenio, liberis,pro-
pinquis, adfinibus, amicis &c., a man who is very fortunate as
to age, property &c. : florere in re, Cic. ad Div. 1.9: Nep.
Epam. 5 : laborare frigore,fame &c., to suffer from cold, hunger
&c., or briefly to freeze, to hunger : the first occurs Colum. 2.
10, the last, Pliri. H. N. 17. 24: morbo laborare, to suffer from
sickness, Cic. Fin. 1. 18 : podagra. Martial. 1. 99- 1 : annona,
Liv. 3. 32 : odio, Liv. 6. 2, to be hated : vitiis, Liv. 34. 4, di-
versisque duobus vitiis, avaritia et luxuria, civitatem laborare,
the state suffers from two opposite faults &c. So Livy in his
L2
148 Of the Ablative.
preface, speaking of Rome, says, qua? eo creverit, ut iam
magnitudine laboret sua, that it now suffers from its greatness.
Sometimes a or ex is used ; as, laborare ex invidia, Cic. Rose.
Am. 51 : Cic. Cluent. 7i : ex pedibm, Cic. ad Div. Q.23, to
have the gout : ex renibus, Cic. Tusc. 2. 25, to suffer from the
stone : e dolore, Terent. And. 1 . 5. 33 : utero, Hor. Od. 3. 22, to
be in labour: ex intestinis, Cic. ad Div. 26, to have the dysen-
tery : ex inscientia, Cic. Invent. 2. 2 : ex are alieno, Cass. B. C.
2. 6 : laborare a re frumentaria, to be in difficulty about sup-
plies (of food), Ca3s. B. G. 7- 10 : afrigore, Plin. H. N. 32. 10 :
also with ob ; e. g. ob avaritiam et ambitione, Hor. Sat. 1. 4.
26 ; where the double construction is remarkable : also without
a, ex, or an ablative ; e. g. Caes-. B. G. 4. 26 : 7. 6? : B. C. 2.
6 : te prorsus laborare sc. morbo, Cic. Att. 7. 2.
XI.) Cerni and verti require attention in the following signi-
fications : res cernitur eo, in eo, the thing consists in that : e. g.
virtutes cernuntur in agenda, Cic. Partit. 22 : causa certis per-
sonis, locis cernitur, Cic. Top. 21 : res vertitur in eo, the thing
depends thereon, the thing rests in that : both may be imitated :
Liv. 37. 7, sed totum id vertitur in voluntate Philippi, but it
all depends on the will of Philip : in eo vertitur spes civitatis,
on that rests the hope of the state, Liv. 4. 31 : res vertitur in eo,
Liv. 1.30: cf. 4. 31 : 32. 15: puncto sa?pe temporis maxima-
rum rerum momenta verti, Liv. 3. 27. Verti often means, to
be, to be situated, e. g. Cic. Verr. Act. 1. 7.
XII.) Verbs of buying, selling, agreeing, hiring, renting &c.,
are used with an ablative to the question for what? or at what
price ? e. g. emi librum tribus denariis : Terent. And. 2. 6. 20,
vix drachmis est obsonatus decem, he scarcely marketed for ten
drachmas : vendere aliquid pecunia grandi, Cic. Sext. 26 : se
vendere trecentis talent is, Cic. Pis. 34 : Virg. ^En. 6. 621, ven-
didit hie auro patriam, sold his country for gold : Nep. Pra?f.
nulla Laceda3inoni tarn est nobilis vidua qua3 non ad scenam
eat met cede conducta, for a stipulated price : so veneo, e. g. pur-
puras libra centum venibat denariis, Nep. ap. Plin. H. N. 9. 39 :
cf. Hor. Sat. 2. 2. 23 : and so with others ; as redimere, con-
Of the Ablative. 149
ducere, to rent or hire, e. g. agrum viginti aureis : locare, to
let out to hire : addicere alicui aliquid, to knock down anything
at an auction, e. g. panels sestertiis, numo Sec. : licet, it is for
sale, e. g. tribus denariis. These verbs are especially often used
with the ablative pretio ; as Ter. Adelph. 2. 2. 11, ego spem
pretio non emo, I do not buy hope for money : venclere aliquid
suo pretio, Plaut. Pers. 4. 4. 30 : Phaed. 4. 24. 6, certoconduxit
pretio, he (Simonides) undertook it, i. e. to write a poem, at a
fixed price : particularly with the following adjectives, magno,
permagno, tanto, quanto, parvo, plurimo, ndnimo, vili, paululo,
wmio,dimidio, tantulo, duplo&c. : e.g. Cic. Verr. 4. 60, et parvo
pretio ea, quae accepisset a maioribus, vendidisse atque alienasse,
to have sold at a low price: Ca3s. B. G. 1. 18, reliqua omnia
JEduorum vectigalia, parvo pretio redemta habere, to have all
the other taxes of the ./Edui farmed out at a low price : so we
may say, magno pretio emere, vendere, locare, conducere, to buy,
sell, let, hire, at a high price : Cic. Invent. 2. 1, magno pretio
conductum adhibuerunt, they made use of the painter Zeuxis,
hired at a high rate : so vili, parvo pretio, at a low price, cheap;
minori pretio, at a less price, cheaper ; minimo pretio, at the
least price, e. g. emere, vendere &c. : so, licet parvo pretio , it is
offered to sale at a low price, Martial. 6. 6,5. However, this
ablative pretio is mostly omitted by the ancients ; they say, e. g.
vendere magno, parvo &c. : Cic.Verr.3. \9, magno tu decumas
vendidisti, dear : ibid. 53, cur non ita magno vendidisti ? ibid.
39, permagno decumas vendidisti : conducere domum nonmag-
no, to hire a house cheaply, Cic. Coel. 7 : vendere quam plu-
rimo, at the highest rate, Cic. Verr. 3. 53 : Cic. Off. 3. 12 : so,
venire quam plurimo (from veneo), Cic. ad Div. 7-2. 1 : so,
tantulo venire, e.g. Cic. Rose. Am. 45, deinde, cur tantulo ve-
nierint, why were they sold for so little : cum magno venissent,
Cic. Verr. 3. 39 : emere magno, Cic. Att. 13. 29 : parvo, ibid. :
minimo addicere aliquid alicui, Suet. Cass. 5 : redimere se, to
redeem one's self, is used with the same ablative ; as Terent.
Eun. 1.1. 29, quid agas? nisi ut te redimas captum quam
queas minimo: sPnequeas paululo, at quanti queas, what canst
thou do, but redeem thyself from captivity at the lowest price
150 Of the Ablative.
thou canst ? if thou canst not for little, yet for as little as thou
canst: in which place the genitive quantifor quanta should be
noticed, of which usage we shall speak immediately. Note :
Frequently instead of these ablatives magno, parvo, quanto &c.,
the genitives magni, parvi, tanti, quanti, pluris, minoris &c., are
used : e. g. Cic. Oft'. 3. 14, emit homo cupidus et locuples
tanti, quanti Pythius voluit, bought it as dear, as Pythius
wished : Cic. ad Div. 7. 2, illud minoris veneat : Cic. Verr. 3.
39, quanti venierant: ibid. 53, dixit quanti cuiusque agri de-
cumas vendiderit, at what price: Cic. Off. 3. !2', vendo meum
(frumentum) non pluris (dearer) quam ceteri, fortasse etiam
minoris (cheaper) : Cic. Verr. 3. 19, cum dices, te pluris, quam
ceteros, decumas vendidisse : emere minoris aut pluris, Cic.
Verr. 4.7. Note. Instead of these ablatives we also find adverbs;
as care, dearly ; carius } more dearly ; e. g. care emere, carius 9
Cic. Dom. 44 : so, care vendere : we should especially notice
bene emere, Cic. Att. 1. 13, to buy well or cheap: bene ven-
dere, to sell well, i. e. dear: so quam optime vendere, to sell ex-
ceedingly well, e. g. Cic. Off. 3. 12 : recte vendere, to sell well
or dear, occurs Cic. Verr. 3. 98. On the contrary, male ven-
dere, to sell ill, i. e. too low, occurs ibid. : male emere, Cic.
Att. 2. 4 : also pulchre occurs for recte, bene ; e. g. pulchre
vendere, Plaut. Pers. 4. 4. 31. Thus in English, to buy well,
i. e. cheap ; to sell well, i. e. dear &c.
Observations.
We may here notice some other verbs :
1.) Stare, to stand in or cost so much, is used with an abla-
tive of the price : e. g. Liv. 23. 30, multoque sanguine ac vul-
neribus ea Pcenis victoria stetit, that victory cost the Carthagi-
nians much blood and many wounds : Liv. 34. 50, quod Poly-
bius scribit, centum talentiseam rem Achasis stetisse, that thing
cost the Acha3ans a hundred talents : magno detrimcnto statu-
rum, Liv. 3. 60 : stare magno pretio, to cost much, to stand a
person in much, as is said in English: Hor. Sat. 1. 2. 122,
Of the Ablative. 151
quae neque magno stetpretio : also stare parvo, \v\thouipretio;
e. g. Virg. jEn. 1 0. 494, hand illi stabant JEneia parvo hospitia,
his hospitality to /Eneas will stand him in no little, will cost him
dear, i.e. will occasion him the loss of his son : quanta stetit,
Ovid. Fast. 2. 82: magno, Val. Max. 5. 6. 1. It occurs with
the genitive, Senec. de Ira, 1. 2, nulla pestis humano generi
pluris stetit. Note : We here take occasion to remark, stare
promissis, conditionibus &c., to stand to one's promises, agree-
ments &c., though it does not belong to this place.
2.) Constare also signifies to cost, to stand in so much ; as
minoris, to cost less : Cic. Att. 13.29, prope dimidio minoris
constabit, will cost less by nearly a half: Ovid. Her. 7. 47, pre-
tiosaodia, etconstantia magno, and costing much : so also tanto,
Plin. H. N. 12. 18: quadringentis millibus, Varr. R. R. 2. 1.
15 : morte, Cses. B. G. 7. 19 : also with adverbs ; e. g. vilissime,
Colum. 8. 1.6: gratis, Cic. Verr. 5. 19? cost nothing. Note :
We here remark, constare mente, to continue in one's senses,
still to be master of one's understanding, Cic. Tusc. 4. 17, mente
vix constat : non constat ei color, neque wilt us, Liv. 39- 34,
neither his colour nor look is steady : which instances do not
belong to this place.
3.) Esse, to let for, to be worth, to cost, to be sold for any
price, is used with a substantive in the ablative, as denario,
sestertiis, and with a neuter adjective in the genitive, as tanti &c.:
e.g. Cic. Verr. 3.75, tanti enim est illo tempore medimnum,
for so much at that time is the measure worth : ibid, fuit autein
te prastore sestertiis duobus, but it cost two sesterces in thy
praetorship : ibid, sed fuerit sestertiis tribus: multo minoris sunt
(horti), Cic. Att. 13. 29. Also with other genitives; e. g. dena-
rium, Cic. Off. 3. 23 : an emat denario, quod sit mille denarium,
i.e. denariorum r shall he buy for one denarius, what is worth a
thousand ? So esse is used figuratively with the genitives magrii,
quanti Sic. ; as, magni esse apud aliquem, to be much valued by
any one, Cic. ad Div. 13. 72 : see before, of the Genitive, Sect.
V. 3. n. 2.
XIII.) JEstimarc aliquem or aliquid, to value or estimate a
152 Of the Ablative.
person or thing : a) with ex, i. e. according to : aestimare ex ali-
qua re, to value or rate according to any thing; e. g. ex veritate,
Cic. Rose. Com. 10 : ex artificio, ibid. : or without ex, Cic.
Verr. .3. 9, deinde hasc expendite, atque {estimate pecuuia, and
then calculate their value in money : b) with a bare ablative
without ex, to denote how highly any thing is estimated ; e. g.
modium tribm sestertiis, Cic. Verr. 3. 92 : Nep. Milt. 7, ea lis
quinquaginta talentis aestimala est, i. e. that business, viz. the
indemnification of the expenses, was rated at fifty talents: so
Cic. -Verr. 4. 10, sestertiorum octodecim millibus lis aestimata
est: Cic. Verr. 3. 7-5, estenim modius sestertiis tribm aestimata.
So estimate magno, sc. pretio, Cic. Parad. 6. 3 : thence, figu-
ratively, in general to value highly ; e. g. Cic. Fin. 3. 3, nae ego
istam gloriosam memorabilemque virtutemnon magnovdstiman-
dam putem, can I think such virtue not to be highly valued ?
quid ? tu ista permagno aestimas ? Cic. Verr. 4. 7 : ass ti mare
nonnihilo, to value in some degree, not entirely to despise : Cic.
Fin. 4. 23, non quia sit bonum valere, sed quia sit nonnihilo
asstimaiidum : in such figurative expressions, aestimare, like fa-
cere, pendere, is often used with the genitives magni, parvi,
pluris, minoris ; as, Eestimare or facere aliquid magni, parvi &c.,
to rate it highly, meanly ; nihili, to value it at nothing : see be-
fore, of the Genitive, Sect. V. 3. n. II.
Note : So also pondei are, metiri aliquid aliqua re, to weigh
or measure, and hence to judge of: e. g. consilia eventis pon-
derare, to judge of counsels b}' their events, Cic. Rab. Post. 1 :
so also Cic. Or. 3. 37, atque is (delectus verborum) aurium
quodam iudicio ponderandus : and elsewhere; e.g. Cic. Casein.
21 : Cic. Verr. 1. 16: Cic. Font. 6 : also with ex, e. g. ex for-
tuna, Cic. Partit. 34 : Cic. Pis. 28, omnes res voluptate
metiri : Nep. Eum. 1, quod magnos homines virtute metimur,
non for tuna, according to their qualities, not their fortune : and
elsewhere; e. g. Nep. Att. 14 : Cic. Phil. 2. 34 : Cic. Tusc. 1.
27. We also find metiri ex re, e. g. Cic. ad Div. 10. 4. Plane.,
metiri ex conscientia. So iudicare aliqua re, e. g. Nep. Prasf. 3,
ornnia maiorum institutis iudicari : Nep. Att. 13, si utilitate
iudicandum est : Cic. Or. 3. 37, sed quodam sensu iudicatur ;
Of the Ablative. 153
though it here may mean, by a sort of feeling : aliquid non nu-
mero sed pondere, Cic. Oft*. 2. 22 : aliquid sensu oculorum, ra-
tione, Cic. Div. 2. 43. Yet we also find iudicare ex re, e. g. ex
aequo, according to equity, Cic. Caecin. 23 : aliquem ex aliorum
ingeniis, Terent. Eun. 1.2. 118: also a; e.g. a vero sensu, Cic.
ad Div. 11. 10. Brut.
XIV.) Collocare pecuniam in re, to lay out; e. g. in f undo,
domo 8cc., Cic. Casein. 5. Yet we also say, pecuniam collocare
fenort) to lend at interest, Cic. Flacc. 21 : Suet. Aug. 39 : fe-
nore sumere, to borrow on interest, Plaut. Asin. 1. 3. 95.
Also collocare filiam in matrimonium, Cic. Div. .1 . 46, to give
in marriage; for which collocare merely is used, Nep. Epam. 3 :
collocare milites in hibernis, Ca3s. B. G. 3. 29 : exercitum in
provinciam, Sail. lug. 6l.
XV.) Fidere, confidere, to trust, to confide in, take both a
dative and ablative to denote in what a man trusts or confides :
as fidere, couftdere, fortune, or fortuna, to trust on, or in, for-
tune. On the contrary, niti, to lean on, to depend on, takes an
ablative with or without in : niti alicuius consilio, auctoritate
&c., to depend on one's advice, authority. These are all usual
in the best writers ; the following are instances : a)Jido ; e. g.
sibi, Cic. Alt. 6. 6 : Hor. Epod. 4. 13 : nocti, Virg. JEn. 9. 378:
rebus suis, Cic. Att. 6. 8: prudentia, Cic. Off. 1. 23: hac
duce, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 4. ex Arat. : fuga, Virg. Georg.
3. 31 : fuga, ibid. lEn. 1 1. 35 1 : fidere in re, e. g. in mari fiden-
tes, Liv. 30. 10, where, however, it may be used adjectively,
and mean, confident, in good spirits ; as in other places, e. g.
Cic. Tusc. 3. 7, est fidens : also, fidere sibi in multitudine,
Auct. B. Afric. 19: b) confido, e.g.virtuti, Cic. Phil. 5. 1 :
area, Cic. Att. 1. 9: opibus, Caes. B. C. 2. 5 : natura loci,
ibid. 3. 9 : adjinitate, ibid. 3. 83 : facilitate, Cic. Rose. Com.
1 : firmitate corporis, Cic. Tusc. 5. 14 : c) nitor, e. g. baculo,
Ovid. Pont. 1. 8. 52: hastili, Cic. Rab. Perd. 5 : stirpibus
suis, Cic. Tusc. 5. 13 : muliercula, Cic. Verr. 5. 33 : mendacio,
Cic. Or. 2. 7 : aqmtate, Cic. Cluent. 57 : in vita alicuius, Cic.
Mil. 7 : ea, in quibus causa nititur, Cic. Ccel. 10 : tu eris unus,
154 Of the Ablative.
in quo nitatnr salus, Cic. Somn. Scip. 2 : coniectura, in qua ni-
titur flivinatio, Cic. Divin. 2. 26. They also say niti ad aliquid,
to strive after any thing ; as, cfd gloriam immortalem, Cic. Se-
nect. 23 : adsumma, Quintil. l.Praef. 20: ad optima, ibid. 12.
11 : ad victoriam, ibid. 10. 1. 29: ad sidera, Virg. Georg. 2.
427 : also in the same sense with in; as Ovid. Am. 3. 4. 17,
nitimur in vetitum : so also 2*71 medium, Lucret. 1. 1055 : in ad-
versum, Ovid. Met. 2. 72 : in aera pennis motis, ibid. Pont. 2.
7.27, i.e. to fly : in interiora, Plin. H. N. 2. 65. Also niti pro
aliquo, to undergo toil for any one, Liv. 35. 10: pro libertate,
Sail. lug. 31 : also with de ; e. g. de causa regia, Cic. ad Div.
1. 5. Whence it appears that different prepositions are used
according to the difference of significations. Niti is also used
with ut, Nep. Milt. 4 : with ?ie, Sail. lug. 13 : with an infini-
tive, Nep. Pelop. 2 :, Sail. lug. 25 : absolutely, e. g. simul ac
primum niti possunt, Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 48 : niti per loca, Pa-
cuv. ap. Non. 2. 320.
X VI.) Lsetari and gaudere, to rejoice, take an ablative to the
question in, for, at, what? e.g. laetor tuo adventu, at thy ar-
rival: gaudeo hac re, for this thing: gaudere bono, Cic. Marc.
6 : laetari dignitate, Cic. ad Div. 2. 9. De is omitted, which at
times also is expressed; as, gaudere de Bursa, Cic. ad Div. 7-
2, i.e. on account of, concerning : tetari de triumphis, Cic.
Marc. 2. So Cicero says, exsultare gaudio, to leap for joy, Phil.
2. 27 ; l&titia, Top. 22 : triumphare gaudio, Cluent. 5. Note :
a) There occurs, Cic. ad Div. 7. 1.2, utrumque laetor, I rejoice
for both, instead of utraque, or utraque re: so Manil. 1, illud
inprimis mihi l&tandwm iure esse video, for illo : Ovid. Pont. 1 . 8.
64, quod Ia3tor : Terent. And. 2. 2. 25, id gaudeo : cf. Eun. 5.8.
11: in which instances propter must be understood. We have
already observed, that from the use of these accusatives in the
neuter gender, we cannot infer that any verb with which they
are used generally governs an accusative : yet in this instance a
substantive in the accusative also occurs; gaudere alicuius gau-
dium, sc. propter, Cic. ad Div. 8. 2. Coel. : Terent. Andr. 5. 8. 5 :
and thus gaudere is often found with an accusative ; e. g. do-
Of the Ablative. 155
loretn alicuius, Cic. ad Div. 8.14. Ccel. : lituos, Stat. Theb. 9.
724 : fata alicuius, ibid. 4. 231 : b) laetor occurs with a geni-
tive, Virg. JEn. 11. 280, but associated with memini : nee ve-
tcrum memini l&torve ma/orum ; where it is uncertain whether
the genitive is governed by laBtor, or by memini, and so Iretor is
added without a case : yet we find gaudere elsewhere with a ge-
nitive ; e. g. voti, Apul. Met. 1. p. 113, Elmenh. : also in re,
in any thing: e. g. gaudere in funere fratris, Lucret. 3. 72: Ia3-
tari in omnium gemitu, Cic. Verr. ,5. 46: in hoc est laetatus,
quod &c., Cic. Phil. 11.4: c) to these are commonly added
delectari and oblectari aliqua re, to delight in any thing : but
they are really passives, and mean to be delighted by or through
any thing, as has been already noticed: both are usual; e. g.
delectari re, Cic. Pis. 20 : Cic. Q. Fr. 3. 3 : oblectari re, Cic.
Mur. 19: Cic. ad Div. 2. 16 : delectari in re, ibid. 6.4 : Cic.
Leg. 2. 7 : oblectari in aliquo homine, Terent. Ad. 1. 2. 23,
where in may be omitted : also delectari ab aliqua re, Cic. in
Cagcil. 13, whence it is plain that it is a passive : we also find
delectare se for delectari, oblectare se for oblectari.
XV I T.) Gloriari, to boast of, to glory in, takes an accusative
with and without de : as, gloriari de doctrina, or doctrina : e. g.
victoria, Cass. B. G. 1. 14: nominibtts, Cic. Or. 50: de divitiis,
Cic. Vatin. 12 : de vita misera aut beata, Cic. Fin. 3. 8. It is
also used with in : e. g. Cic. Nat. Deor. 3. 36, propter virtutem
enim iure laudamur : et in virtute recte gloriamur : so, in eo,
quod &c., Cic. Tusc. 1. 21 : in aliis, Liv. 1. 28 : whence it ap-
pears that in is only used about the actual possession of a thing
in which one glories : but to express, one boasts, e.g. of learning
which he has not, in doctrina would be improper, and we must
use doctrina, or de doctrina : also aliquid, e.g. idem, Cic. Senect.
10. To this we may add, se iactare aliqua re, to boast in, to
make a display of: e.g. supplicio levando, Cic. Cat. 4. 5: cf.
Liv. 3. 1 : Virg. Eel. 6. 74: so with the same sense, iactare
aliquid', as, suam doctrinam iactare, to boast of, or display, his
learning : we also find se iactare de; e. g. Cic. Verr. 4. 21, iac-
tat se dudum de Calidio, he makes a great display of himself
156 Of the Ablative.
about Calidius : also in re\ e. g. in popular iratione, Cic. Sext.
53 : in eo, Cic. Att. 2. 1 : in bonis Roscii, Cic. Rose. Am. 9.
XVIII.) Vivere, to live, in various senses is construed in
various ways : vivere in re, to pass one's life in any thing, e.g.
vivere in literis, to be continually engaged in literary pursuits,
Cic. ad Div. 9- 26 : vivere cum aliquo, to live with any one as
an intimate, and consequently to have continual intercourse
with, Cic. Or. 3 : Cic. Att. 6. 6 : Nep. Att. 10 : vivere aliqua
re, on or by any thing, to support life by it, e.g. vivere studiisor
literis, to support his life by learning, i. e. by philosophy, Cic.
ad Div. 13. 28. 4, by the consolations which it affords. So,
vivere cibo, came', e. g. Caes. B. G- 4. I, neque inultumy'rM-
mentosed maximam partem lacte atque pecore vivunt: ibid. 4. 10,
piscibus atque ovis avium vivere : ibid. 5. 14, lacte et came vi-
vunt : vivere parvo, e. g. Hor. Od. 2. 16. 15, vivitur parvo bene,
man lives well on a little : rapto vivere, to live on plunder, Liv.
7. 25 : ex rapto ; e. g. Ovid. Met. 1. 144, vivitur ex rapto, non
hospes ab hospite tutus : Plaut. True. 5. 6l, de vestro vivito,
live on your own property : vivere de lucro, to live by the bounty
of another, to be indebted to another for sparing one's life, Cic.
ad Div. 9. 17. 3: Liv. 40.8. We also find vivo tibi, Terent.
Eun. 3. 2. 28, I live for thy advantage : vivere in diem, Cic. Or.
2. 40, to live from day to day, without care, unconcernedly :
properly, to live for one day, for the present day, without caring
for the future : in diem vivere, Cic. Tusc. V. 11, is said of one
who changes his opinions according to his circumstances : vic-
titare lolio occurs Plaut. True. 2. 3. 50.
XIX.) Stare aliqua re, to stand to any thing, to abide by it,
not to depart from it: e. g. promissis, to one's promises, Cic.
Off. 1. 10 : conditionibus, Cic. Att. 7. 16 ifadere, Liv. 21. 19 :
pacto, Liv. 9-11: legibus dictis, ibid. 5 : iureiurando, Quintil.
5. 6 : conventis, Cic. Off. 3. 25 : meo iudicio stare nolo, Cic.
Att. 12. 21 : Liv. 7. Q5,civili standum esse exercitu, one must
abide by, i. e. be satisfied with, an army of citizens : stare de-
creto senatus, to abide by a decree of the senate, to observe it :
Cic. Cluent. 43, censores ipsi sa3penumero superiorum censo-
Of the Ablative. 157
rum iudicirs non steterunt, have not adhered to the decisions of
former censors : it appears that in all these instances in is un-
derstood, because it is sometimes expressed ; e. g. Liv. 4. 44,
stetitque in eadem sententia : injide, Cic. Rab. Perd. 10 : in eo,
Cic. Att. 2. 4: Cic. Fin. 1. 14: and indeed the very sense
proves it : it is therefore plain that stare promissis is not literally
translated, to keep one's promises. It is also used with a da-
tive ; e*. g. sententia, Pand. 4. 7. 23 : convention}, ibid. 2. 1. 18 :
religioni, ibid. 4. 3. 21 : emtioni,\b\d. 19- 1. 13 : rei indicate,
ibid. 42. 1. 32: voluntati patris, ibid. 26. 7. 3 : voluntati de-
functi, ibid. 36. 3. 6. The expression stare a partibus alicuius,
to be of any one's party, is something different, and instead of it,
they more briefly say stare ab aliquo : also stare cum aliquo, e. g.
Nep. Dat.l) : Ages. 5 : Cic. Invent. 1.3: all which expressions
are common. We also find stat mihi sententia, my determina-
nation is fixed, e.g. Hannibali, Liv. 21. 130 : also without sen-
tentia, Nep. Att. 21 : Cic. ad Div. 9- 2.
XX.) Adsuescere is used with a dative, with ad, or with an
ablative : e. g. labori, ad laborem, labore: thus quibus (legibus)
adsuescere, Liv. 1. 19 : reipublica, Suet. Aug. 38 : ad homines,
Ca3s. B. G. 6. 18: genus pugnag, quo adsueverant, Liv. 3 1. 35 :
cui adsuescitur, Liv. 2. 1 : so also adsuetus., Cic. Or. 3. 15,
labore adsueti : mendaciis, Cic. Plane. 9 : militia, Veil. 2. 117:
sanguine, Flor. 1.1: also with in and ad, e. g. adsuetus in iura,
Liv. 24. 5 : ad omnes vis, Sail. ap. Prise. : ad sceptra, Senec.
Troad. 152: also with a genitive, e. g. Gallici tumultus, Liv.
38. 17 : so adsuefacere, e. g. ad aliquid, Liv. 3. 52 : se armis,
Cic. Brut. 2 : sermoni, Val. Max. 8. 7- 15 : sermone, Cic. Or.
3. 10 : frigore, Cic. Cat. 2. 5 : also with a genitive, e. g. rerum
adsuefiam, Lucil. ap, Non. 1. 172 : Liv. 24. 48. where see
Gronov.
XXI.) Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, dignor (both ac-
tively and passively) are used with an ablative.
a) Utor, to use, make use of, have, have intercourse with as
a friend &c. : e. g. uti libris recte scio, I know how to use
books properly, to make a proper use of them : occasions to
158 Of the Ablative.
make use of an opportunity, to profit by it : armis bene, Cic.
Deiot. 10 : vitio aetatis, Cic. ad Div. 2. 16 : lacte et herbis,
Ovid. Fast. 4. 369, to live upon them : uti patre indulgente, to
have an indulgent father, to find him indulgent, Nep. Att. 1 :
ibid. Cim. 1, Cimon duro admodum initio usus est adolescentia?,
experienced a very rude beginning of youth : uti homine, to be
intimate with a person, Nep. Att. 5: Cic. ad Div. 1.3: Cic.
Cluent. 16: so uti familiariter aliquo, to have confidential in-
tercourse with any one : homo, quo multos per annos familiaris-
sime usus sum, a man, with whom 1 have lived confidentially
for many years : uti also means to live on any thing, e. g. unde
utatur, Terent. Ad. 5. 9- 24 : habere, qui (i. e. quo) utatur,
Cic. Att. 13. 23 : cf. 1 1. 11. So also its compounds abuti re :
1) to use very much, to consume or waste; e. g. Cic. Verr. 1. 9,
nisi omni tempore, quod mihi lege concessum est, abusus ero,
querere, unless I shall have consumed all the time &c. : 2.) to
misapply, misuse, abuse; as abuti otio, to abuse leisure : abuti
alicuius patientia t Cic. Cat. 1. 1, to abuse one's patience: le-
gibus ac maiestate, Cic. Rose. Am. 19, and elsewhere: 3.) to
use, to make use of, e. g. libertate, Cic. Verr. 5. 43 : studiis,
Cic. ad Div. 9. 6, and elsewhere. Deuti is rare : it occurs
Nep. Bum. 11, non enim hoc convenire Antigoni prudentise, ut
sic deuteretur victo, so to misuse a conquered person : it is
nearly the same as abuti.
b) fruor to enjoy, e. g. voluptate, Cic. Red. Quir. 1, to enjoy
pleasure : vita, Cic. Cluent. 6l, and elsewhere : frui denotes an
advantage or pleasure derived from the use of any thing ; as, frui
vita, otio, to profit from, to apply properly, life, leisure &c. :
thence fructus, profit, enjoyment. So perfrui, e. g. gaudio, to
experience joy : so tetitid,C\c. Cat. 1. 10: auctoritate, gloria,
laude, Cic. Brut. 2, and elsewhere.
c) fungor to discharge, to perform, to fulfill : e. g. munere, to
discharge an office or duty, Cic. Off. 2. 16, 20 : officio, to do
his duty : so ojficiis iustitiag, Cic. Off. 2. 13 : voto, lustin. 9. 2,
to fulfill a vow : lacrymis pro somno, Ovid. Her. 8. 109, i e. to
weep : also to meet with, to pass through, e. g.fato, Quintil.
Of the Ablative. 159
3. 7. 10: vita, Pand. 48. o. 1 1, \. e. to die. So also its com-
pounds : defungi to pass through, to accomplish, to bring to an
end ; as vita, Virg. Georg. 4. 475, to bring his life to an end,
i. e. to die : thence also defungi without vita, Ovid. Am. 1. 8.
108 : Plin. Epist. 9. 9 : means to die : periculo to undergo a
danger, Cic. Rose. Am. 8 : pralio, Liv. 1.25: bello, Liv. 25. 5 :
cura, Liv. 5. 5 : honoribus, Cic. Verr. 5. 68 : defungi aliqua re,
to come off with any thing, as a small loss, suffering &c. : e. g.
felix es, si hoc damno (malo, pcena) defungi tibi licet, thou art
fortunate, if thou canst come off with this loss, i. e. escape any
greater loss : thus we find pana, Liv. 2. 35 : 29. 21 : tribusde-
cumis, Cic. Verr. 3. 16: mendaciOj Cic. ad Div. 8. 1, Ccel.
come off with a lie : cupio in hac re defungi, Terent. Phorm.
5. 8. 32, i.e. to escape with this, i. e. that it may proceed no
farther: perfungi to discharge, to fulfill, to perform, e. g. hono-
ribus, places of honour, Cic. Or. 1. 45 : Cic. ad Div. 1.8: mu-
nere, Cic. Senect. 1.2: it also means, like defungi, to go through,
to sustain, e. g. Cic. Marc. 10, perfuncta respublicaest hoc mi-
sero, Jatalic[ue bello, has gone through this unfortunate war :
laboribus, Cic. Dom. 52 : periculis, Cic. Mur. 2 : fato per-
functus, Liv. 8. 1, or vita perfunctus, Lucret. 3. 93 : also to
enjoy, e, g. epulis, Ovid. Art. 2. 227 : bonis, Cic. ad Div. 4. 5,
Sulpic.
d) potior 1) to become master of, to attain, to get, to be-
come sharer of, to reach, e. g. urbe, to become master of, to
take, a city, Cic. Tusc. 1. 37 : so occasions, victoria, to obtain
an opportunity, the victory, Cses. B. G. 3. 24: imperio, ibid.
1. 2: voluptatibus, Cic. Senect. 14 : pr&da, Liv. 3. 8 : monte,
Ovid. Met. 5. 254, to reach : morte, to die, Auson. Idyll. 15.
50 : cade, Stat. Theb. I. 637, i. e. to commit : votis, to attain
the object of one's vows, one's wish : 2.) to partake of, to be
in possession of, to have; e. g. mari, Liv. 25. 11 : oppido, Liv.
6. 33 : vo/uptatibus, Cic. Senect. 14, cited above.
e) vescor to eat, to partake of: e. g. lacte, Sail. lug. 89, to
feed on milk : came, ibid. : nee escis nee potionibus, Cic. Nat.
Deor. 2. 3 : pane, caseo &c., to eat bread &c. : also to partake.
160 Of the Ablative.
to use, to benefit from, e. g. aura vesci, to live : Virg. jEn. 3.
339, quid puer Ascanius ? superatne et vescitur aura ? what of
the young Ascanius ? does he still live &c. : so aura atheria,
ibid. 1. 540(550): voluptatibus, Cic. Fin. 5. 20: armis, Pa-
cuv. ap. Non. 4. 478.
f) dignor to think or judge worthy, e. g. aliquem honore, to
think one worthy of honour, Virg. flLn. 1. 335 (::)39) : Suet.
Vesp. 21 : venia, Ovid. Trist. 3. 14. 51 : laude, to esteem
worthy of praise, often occurs ; also as a passive, e. g. Cic. In-
vent. 53, observantia est, per qua in homines aliqua dignitate
antecedentes cultu quodam et honore dignantur, i. e. are thought
worthy : yet it may in this instance be translated actively, they,
i. e. men, think worthy, as we use aiunt, they say ; admirantur,
they wonder at, Cic. Off. 2.11: we must then understand homines
again ; but the first seems more natural, and in fact it often
occurs passively, e. g. qui tali honore dignati sunt, ibid. 39 :
res qua? laude dignentur, Cic. Or. 3. 7 : since the ancients also
used the active digno, e. g. dignavi, Ace. ap. Non. 2. 227 : dig-
net honoribus, Pacuv. ibid.
Observations.
1.) potior also occurs with a genitive : a) rerum, when it de-
notes the highest power in a country or state, the sovereignty,
or at least superiority, supremacy : the ancients continually use
this expression, potiri rerum, but in a double sense : 1) to at-
tain the sovereignty, to become master of the supreme power,
e. g. Sulla rerum est potitus : Caesar potitus est rerum, i. e.
reipublicaB : here rebus is not used : e. g. Nep. Att. 9, nemini
enim in mentem veniebat, Antonium rerum potiturum : so also
eum necesse rerum potiri, Cic. Att. 10. 8 : 2.) to possess, to
enjoy the sovereignty; e. g. Cic. Rose. Am. 25, Atheniensium
respubliqa, dum ea rerum potita est : so also, quod ii, qui poti-
untur rerum 8cc., Cic. ad Div. 1. 8. 88, where Pompey, Cras-
sus and Caesar are denoted : qua3 rerum potita? sunt (civitates),
ibid. 5. 17, which were free states : we also refer hither from
the preceding instances, Cic. Att. 10. 8, eum rerum potiri :
Of the Ablative. 161
further, solem dominari et rerum potiri, Cic. Acad. 4. 41 :
b) also with other genitives ; as Nep. Lys. 2, hie simulatque im-
peril potitus est : ibid. Eum. 7, si potius ipse alienigena summi
imperil potiretur : Cic. ad Div. 1.7.11, posse ieilliusregni po-
tiri, thou mightest become master of, conquer, the kingdom of
Egypt : Sail. Cat. 47- 2, se tertiurn (esse), cui fatum foret urbis
(Romas) potiri : ibid. lug. 74, Romani, signorum et armorum
aliquanto numero, hostium paucorum potiti ; where both an ab-
lative and a genitive are used, unless hostium be rather governed
by numero supplied from the preceding sentence : vexilh, Liv.
25. 14: voti, Sil. 15. 331 : Spartiata? Atheniensium potiti sunt,
Auct. ad Herenn. 4. 25, and elsewhere: potior also occurs
with an accusative, Cic. Tusc. 1. 37, gentem aliquam urbem
nostram potituram putem : Nep. Eum. 3, qui summam imperil
potirentur : gaudia, Terent. Ad. 5. 4. 22: commoda, ibid. 17 :
sceptra, Lucret. 3. 1051 : victoriam, lustin. 6. 4: ultionem,
ibid. 9- 7 : oppidum, Auct. B. Hisp. 13 : regiam, Tac. Ann.
11. 10.
2.) fungor is also used with an accusative : e. g. Nep. Dat.
1, Datames militare munus fungens : Terent. Adelph. 3. 4. 18,
neque liberalis functus qfficium viri est : officia servorum, ibid.
Heaut. 1. 1. 14: qfficium frugi hominis, ibid. 3. 3. 19 : mumis
senatorium, Suet. Aug. 35 : quid aratorem muneris fungi ac
sustinere velitis, Cic. Verr. 3. 86, and elsewhere ; e. g. Plaut.
Most. 1. 1. 44 : ibid. Men. 1. 4. 4 : Lucret. 3. 734 : 5. 359 :
thence Cicero uses the participle fungendus, Tusc. 3. 7, ad mu-
nus suum fungendum : in munerefungendo, Cic. Att. 1.1: mi-
lituefungend&t Liv. 24. 21. Also perfungi is used with an ac-
cusative, e. g. timorem, Apul. Met. 8. p. 208, Elmenh. to which
we may also add mihi tarn multa pro se perpesso et perfuncto
concederet, Cic. ad Div. 1.9- 19 : thence passively, periculum
perfumtum, Cic. Sext. 4.
3.) utor is sometimes used with an accusative ; as Cat. R. R.
143, and ap. Gell. 13. 23 : Varro R. R. 3. \6: so quern utare,
Lucil. ap. Non. 7. 1 12 : mea, Terent. Ad. 5. 3. 29 : Cic. Att.
12. 22, ne quidem quidquam utitur; unless hortis suis be un-
VOL. II. M
162 Of the Ablative.
derstood. Also abutor, as Terent. Andr. Prol. 5, nam in pro-
logis scribendis operam abutitur: and elsewhere ; e. g. Plaut.
Bacch. 2. 3. 126 : ibid. Pers. 2. 3. 10 : Trin. 3. 2. 56. The
participle utendus also occurs, Cic. Verr. 2. 18, omnia utenda
et possidenda tradiderat : Terent. Heaut. 1. 1. 81, quod ilia
aetas magis ad ha3C utenda idonea est : cf. Ovid. Art. 1. 433 :
so also abutendus, Suet. Galb. 14. Note: the ancients used
also uto for utor, e. g. utito, Cat. R. R. 96, 107.
4.) fruor occurs with the accusative, Terent. Heaut. 2. 4. 21 :
Cato R. R. 149: Lucret. 3. 953: nuptias, Apul. Met. 8.
p. 206, Elmenh. Moreover the participle future passive occurs,
Cic. Off. 1. 30, tenendum esse eius fruenda modum : Liv. 22.
14: 27. 11 : 32. 7 : Pand. 6. 3. 1.
5.) vescor also occurs with an accusative; e. g. tauros, Tibull.
2. 5. 63 : iecur, Plin. H. N. 8. 50 : infirmissimos, Tac. Agric.
28 : singulos, Phdr. 1.31.11: dapem, Ace. ap. Non. 4. 478 :
we also find vesco; e. g. vescat carne, Tertull. de ieiun. 5.
Note: there are probably still more verbs which are used
with an ablative. Yet they perhaps may be referred to the
questions with, through &c. what ? To these we may refer furere
aliqua, to be furious for one, to be desperately in love with,
Hor. Epod. 11.6: also facere; e. g. quid hoc homine facias ?
Cic., what can you make of, do with, this man ? see above,
Sect. IX. 2. n. I. 5, where it was remarked that fieri and esse
are also so used. It is only necessary that these verbs with an
ablative should be understood in their literal sense ; e. g. destitui
spe means, to be forsaken by hope, sc. a : but if it be translated,
to have no hope, it does not appear whence the ablative is used.
It is the same with obsidione cingere urbem : if it be translated,
to blockade a city, it does not appear why the ablative is used ;
but it literally means, to gird a city about with a blockade, and
then the use of the ablative is plain. It is the same with obsi-
dione liberare urbem : the use of the ablative is plain when it is
literally translated. A literal translation should precede the
use of all more elegant phrases, as they are called ; or at least,
when a literal translation is possible, which is scarcely the case
Of the Ablative. 163
in some instances, as of the verb adficere, the literal meaning of
which is unknown.
IV.) Of the ablative with adverbs. The following
observations are important The ablative cannot pro-
perly be governed by an adverb : when it is used with
adverbs, it is governed by another word : e. g. longo
post tempore, a long time after, for post longum tempus ;
where the ablative longo ternpore is used to the ques-
tion when? and depends on the preposition in omitted :
so, paucis post diebus, Cic. ad Div. 1. 9. 17 : post pau-
cls diebus y Liv. 32. 5 : 40. 47, 57 : paucis diebus post,
Plaut. Men. Prol. 36 : paucis post annis, Cic. ad Div.
4. 5. Sulpic. It is the same with multis abhinc diebus,
many days since, sc. in : see above, of abhinc, 2.
n. XIII. g. The following passage, Virg. $ln. 8. 114,
is peculiar, where Pallas asks the unknown Trojans
who approach him, qui genus? (sc. estis) unde domo ?
sc. venitis or estis : here unde domo is a peculiar con-
struction ; but it apparently stands for unde a domo.
Seneca has probably imitated this passage, ad Helv. 6,
et, unde domo quisque sit, quaere. Further, palam,
procul, simul are sometimes used with an ablative :
see above, of Prepositions, Part I. Chap. III. Sect.
VII. n. II. after Not. 3. Also made, if it be an ad-
verb, is used with an ablative ; yet as it may be a vo-
cative, it is included amongst adjectives, Sect. IX. 3.
n. II. 1. Digne also is used with an ablative; e. g.
peccat cruce dignius, Hor. Sat. 2. 7. 47.
V.) Of the ablative with prepositions, see above,
Sect. IX. 1 : and Part I. Chap. III. Sect. VII. n. II.
M2
164 Of the Parts of the Verb.
SECTION TENTH.
Of the Use of the Parts of the Verb : viz. Persons,
Number, Tense, Mode.
Of the Use of the Personal Terminations, or Persons.
I.) Before the first personal termination of the sin-
gular, only ego can be used ; before the second person,
only tu ; before the third person, all other nominatives
of the singular number may be used as subjects. Thus
also in the plural ; only nos can stand before the first
personal termination ; only vos before the second ; but
all other nominatives of the plural number before the
third. If the nominative is not expressed, it must be
understood : e. g. consul clLri, I have spoken as consul,
sc. ego ; since consul cannot be the principal nomina-
tive or subject before dixi : so, praetor fecisti, for tu
prsetor fecisti : so diximus, sc. nos.
Note: yet qui is an exception to the above rule, since it
may indifferently be united to all the terminations of the verb,
accordingly as it refers to the first, second, or third person : e. g.
ego qui te magmfacio, non possum non mirari &c. : odisti me,
qui te semper amavi; where qui refers to me: tu qui tam dives
es, potes mihi succurrere : nos qui caremus : vos qui scitis &c.
It is the same with is in the following instances, where perhaps
in English the third person follows ; as, non sum is, qui omnia
sciam, I am not the man, that knows all things, i. e. such a
man as to know all things : non is es, qui omnia scire possis,
thou art not the man, who is able to know all things : nos non
sumus ii, qui alios derideamus: vos non estis ii, qui alios deri-
dealis : where it would be incorrect to say, qui sciat, qui possil,
<jui derideant. It is the same when qui is put for ut\ as, dignus
Of the Parts of the Verb, 165
sum, qui lander, I deserve to be praised : dignus es, qui lau-
deris: pater dignus est, qui laudetur : digni sum us, qui laude-
mur : digni estis, qui laudem'ud : parentes sunt digni, qui lau-
dentur. So also when qui stands for cum ; as, ego, qui videam,
I, since I see : tu, qui videas &c.
II.) In general, sentences which in English begin
with, men, they, people &c. believe, say, &c. : one be-
lieves &c. 1.) the third person of the plural number is
used without a nominative ; as aiunt, dicunt, they say ;
where homines is understood : according to the sub-
ject treated of, philosophi, rhetores, oratores &c. may
be understood ; as, virtutem prcEcipiunt propter se ip-
sam esse amandam, they teach that virtue must be
loved for her own sake ; sc. philosophi : 2.) the third
person singular of the passive voice, a) impersonally ;
e. g. creditur, men believe; dicitur, fertur, men say :
b) personally ; e. g. res creditur, men believe the thing :
also in the plural with a preceding subject nominative ;
as, tales res non amantur, people do not love such
things : 3.) also the first person plural, when the dis-
course is about something in which we, i. e. the people,
who speak or write, have a share ; e. g. hinc videmus,
hence one sees ; properly, we see : non decet ea vitu-
perare, quse non intelligamus, it is not right to blame
those things which one does not understand : 4.) some-
times even the second person singular ; e. g. nam si vis
fieri doctus, debes etiam &c., for if one would be
learned, one must &c. Particularly with the infinitive ;
as, non decet ea docere alios quae non didiceris, it is
not fit to teach others what one has not learned : stul-
tum est ea loqui quse non intelligas, it is foolish to say
those things which one does not understand.
1 66 Of the Parts of the Verb.
2.
Of the Number of the Verb.
We have already remarked, when treating of the
Nominative, that the number of the verb, 1.) agrees
with the number of the principal nominative or sub-
ject; e. g. pater amatur, nuptise sunt factse &c. 2.) that
when the subject is in the singular, but is a collective
noun, i. e. denotes a multitude, there often follows
a verb in the plural ; as, turba ruunt, pars capti sunt
&c. 3.) that sometimes the ancients made the verb
agree with the predicate instead of the subject; as,
amantium irce amoris integratio est : and to these were
added remarks on the instances where two nominatives
were used with one verb &c.
3.
Of the different Kinds or Voices of Verbs.
It has been already noticed, that transitive or active
verbs govern an accusative ; and that intransitives fre-
quently take an accusative. We must further observe,
1.) The transitive verb is often used without a case, viz. when
no case is required after it ; as, amat he loves, is in love, has a
mistress ; e. g. Terent. Andr. 1.2. 11, meum gnatum rumor est
araare, there is a rumour that my son is in love, has a mistress :
so we say, cur non scribis, legis ? why dost thou not write,
read? &c.
2.) Some transitives are at times used passively, and recipro-
cally : e. g. vertere, pracipitare, for verti, praecipitari, or for
vertere se and pra3cipitare se : both frequently occur; e. g. Liv.
2. 52, omnis ira belli ad populationem vertit, sc. se or versa
est, all the fury of war was turned to plunder : Liv. 5. 59, i
Of the Parts of the Verb. 1 67
verterat fortuna, sc. se, was turned : so, anno vertente, sc. se, in
a year, Nep. Ages. 4: Cic. Quint. 12: Cass. B. C. 3. 25,
hyems iam pr&cipitaverat, sc. se, the winter was now at its
close: respublica pmcipitans, Cic. Sull. 31, perishing: sol
pr&cipitans, Cic. Or. 3. 55, almost setting : Virg. Jn. 2. 9,
nox humida crelo pracipitat, approaches its close, properly,
sinks into the sea : Cic. Cluent. 6, pr<zcipitantemimipe\\ere, to
push one who is falling headlong. The same happens with
other verbs ; e. g. movere, for movere se, to set off, proceed :
Liv. 24. 44: 25. 9 : 31. 23 : Cic. Att. 9. 1 : res moventes, sc.
se, moveable things, Liv. 5. 25 : mutare, e. g. mores mutaverint,
sc. se, Liv. 39. 5.
3.) It was observed in the First Part, that deponents are
sometimes used passively, particularly the participles of the
perfect tense : e. g. pactus covenanted, agreed ; expertus tried :
as, pacta merces, experta virtus &c.
4.) The passives also are often used reciprocally ; e. g. mo-
veor for moveo me, Virg. JEn. 6. 256: Ovid. Met. 10. 115 :
so also mutari for egredi, e. g. finibus, Liv. 5. 46 : ne quis in-
vitus civitate mutetur, Cic. Balb. 13 : i. e. exeat, eiiciatur, prive-
tur : so volutari to roll about, Varr. R. R. 3. 9 : Suet. Cal. 42 :
Cic. ad Div. 9. 3 ; and elsewhere.
4.
Of the Tenses.
We must here remark the proper use and dependence
of the tenses, wherein the Latin often differs from the
English language.
I.) Of the use of the tenses in themselves.
1.) The Present denotes a thing or action that is now pre-
sent : as scribo, I write, viz. now. Si quis dicat, obiiciat, if
any one should (shall) say, object, not diceret &c. So velim I
could wish : veniat he might come : utinam veniat ! oh ! that he
168 Of the Parts of the Verb.
might (may) come : ut venial (suppose) that he should come;
not generally veniret : si videam te, if I should (shall) see thee :
in all which instances the English generally say, should, would
&.c. for shall, will &c. though speaking of an instant event.
2.) The Imperfect, as in English, generally denotes an ac-
tion not yet finished; heri meditabar, yesterday I was meditat-
ing, or meditated ; which denotes that I was meditating, but
had not yet come to an end with it. In particular it is used
where another action intervenes ; as, dum pater moriebatur, ego
scribebam, whilst my father was dying, I was writing ; I had
not yet left off writing : hence dum, whilst, is often used by the
ancients with the imperfect. Yet they often use the imperfect
when they simply denote that an action happened, and, there-
fore, in the place of the perfect; as, Caesar proficiscebatur, Caesar
proceeded : heri multa videbam, yesterday I saw many things.
3.) The Perfect denotes an action entirely completed, yet so,
that no other action thereupon succeeds ; as, heri pater mortuus
est ; here the dying is complete : Caesar scripsit ; which shews
that Caesar has left off writing. This tense, therefore, the Ro-
mans generally use in narrations, when they would simply de-
note any thing that has happened ; where the English rather
use the past indefinite, e. g. Caesar wrote ; my father died.
Note : yet the ancients also use the perfect when they connect
with it an action thereon following, where properly the pluper-
fect should be used : as, Cic. ad Div. 3. 10, cum est ad nos /-
latum de temeritate eorum etsi graviter primo nuntio, com-
motus sum -* tamen cetera mihi facillima videbantur, when
word was brought me though I was powerfully affected at
the first tidings &c. ; where it should properly have been alla-
tum esset : Cic. ad Div. 4. 5. Sulpic. posteaquam mihi renunti-
atumest de obitu Tulliee filiae tuae, sane quam, pro eo ac debui,
graviter molesteque tuli, after tidings were brought me of the
death of your daughter, which indeed I sorely felt &c., for re-
nuntiatum erat: eo postquam Caesar pervenit poposcit, Caes.
13. G. 1. 27 : also the imperfect; e.g. postquam res prospera
videbaiur, invidia orta est } Sail. Cat. 6 ; and the present, which
Of the Parts of the Verb. 169
in narrations is often put for the imperfect and perfect ; e. g.
postquam video nescio quid suspicarier, magis ccepi instare,
Terent. Hec. 5. 3. 28 : so also when the sentence with post-
quam follows ; e. g. abeo ab illis, postquam video me sic ludi-
ficarier, Plaut. Capt. 3. 1. 27.
4.) The Pluperfect properly denotes an action more than per-
fect, or an action that is complete in reference to another that
follows it : that is, it shows not only that an action is perfect,
but also that another action followed it ; e. g. vix hoc factum
erat, cum pater venit, this had scarcely happened, when my
father came. Here the occurrence has not only happened, but
it thereon follows, that after it happened, the father came. So
also, cum hoc audissem, gaudebam, when I had heard this, I re-
joiced,: cum pater venisset, ei dixi, when my father had come, I
said to him. In English we here often use the past indefinite,
or so termed imperfect, instead of the pluperfect, when I heard,
I rejoiced ; when my father came, I told him : but this should
not be imitated in Latin. It would be incorrect to say, cum
pater veniret, ei dixi ; since the father must have come, before
one tells him : it would also be incorrect to say, cum audirem
patrem mortuum esse, statim dornum cucurri, for audissem.
5.) The simple Future, e. g. ero, amabo, denotes an event
simply future ; as, eras proficiscar, J shall set out to-morrow :
so, cum proficiscar, ad te ante veniam, when I shall set out, I
shall first come to you.
6.) The Future perfect, as fuero, amavero, lectus fuero, de-
notes indeed a future action, but one which is considered as
finished, with reference to another action, that follows it : or
more briefly, it denotes a future action with reference to another
which follows it ; as, cum profectus fuero, mox redibo, when I
shall have departed, I shall soon return. Here in English we
generally use the simple future; as, when I shall depart, I shall
soon return : which induces the learner incorrectly to write, cum
proficiscar, for profectus fuero. Thus in English we say, when
I shall hear about it, I shall write to you : when my father comes,
1 70 Of the Parts of the Verb.
I shall tell him: which, however, must not be translated, quando
de ea re audiam : quando pater veniet, but audivero, venerit ;
since we must first have heard of a thing before we can write
about it &c. Yet we must here except those verbs which are
defective in the present, and therefore have no simple future; as
memini, ccepi &c., where the future perfect is used instead of
the simple future ; as meminero, I shall remember &c. Note :
in other instances the future perfect is used for the simple future ;
as videro for videbo ; e. g. satis te mature videro, Cic. ad Div.
16. 4; which change is frequent; e.g. Cic. Verr. 2. 6l : 4. 16 :
Cic. Ccel. 15 : Cic. Acad. 4. 24: Cic. Tusc. 2. 11 : Terent.
Andr. 2. 6. 25 : ibid. Hec. 4. 4. 78 : so fecero for faciam; e.g.
at si restitero, idem fecero quod &c., Cic. Att. 8.3 : credidero;
e.g. si hoc non credis, ego credidero, Plaut. Trin. 3. 1.6: ro-
garo, e. g. respondeto ad ea, qua? de te ipso rogaro, Cic. Vatin.
4 : gessero, e. g. et me hac suspicione exsolvam, et illis morem
gesseroj Terent. Hec. 4. 2. 23 : to which also we may refer from
the preceding, at si restitero, Cic. Att. 8. 3, for resistam : also
viderimus, for videbimus, Cic. Quint. 23 : not to mention those
instances where the similarity of termination makes it impossible
to decide whether it be the future perfect, or the perfect sub-
junctive.
We observe thus much in general of the proper use of the
tenses ; to which we may add the following remarks :
1.) In letter- writing the Romans commonly use the imperfect
or perfect instead of the present, when they speak of a thing
which indeed is present when they write, but is subject to an
alteration, and may be already past when their letter reaches
its destination: e. g. people say, there is a report, I am
sick &c., homines narrabant, rumor erat, aggrotabam, or eram
asgrotus, volebam proficisci, or profecturus eram, since this
talk amongst people, the report, the sickness, may be past at the
time when the letter reaches one's friend : e. g. Cic. ad Div. 1.
8. 12, rem te valde bene gessisse rumor erat, there is a report
that thou hast well managed the business: ibid.exspectabantur
liters tuae, thy letters are expected, for exspectantur : ibid. 1 . 2.
Of the Parts of the Verb. 171
8, eo die senatus eratfuturus, to-day there will be a meeting of
the senate, for futurus est : ibid. 7. 18. 9, eram enim abfuturus
mense Aprili, I shall be from home in April : so, tenebamur,
for teneor, ibid. 16. 7 : exspectabam, for exspecto, ibid. 13, and
elsewhere. But if the discourse is about something unchange-
able, or at least about things which will not probably be changed
within the time that the letter will come to hand, the present
must be used ; as, Deus est iustus, Roma est urbs Latii. So,
when the Romans send any thing to a friend, they use the per-
fect, where in English the present is common ; as, misi tibi li-
brum, I send you a book ; since at the time when the friend
reads the letter, the book will already have been sent : Cic. ad
Div. 7. 22, tamen id caput notavi, et tibi descriptum misi, and
send it to thee : ibid. 16. 1, Marionem ad te misi : Cic. ad Div.
1. 2. 8, ha?c scripsi a. d. XVI Kal. Febr. ante lucem, this I
write &c. Whence it appears that in their correspondence the
Romans from politeness placed themselves in the situation of
their friends.
2.) The present is very often used in narrations even of past
events, instead of the perfect or imperfect, as is common also in
English : e. g. Cses. B. G. 5. 1, Ca?sar legatis imperat, commands
his lieutenants ; and so continually : proficiscitur, consilium
convocat : as we say the enemy advances, we fight, we conquer
&c., instead of, the enemy advanced, we fought, we conquered
&. ; so imiiSy venimus, videmus, Terent. Phorm. 1. 2. 53 : we
go &c. : illi veniunt, Cic. Verr. 4. 44 : eo cum venio in-
quiunt ostendo,laudant; incipio, ibid. 14, where Ernesti, be-
cause he suspected the accuracy of the reading, has changed it
to veni: such instances are common; e. g. Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 1. 13
&c. This especially occurs in lively narration, where the nar-
rator represents to himself the affair as present, and therefore
gives a more lively representation of it to his hearers and
readers.
3.) The present is used for the future a) when one speaks of
a future thing as certain, or with passionate emotion : e. g. hanc
rem non accipis, this thing thou receivest not : eras apud fratrem
172 Of the Paris of the Verb.
coeno, to-morrow I dine with my brother : so in English, I come
to thee in the morning &c., for I shall come &c. Also in other
instances the Romans frequently use a present, where in English
we should use a future : e. g. mitto haec omnia, I shall send all
these, Cic. Verr. 4. 52 : unum illud dico, I shall say only that,
Cic. Quint. 21, and in many other similar expressions : b) this
also happens when the verb has no future infinitive ; as, spero
me hoc facere posse : spero hoc a te mox disci, that this will soon
be learnt by you: Cic. Att. 4. 16, Cato adfirmat se non trium-
phare y i.e. triumphaturum : Liv. 2. 5, bona reddi censuerant,
i.e. reddenda esse : so, spero nobis projicij Cic. Att. 1.1: ce-
tera spero prolixa esse, ibid. : sperat a me avellere, Tererit. Eun.
3. 3. 14, and elsewhere : e. g. Virg. JE>n. 6. 3?6 : Liv. 28. 35 :
so also after credo, Virg. JEn. 6. 463.
4.) Very frequently the perfect conjunctive is used for the pre-
sent conjunctive ; e.g. dixerit aliquis, someone may say: so,
hoc non dixerim, this I cannot say: vix crediderim, I can
scarcely believe : ne feceris, do it not : ne dixeris, say it not :
si quis dixerit, obiecerit, if any one shall say, reply : Cic. Off.
3. 6, forsitan quispiam dixerit : Cic. Fin. 5. 31, quis nostrum
dixerit: Cic. Mur. 31, nihil ignoveris ; and immediately after-
wards, nihil gratiae causayecms; and then, misericordia commo-
tus ne sis.
5.) In the very common formula memini me legere, dicere
&c,, I remember that I read, that I said &c., for dixisse, legisse,
which are also correct, dicere and legere are not the present, as
some erroneously affirm, but the imperfect. For memory refers
to something past, and not to any thing present. This, besides,
appears from the following passage, Cic. ad Div. 3. 10. 19, ad
me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent : since Cicero uses di-
cerent, he must have taken adire for an imperfect, and not for a
present ; since the imperfect follows the imperfect, and the pre-
sent follows the present : Cicero therefore would have used
if adire had been a present.
Of the Parts of the Verb. 1 73
6.) The Future is often used for the present imperative ; as
valebis, farewell ; salvebis, be well, I wish you well ; facies, do ;
scribes, write &c. This is a courtly form of expression ; as in
English, You will stay with me to-day, you will do me the favour
&c. : Cic. ad Div. 7. 20, valebis meaque negotia videbis : ibid.
23, rescribes : Cic. Q. Fr. 1. 1. 16, facies perpetuo, ut &c. :
Cic. Att. 6. 2, salvebis a Cicerone, accept Cicero's good
wishes &c.
Note: This is the general use of the tenses. Yet often, and
particularly in the poets, the tenses are interchanged in a very
harsh and questionable manner : e. g. Virg. .ZEn. 2. 599, et, ni
mea cura resistat, iam flammae tulerint, inimicus et hauserit eri-
sis, for restitisset, tulisset, hausisset : ibid. 6. 34, omnia perlege-
rent, ni Achates adforet, for perlegissent adfuisset: ibid.
6. 292, ni clocta comes sine corpore vitas admoneat volitare cava
sub imagine formae, irruat et frustra ferro diverberet umbras, for
admonuisset, irruisset, diverberasset, and unless his experienced
companion had reminded him &c. : which is very singular and
incorrect, and ought not to be reckoned a figure of speech, as
some have very strangely termed it. The poets also often use
the perfect infinitive for the present ; e. g. fuge imposuisse, for
imponere, Ovid . Her. 9- 75.
II.) The correct dependence of the tenses on each
other should be particularly remarked. We observe
as follows :
A.) After the words ut that, ne lest, that not, quo,
especially quo minus for ne, quin, qui, quse, quod, cum,
and other particles, a present is commonly used when a
present or future precedes ; but an imperfect when an
imperfect, perfect, or pluperfect precedes. Yet regard
must always here be paid to the proper meaning of the
tenses, and consequently to the sense.
1.) The present follows the present when the discourse is of
] 74 Of the Parts of the Verb.
a present circumstance; e. g. a) after ut ; rogo te, ut venias, I
ask thee to come, i. e. that thou mayest come: hortor te utdis-
cas, I exhort thee to learn : velim ut istud moxfat, not fieret, I
wish that it may soon be done: but if vellem precedes, then
fierem must follow : timeo ut facias, I fear thou wilt not do
it, not faceres : si accidat, ut pater moriatur, if it shall happen,
that the father die: si res efficiat, ut tu lauderis, if the circum-
stance shall effect, that thou be praised ; where in English, as
in similar instances, we may say, that thou shouldst be praised,
but not in Latin laudareris : si fieri posstt, ut istam rem conse-
quar, if it be possible, that 1 obtain that thing, not consequerer :
nemo optet ut hocjiat, no one must wish that this may happen :
nemo est tarn stultus ut non (quin) intelligat, no one is so foolish,
that he does not understand, not intelligeret : ita te amo, ut pa-
trem magis amare non possim, that I cannot love a father more,
not possem. To these belongs sperofore &c. ; since/ore is a pre-
sent or imperfect according to the context : e. g. non spero fore,
ut mei obliviscaris, I hope that thou wilt not forget me ; where
fore is the present : which also appears from spero. So also
sperofore, ut mei semper memineris, me non oderis, because
memineris and oderis are used for presents. On the contrary,
if we say sperabam fore, fore is the imperfect ; as, non spera-
bam fore, ut me oblimscereris. Even the perfect conjunctive,
when it is used for the present conjunctive, as was lately noticed,
is followed by a present, because it is then considered as a pre-
sent; as, si quis optaverit (i. e. optet), ut hoc fiat, if any one
shall wish that this be done, not fieret : optaverim (optem) ut hoc
verum sit, I can wish, that this be true, not esset: si quispostu-
laverit (postulet), ut hocfaciam, if any one demand that I do
this, not facerem : b) after m ; e. g. timeo ne pater veniat, I
fear lest my father may come, not veniret : si forte timeas, ne
pater veniat, if perhaps thou fear, lest thy father come, not ve-
niret : vix puto periculum esse, ne pater moriatur, I scarcely
think there is danger, that thy father will die, not moreretur ;
because esse is the present : taceo ne putes, I am silent, that
thou mayest not think : tu me impedire conaris, ne dicam, thou
triest to hinder me, that I may not say : to these we may also
Of the Parts of the Verb. 175
add the perfect conjunctive, when used for a present; as, vix
timuerim ne cadas, I can scarcely fear, that thou wilt fall, not
caderes : c) after quo ; e.g. impedis me, quo minus scribam,
that I may not write : si tu me impedias quo minus scribam, if
thou hinderest me, that I may not write, not scriberem : audio te
a patre impediri, quo minus scribere possis, I hear that thou art
hindered by thy father, that thou canst not write, not posset, be-
cause impediri is the present ; but if audiebam te impediri had
preceded, then posses must have been used : non te impediverim
(for impediam) quo minus scribas, I shall not hinder thee from
writing : d) after quin : e g. non dubito, quin pater hoc sciat,
I doubt not, but my father knows this : quomodo dubitare
potes, quinhvec res omnibus notasit? how canst thou doubt but
that this affair is known to all ? not esset : nemo dubitat, quin
hoc efficere possis, no one doubts, but that thou canst effect this :
so, non dubitaverim (for dubitem) quin hoc efficere possis : sua-
deo tibi illud, non, quin sciam, te rem asque intelligere, I advise
thee, not but that I know &c., not scirem : e) after qui, qua,
quod ; e. g. sunt, qui dicant, there are persons who say : si qui
sint, qui dicant, if there are any who say, not dicerent : multos
esse puto, qui hoc audeant, I think there are many who will dare
this, not auderent : non credere possum esse homines, qui de ea
re dubitent, who can doubt about it : non puto hominem esse,
qui discere nolit, who is unwilling to learn, not nollet : an putas
me eum esse, qui id facere possim V thinkest thou that I am one
who can do that ? not possem : f ) after quis, quid, utrum, an,
cur, ubi, quomodo, quando ; e. g. scio, quis hodie veniat, who
will come to-day : nescit, quidfaciat, he knows not what he
shall do : si scias, quid vetim, if you know what I wish : audio
te velle scire, ubi sim, et quid agam, where I am, and what I
am doing : si quis queer at, an hoc efficere velim aut possim ,
if any one ask, whether I will or can do this, not vellem or pos-
sem : miraris, quomodo hoc fieri possit, how this can happen,
not posset : mirari scribis homines quomodo talia audere possim,
quia non eredibile sit, hominem &c., how I am able to venture
such things, since it is not probable that a man &c., not possem
or esset : neminem amare possim, si videam esse improbum, I
1 76 Of the Parts of the Verb.
can love no one, if I see that he is not upright, not viderem :
scribis te mirari, quomodo films tuus doctus fieri possit, si pe-
cunia non abundet, thou writest, that thou wonderest how thy
son can become learned, if he have not plenty of money ; we
might also say, cum pecunia non abundet, since he has not plenty
of money : qu&ris an illud agere debeas, thou askest whether
thou ought to do that : quarts an ita loqui debeamus, whether
we ought so to speak, should so speak, not deberemus : dicis te
non posse ibi esse,ubi inimici tui sint 9 thou sayest that thou canst
not be there, where thy enemies are, not essent. This is the
common usage with the ancients : yet we shall immediately re-
mark, that the imperfect often follows the present.
Observations.
Yet the present must often be followed by the perfect, when
the discourse is of a past subject, and by the future when it is
about a future subject.
a) By the Perfect: 1.) after lit ; e.g. hinc sequitur, ut Deus
mundum creaverit, hence it follows, that God has created the
world: hinc sequitur ut Cicero erraverit, hence it follows, that
Cicero erred; where creet, erret, would be erroneous: necesse
est (ut) homo multa ante didicerit, quam alios erudire velit, a
man must first have learned something, before Sic. ; here the
perfect didicerit must follow the present esse : stulti opt ant 9 ut
nunquam nati sint 9 that they were not born, not essent : opto
ut pater salvus Romam venerit t I wish my father may have come
safe to Rome : vereor ut frater venerit, I fear my brother may
not have come safe: 2.) after ne; e.g. timeo ne libros meos
amiserim, 1 fear lest I have lost my books : 3.) after quin ; as,
non dubitas, quin hocfecerim, thou doubtest not, but I have
done this : non dubium est, quin Ca3sar Pompeium vicerit, has
overcome Pompey : 4.) after qui, quis, an, and other particles ;
as, sunt qui dijcerint, there are persons who have said : sunt qui
seepe admoniti sint 9 who have been often admonished : non is
sum qui talia dicere potuerim, who could have said such things,
Of the Parts of the Verb. 1 7 7
not potuissem : scio quidfeceris, I know what thou hast done :
scribe mi hi, cur hoc feceris, why thou hast done this &c., an et
quando hocfactum sit &c.
b) By the Future : e. g. hinc sequitur ut ludaei lesum olim
pro Messia habituri sint, will hereafter hold Jesus to be Mes-
siah : die mihi, quando rediturus sis : though sis, sit &c., be
properly the present.
Note : It is a question whether the present may be followed
also by the imperfect and pluperfect. There are certain places
where perspicuity requires it; e.g. die mihi, quid faceres, sila-
trones te invaderent, what thou wouldst do &c. : die mihi quid
fecisses (orfacturus fuisses) si te heri latrones invasisseht, what
thou wouldst have done, if yesterday robbers had attacked thee :
scire velim an librum emisses, or emturus fuisses, whether thou
wouldst have bought &c. Moreover, in many passages of the
ancients an imperfect follows a present, where one would have
expected a present : a) in narrations, where the preceding pre-
sent occupies the place of an imperfect ; petit (ut) iuberet,
Ca3s. B. G. 6. 10: legates mittunt, ut impetrarent, ibid. 1.9:
ut consequi posset, curat, ibid. 1. 13 : certiores milites facit (ut)
intermit terent, ibid. 3. 5 : mittit qui mtntiarent, ibid. 4. 11:
qui dederent Falerios, projficiscuntur, Liv. 5. 27 : locum quern
communirent, capiunt, ibid. 6. 29 : quid pararet, edocet, ibid.
27. 43 : eo inclinant sentential, ut tern pus pugna> differretur,
ibid. 27. 46 : a QuintiopetaV, ut rem differret, ibid. 32. 3 : Hi
hominem admonent eum patronum, quern adire/?osse, habere
neminem : esse in illo testamento, quo ille heres esset, scriptum
&c., Cic. Verr. 2. 14, where habere and esse are presents on
account of admonent, and possit, sit, should stand for posset,
esset. Ernesti, by virtue of the grammatical rule, has printed
possit y but left esset unaltered : b) without narration ; e. g. mo-
riar, si gauderem, Cic. Att. 8. 6 : velim ut velles, Plaut. Most.
3. 2. 53 : nunc ut veniret miles, velim, ibid. True. 2. 5. 20 : ve-
lim, fieri posset, Cic. Agr. 2. 24; where, however, Ernesti, ques-
tioning its correctness, has printed possit : hortatur, ut mande-
VOL. II. N
178 Of the Parts of the Verb.
rem, Cic. Or. 3. 58, from an old poet: Cic. Verr. 4. 6, verisi-
mile non est, ut ille religion! suae pecuniam anteponeret :
Cic. Marc. 6, ut dubitare debeat nemo, quin multos, si fieri pos-
set, Cffisar ab inferis excitaret, would raise up : Cic. Agr. 2. 3,
neque enim ullo modo facere possum, ut non essem popu-
laris ; instead of which Ernesti has adopted the reading sim.
2.) The present also follows the future : this is usual after ut,
ne, quo, quin; e. g. rogabo patrem, ut librum mihi emat : eras
necesse erit (ut) scribam, to-morrow it will be necessary that I
write : coges me, ut tandem dicam, thou wilt compel me at length
to speak, not dicturus sim : particularly after verbs of making,
effecting &c. ; as facio, efHcio, perficio, fit, accidit &c : tu efficies
ut nemo te amet, thou wilt occasion, that no one will love thee,
not amaturus sit : Cic. ad Div. 3. 7 9> nonperficiet, quo minus
tua causa velim, he will not effect, that I be not your friend, not
vellem : nunquam accidet, ut literas spernam : nunquam dubi-
tabo, quin me ames, I shall never doubt but that you love me :
Cic. ad Div. 3. 8. 3, si quid egero, scribam ad te, neque domum
ad me literas mittam, quin adiungam eas (literas) quas tibi reddi
velim, if I should do any thing, I will write to you, nor shall I
send a letter to my own family, and not add a letter to you, not
adiungerem, on account of mittam. So qui, quae, quod, in the
expression semper erunt, qui dicant, there will always be per-
sons to say, not dicent, or dicturi sint : reperientur semper, qui
id agantj there will always be found persons who will do it, not
agent : reperietur, quod tibi placeat.
Exception : The future is also followed by the perfect when
the discourse is of a past event ; e. g. eras necesse erit, ut labor
finitus sit, to-morrow it will be necessary that the labour have
been finished : si pater eras non redierit, timebo forsan, ne peri-
erit, I shall fear perhaps, lest he may have perished ; or, ne occi-
sus sit latronibus, lest he may have been killed by robbers : nun-
quam dubitabo, quin Cassar Pompeium vicerit, but that Ca3sar
conquered Pompey : so also with other particles ; e. g. eras tibi
narrabo ubi Caiusfuerit, where Caius was : anmortuus sit &c.
This is self-evident. The future must also follow when it is re-
Of the Parts of the Verb. 179
quired for perspicuity ; e. g. I will tell you to-morrow whether
my father will come before the market-day, eras tibi dicam, an
pater ante nundinas venturus sit. It may be questioned whe-
ther the future ever can or need be followed by the imperfect or
pluperfect. We answer, not readily; because the present is
used for the imperfect; for sperabam/bre, ut pater veniret t be-
longs not to this question, since though an imperfect follows, yet
fore itself is really an imperfect. Yet there are places where
the imperfect and pluperfect must be used ; e. g. I will tell you
what I would do, if you should attack me, dicam tibi, quid fa-
cerem, orfacturus essem : further, I will tell you what I should
have done, dicam tibi quidjfeczssem, orfacturusfuissem&c.
3.) The imperfect also follows the imperfect; e.g. rogabat
me, ut venirem, he asked me to come, not veniam : heri me im-
pediebas, quo minus scriberem ; interrogabat me, cur nollem fa-
cere, not nolim. So also with quis, quid &c. : heri nesciebam
quid ageres, what thou wouldst do, not agas : Cic. ad Div. 3.
6. 11, literas accept, qua? me docerent, quid ageres, aut ubi te
visurus essem, which informed me what thou wert doing, and
where I might see thee, not agas, nor visurus sim, though we may
translate it, what thou art doing, when I shall see thee : memini
te ea dicere, qua? vera essent, which were true, since dicere is
the imperfect. To these belongs the instance, sperabamybre,
ut me obliviscereris, not obliviscaris, sinecure is the imperfect.
Exception : Yet the pluperfect often follows when the sense
requires it ; e. g. stultus ille nuper optabat, ut nunquam natus
esset, that he had never been born: heri omnes optabant, ut
ilia res nunquam accidisset, that the thing had never happened :
vellem, nunquam te vidissem, I could wish I had never seen
thee: Cic. ad Div. 7- 16. 3, vellem, eum tecum adduxisses, I
wish you had taken him with you : timebam heri, ne periissem,
lest I should have perished : metuebam heri, ne libros mihi abs-
tulisses, that you would have taken the books from me : Caesar
non dubitabatj quin victoria amissa esset : sciebam quid audi-
visses : Cains narrabat mihi, quando pater eius mortuus esset.
x 2
180 Of the Parts of the Verb.
Also; erant, qui audivissent, there were people who had heard :
Plaut. Pseud. 4. 1.8, metuebam ne abisset : further, rogabam
eum, ut mihi narraret, si quid audivisset, if he had heard any
thing : in all which instances the pluperfect is necessary. We
also sometimes find in the ancients the perfect after the imper-
fect, where we should expect the imperfect ; e. g. quid erat,
quod Capitonem primum scire valuer it? Cic. Rose. Am. 35 :
qui in ilia re quid facere potuerit, non habebat, Cic. Verr. 1 . 30 :
also the present; e. g. dicerent, rogare, ut liceat, Caes. B. G.
K 7.
4.) The imperfect follows the perfect ; frequently where in
English the present or perfect follows, which is very apt to de-
ceive beginners : a) after ut; as, rogavi patrem, ut librum erne-
ret, I asked my father to buy the book : persuasit mihi, ut hoc
facerem, he persuaded me to do this, noifecerim: tufecisti ut
miser essem, thou hast caused, that I am miserable : virtus tua
effecitj ut ab omnibus laudareris t has caused, that thou art
praised by all, not laudatus sis : so tua virtute factum est, ut
laudareris : tot libros mihi misisti, ut non omnes legere possem,
that I cannot read them all, not potuerim. Yet in these in-
stances, in ancient authors, the perfect often follows the per-
fect ; e. g. Nep. Ages. 5, tantum abfuit ab insolentia, ut com-
miseratus sit, for commiseraretur : Nep. Att. 21, subito tanta
vis morbi in unum intestinum prorupit, ut extreme tempore
perlumbos fistula putris eruperit, for erumperet : ibid. Them. 4,
tarn angusto mari conflixit ut non potuerit : ita se gessit in
tribunatu, ut nihil cogitarit, Cic. Sull. 23 : tanta diligentia
fuit, ut dixerit, Cic. Arch. 5 : itafuit infirma et levis, ut
coegerit, Cic. Mur. 5 : Asiam sic obiit, ut vestigium relique-
rit, ibid. 9 : tantum consilio valuit, ut se renovarit, ibid.
15 : tantum in unius anima posuit, ut iudicarit, ibid. 16:
ita cecidit victus, ut victor idem regnaverit, Cic. Harusp. 25 :
nos ita addixit, ut reliquerit, Cic. Phil. 5. 12 : in earn par-
tern accepta sunt, ut adfeceris, Cic. Deiot. 5 : so also ha3c
omm^fecisse dico, ut ementiretur, ut fingeret, ut diceret,
4it passus non sit, Cic. Rose. Am. 44, for pateretur. We
Of the Parts of the Verb. 1 8 1
also find the present where the imperfect should follow : e. g.
JSep. Alcib. 1, in hoc natura, quid efficere possit, videtur ex-
perta, for posset, since experta precedes : Cic. Q. Fr. 3. 1, ne
nunc quidem, quid velim, rogavit, for vellem. Yet there are
places where partly the perfect, partly the present, must follow
the perfect : 1 .) the perfect ; e. g. thou hast always been so at-
tached to virtue, that thou couldst not commit so great a crime,
virtutem semper tantopere amasti, ut tantum flagitium commit-
tere non potueris,for posses : here potueris is preferable to posses,
because the latter might be translated, that thou couldst not, i.e.
hereafter. So also, tu virtutis tarn amans semper fuisti, ut ne-
minem tibi similem invenerim, that I have found none like thee,
for invenirem : but the former is preferable, because invenirem
might be translated, that 1 could not (hereafter) find ; which alters
the sense. We have lately remarked that in many instances
the ancients used, after the perfect, the perfect instead of the im-
perfect. 2.) often the present; viz. where the discourse is of a pre-
sent circumstance, or where the consequence or effect only ex-
tends to the present time ; e. g. hie homo bona sua ita dissipa-
vit f utnunc pauperrimus sit, this man has so wasted his property,
that he is now very poor. Here esset cannot be used, otherwise
the sense would be, that he might now be very poor. The fol-
lowing example deserves notice, since it shews the difference
between the present and imperfect : hie homo tarn pauca didi-
cit, ut ne legere quidem sciat, that he cannot even read, i.e.
now : but ut ne legere quidem sciret would mean, that he could
not even read, i. e. formerly, but not now. Both expressions
are correct, according to the different intentions of the speaker.
Further, consecutus sum id, ut omnes me laudent, I have
brought it to pass, that all praise me : but laudarent would
mean, I brought it to pass that all praised me, i . e. formerly : Cic.
ad Div. 5.6.7, ego autem meis rebus gestis hoc sum adsecutus,
ut bonum nomen existimer, I have by my exploits effected so
much, that 1 am thought a good debtor : existimarer would mean,
that 1 was thought a good debtor, i. e. formerly, not now : so
Ovid. Trist. 5. 79, curscribam, docui: Nep. Att. 1 1, tiic fecit,
ut vere dictum, videatur. Yet we also find the present where
182 Of the Parts of the Verb.
the imperfect would be more accurate ; e. g. natura, quid efficere
possit, videtur experta, Nep. Alcib. 1, for posset : ne nunc qui-
dem, quid velim, rogavit, Cic. Q. Fr. 3. 1, for vellem : qui sibi
hoc sumsit, ut corrigat, ne reprehendat, Cic. Verr. 3. 1 : petie-
runt ne patiantur, Liv. 43. 2 : sa3pe usuifuerunt, ut tegant,
et excipiant, Liv. 38. 22. The future also must be used
when the sense requires it; e. g. tu perfidia tu&fecisti, ut nemo
tuis verbis in posterum fidem haUtarus sit: b) after ne ; e. g.
semper timui, ne id' accideret, I have always feared lest that
should happen, not accidat : dixi hoc propterea, ne crederes me
noluisse, I have said this on purpose lest you should believe &c.,
not credas. But the pluperfect also follows when the sense re-
quires it; e. g. heri timui ne pater occisus esset, or periisset,
yesterday I feared lest my father might have been slain : c) after
quo; e. g. non te impedivi, quo minus ires, or ire posses, I have
not prevented thee so that thou mightst not go, i. e. from going :
also impeditus sum, quo minus id facerem, or facere possem, not
fecerim or facere potuerim, I have been hindered so that I could
not do it, from doing it : Cic. ad Div. 6. 23, non ea res me de-
terruit, quo minus literas ad te mitterem, that circumstance
did not deter me from sending letters to you : so quo, as though,
Cic. ad Div. 9. 17.7, haec tibi antea non rescripsi, non quo ces-
sator esse solerem, not as though I were used to be a loiterer :
d) after quin; e.g. nunquam dubitavi quin tu istam rem per-
ficere posses, I never doubted, but that thou wouldst be able to
perform that : nemo dubitavit adhuc, quin deus esset, no one
yet doubted, but that there was a God, not sit : nunquam mihi
fuit dubium, quin tibi essem carissimus, but that I was very clear
to you ; so Cic. ad Div 5. 19, not sim : e) after qui in the ex-
pressions fuerunt qui dicerent, there were people who said, not
dixerint or dixerunt ifuit, qui diceret : repertus est, qmfaceret,
there was a person found to do it: reperti sunt, qui dicerent, scri-
berent &c., not dixerunt, scripserunt, who might say, write &c.
So, inventus est amicus, qui ei mortem adferret, Cic. ad Div. 4.
12.6.Sulp.,there was found a friend who might tell him, i.e. to
tell him. So also after dignus ; e. g. pater dignusfuit, qui ama-
retur, his father was worthy to be loved, not amatus sit : audivi
Of the Parts of the Verb. 183
te ea locutum esse, qua? nemini placerent, that thou spakest
things which pleased nobody, not placeant : aiunt aliquem ad-
venisse, qui vellet, not velit, they say, that one came, who wished.
When, however, the sense requires it, a pluperfect is used ; as
dicunt, libros eos combustos esse, quos nuper emisset &c., they
say that those books were burnt which he had lately bought :
f ) after quis, quid, ubi, quam, an, and other particles ; e. g.
sero cognovi, quis esset, I learnt too late who he was, or is, not
sit nor est : scripsit mihi frater, quid ibi gereretur, what was
passing there, not geratur : dixi igitur tibi, quid vellem, quid
sentirem, quid optarem, I therefore told thee, what I wished,
thought &c., not velim, sentiam, nor volo : iam perspexisti, quam
pra3clara esset virtus, thou hast now seen how illustrious is virtue :
Cic. ad Div. 4. 5. 2, nam, quam fortiter ferres communes mise-
rias non perspexi, for I did not see (from the letter) how bravely
thou wert bearing the common calamity, not feras : dixit mihi
ubi habitaret, he told me where he lived : tu non mihi dixisti,
ubi dormires, thou didst not tell me where thou slept. Yet
where a past circumstance is denoted, the perfect or pluperfect
is used ; e. g. cur non mihi dixisti, (juid patri scripseris, what
thou wrote, hast written ; also scripsisses, hadst written : non
satis perspexi, quam fortiter tuleris communes miserias, how re-
solutely thou hast borne, or barest, i. e. formerly : also tulisses :
dixit mihi, ubi habitaverit, dormiverit : also habitasset, dormis-
set, where he has dwelt, slept, where he had dwelt, slept &c.
Note: Memini, novi &c,, are here, as in all other instances, con-
sidered as presents : so also the perfect conjunctive; e. g. si me
rogaveris (i. e. roges) ut veniam, if thou ask me to come : ne-
cessefuerit (for szV), pater moriatur, it must be unavoidable, that
my father die : quasieris forsan ex me, quid agam, you may per-
haps ask me, what I shall do, not agerem, since quassieris is here
equivalent to quaras.
5.) The imperfect follows the pluperfect a) after ut : dudum
te rogaveram, ut id faceres, I had long since asked thee to do
184 Of the Parts oj the Verb.
it : si mi hi suasisses, ut idjacerem, if thou hadst persuaded me
to do it: nemo praeter te hoc efficere potuisset, ut patria quieta
uteremur, no one besides thee would have been able to bring it
to pass, that we should enjoy our country in quiet, not usi esse-
mus : ego facile effedssem, ut literas amare inciperesj I could easily
have brought it to pass, that you should begin to love your stu-
dies, not incepisses : hanc gratiam tibi retulissem, ut omnia quae
haberem, tibi darem, I should have repaid thee this favour, so
that 1 should give thee all that 1 have, not dedissem : omnes op-
t aver ant, ut moreretur, all had wished that he should die ; mor-
tuus esset , that he were dead, had died before: b) after ne :
timueram ne in morbum inciderem, I had feared that I should
fall sick : yet the pluperfect follows where the sense requires it ;
e. g. timueram ne in morbum incidisset, lest he had fallen &c. :
c) after quo ; e. g. nulla re impeditus eras, quo minus venire
posses, thou wast prevented by nothing, from being able to come,
not potuisses : si tu me impedivisses, quo minus rem perficerem,
if thou hadst so hindered me, that I might not accomplish the
thing, not perfecissem : d) after quin : nunquam dubitaveram,
quin rem perjiceres, I had never doubted, but thou wouldst
finish the business. Yet the pluperfect is used where it is re-
quired by the sense ; e. g. non dubitaveram, quin rem perfecisses,
but thou wouldst have &c. : quin mortuus esset, but that he was
dead, had died : e) after qui ; e. g.fuerant, qui dicer ent, there
had been persons who said, to say, not dixissent nor dixerant :
sifuissent, qui hoc facerent : f ) after quis, quid, cur, an, ubi
&c. ; e. g. cum vidissem, quid sentiret, when [ had seen what he
thought, not sensisset : audiveram, qualis esset, I had heard
what sort of man he was, not sit. Yet the pluperfect is used
when the sense requires it ; e. g. audiveram, qualisjuisset, I had
heard what sort of man he had been, i. e. formerly: qu&sive-
rant ex me, ubi fuisses, quando scripsisses &c., they had in-
quired of me where you had been, when you had written &c.
B.) There is another kind of dependence in the
tenses : viz. where they are connected by the conjunc-
tions et, ac, atque, que, non modo sed etiam, cum
Of the Parts of the Verb. 185
turn, turn turn ; &c. some of which, as is well known,
are occasionally omitted ; e. g. veni, vidi, vici &c. : here
all depends on the sense : and the common rule, that
these conjunctions connect the same tenses, is true only
so far as when the same tense is intended ; e. g. te
amo et colo : or without et ; vitium odi, virtutem amo :
nuper apud tefui et tuos libros vidi Sec. On the con-
trary, to express different modifications of time, corre-
sponding tenses are used ; e. g. a) the present and per-
fect ; as, cum hoc certo sciam et ab omnibus audiverim :
amavisti me et adhuc amas &c. Sometimes historians
in their narrative unite both these tenses with the same
sense ; as, Caesar copias educit et instnmt, or eduxit
et instruit : so, iubet rellquit proficiscitur, Caes.
B. G. 5. 2. Ed. Oudend., since the present is here used
for the perfect ; yet such examples should not be imi-
tated : b) the imperfect and pluperfect ; e. g. cum ipse
scirem et ex aliis cognovissem : speraveram semper et
turn sperabam : c) the present and future ; e. g. amo te
et per omnem vitam amabo : in all which instances it
would be incorrect to use the same tense : d) we some-
times find the present and imperfect together, and the
imperfect and future : Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 28, naevus
delectat Alcseum : illi tamen hoc lumen videbat-ur,
where delectat is for delectabat. Also the imperfect
and perfect ; e. g. Mtfingeret, ut diceret utpassus non
sit, for pateretur, Cic. Rose. Am. 44.
186 Of the Parts of the Verb.
5.
Of the Modes.
I.) The indicative is used when there is no reason
to use the conjunctive ; i. e. when we speak of a thing
absolutely, definitely, and with certainty ; and there-
fore no particle precedes which requires the conjunc-
tive. It follows, therefore, that the particles etsi, ta-
metsi, quamquam, si, nisi, quam after ante, simul ac,
quamvis although, cum when, quando, ubi, and all
interrogatives when used directly, are followed by an
indicative ; e. g. etsi scio, though I know : tametsi,
quamquam, or quamvis credo, though I believe : si
video, if I see : nisi scis, if thou dost not know : ve-
niam ante, quam ex animo tuo effluo, Cic. ad Div. 7. 14,
I shall come, before I vanish from your memory : so
also priusquam : gaudeo cum te video, when I see you :
simul ac venero, as soon as I shall have come : simul
ac venerat, as soon as he had come : ubi es ? where art
thou ? quando rediisti ? when didst thou return ? unde
cognovisti ? whence hast thou learnt ? But all these
particles and others, as quia, quod ; also quis, quid,
qualis, quantus c., under certain circumstances take
the conjunctive ; which, however, is not governed by
them, but its use is determined by the circumstances
of the thing expressed ; which we shall soon consider.
Note: 1.) Yet we also find quanquam with a conjunc-
tive, where generally an indicative is used ; e. g. quam-
quam variarent, Liv. 38. 57 : quamquam regula sit,
Pand. 26. 8. 1 : quamquam curasset, Suet. Dom. 20 :
quamquam darct, ibid. Galb. 14 : quamquam receptum
Of the Parts of the Verb. 187
sit, Quintil. 1. 3 (4) : so also antequam and priusquam ;
e. g. providentia est, per quam futurum aliquid videtur,
ante quam factum sit, Cic. Invent. 2. 53 : nunquam eris
dives ante quam tibi tantum rejiciatur, Cic. Parad.
6. 1 : ante videmus fulgurationem, quamsouum audia-
mus, Senec. Nat. Quoest. 2. 12 : priusquam conetur
segro adhibere medicinam natura corporis cognos-
cenda est, Cic. Or. 2. 44 : quod priusquam veniret
arbitrabatur. Nep. Milt. 5 : non prius aggressus est
quam rex reciperet, ibid. Them. 8 : nunquam inde
prius discessit, quam ad finem sermo esset adductus,
ibid. Epam. 3 : also quod that, instead of the accusa-
tive with the infinitive ; e. g. scio, quod filius amet me-
retricem, Plaut. Asin. 1. 1.37,70: cognito, quod filius
nonfuisset, Pand. 22. 3. 15 : recordatus, quod nihil
pr&stitisset, Suet. Tit. 8 : also quod because ; e. g.
laudabat fortunam Bruti, quod occubuisset, Liv.2.7: ex-
pulsus est, quod iustus esset, Cic. Tusc. 5. 36 : 2.) the
ancients also often use the indicative where in En-
glish we use the conjunctive ; e. g. non dari melius
fuit, Cic. Nat. Deor. 3. 31, itwere better not to be given :
et id ipsum quod fecit, potuit diligentius facere, he
would have been able to do more diligently ; though
both these instances may be translated in the indica-
tive.
II.) The conjunctive, subjunctive or potential, is
used by the ancients
A. Without particles, when a thing is spoken of as
uncertain or contingent, possible, credible, desirable,
or to be conceded ; which in English is expressed by
the auxiliaries shall, will, may, can, should, would,
188 Of the Parts of the Verb.
might, could &c. : e. g. dicat aliquis, one might or may
say : obiiciat aliquis, one may object : veniat, may
come : dicas or dixeris, you may say : sit innocens, one
may be innocent : diu vivat ! may he live long : at pa-
ter moriatur interea, but in the mean time my father
may die : so also with particles ; e. g. etsi scias, although
you may know : quamquam vix credam or crediderim,
though I can scarcely believe : si quis veniat, dicat or
dixerit, if any one come, he may say : quamquam non
negem, although I may not deny : si neges, if thou shalt
deny : non dicerem, etsi scirem, I would not say, even
if I should know : cum videas, when thou shalt see :
and so with others ; as, ne credas, thou must not be-
lieve, do not believe : so dicas for die : ne dicas, say
not : and in other places, where we command or wish
any thing of a person : thence the plural is used when
the speaker connects himself with others, and expresses
a participation ; e. g. eamus, let us go, or we will go :
scribamus, let us write, or we will write. Thence in de-
finitions, not of a certain particular individual thing, but
of a certain particular case or instance, qui, quse, quod,
is often followed by the conjunctive, which is translated
by an auxiliary verb ; e. g. inventio est excogitatio re-
rum qua causam probabilem reddant, Cic. Invent.
1 . 7, such as may make a cause &c. : pietatem (adpel-
lant) qua erga patriam aut parentes officium conser-
vare moneat : gratiam qua observantiam teneat, ibid.
2. 22 : so also profecto fuit qusedam vis, qua generi
consuleret humano nee idgigneret aut aleret, quod&c.,
Cic. Tusc. 1.49. for consulebat, gignebat, alebat : yet it
may be the same as the form fuit qui diceret, for dice-
bat or dixit.
Of the Parts of the Verb. 189
B. After certain particles, the nature of which re-
quires a conjunctive, and which, if not all, yet mostly
assert or imply a contingency. They are ut that, in
order that, suppose that : ne, that not, that : quo, in
order that, that (e. g. quo minus, that not) : quin,
but that, that not : utinam, oh that ! I would that !
o! si, if only, oh ! if: licet, although : quasi, as if: cum,
since : quamvis, although : an, whether : utrum an,
whether or : with all interrogatives used indirectly :
further, dum, donee, quoad until : qui, quae, quod,
when used for utor cum and is. It will, however, ge-
nerally be found, that a contingency is implied, and
that these words are mostly used to express something
doubtful, desirable, or to be conceded.
1.) Ul or uti, a) that : e.g. after ita, tails &c. ; also after
verbs ; e. g. rogo, ut venias, I ask, that you may come, I ask you
to come : tantum abest ut &c., so much is wanting, that &c. :
also in explanations instead of namely : b) oh ! that, in wishes ;
ut veniat ! oh ! that he may come, where opto is understood :
yet in this sense utinam is more usual, which, however, is
merely a compound of uti and the adjunct nam : c) in order
that ; e. g. ut vero scias, cur fecerim, but in order that you
may know why I did so : d) suppose that, grant that ; where
fac is understood, since facere sometimes means, to suppose, to
take for granted : therefore fac ut means, suppose a case that,
or, more simply, suppose that : e. g. ut pater veniat, quid facies ?
suppose that your father shall come, what will you do ? ut desint
vires, tamen est laudanda voluntas, suppose that strength fails,
yet the intention deserves praise. Some from this erroneously
believe that ut means, although ; for though it may sometimes
be so translated, yet it is only when tamen either follows, or is
understood after : e) after verbs of fearing, caring &c., it means,
that not; e. g. timeo, ut pater vivat, 1 fear that my father is
not living : f ) that also, where a consequence is expressed, for,
190 Of the Paris of the Verb.
therefore : see more at large on this subject, of the Infinitive,
n. IX. C. 1. On the contrary, ut, as, since, is an adverb, and
generally is followed by an indicative. .
2.) Ne a) that not, lest ; e. g. tu impedis me, ne scribam,
you hinder me, that I cannot write : ne vero credas, me nescire,
but that you may not believe that I am ignorant : also after fa-
cio ; e. g. factum est, ne &c., Caes. B. C. 3. 37 : after sic, Co-
lum. 3. 29. 16 : b) after verbs of fearing or providing it m6ans,
that; e.g. timeo ne pluat, I fear that it will rain, I fear it
may rain : timeo ne non pluat, I fear that it will not rain : c) it
is also used in adjurations ; e. g. ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo,
ac sentio, may 1 perish if &c., where opto seems to fail, for opto
ne sim. So ne vivam, si tibi concede, may I not live if &c., Cic.
ad Div. 7. 23. 19. Note: Ut ne is often used for ne; e. g.
Cic. Off. 1. 7 : ibid. 10, and elsewhere.
3.) Quo, a) in order that; as, quo scias, in order that thou
mayst know : b) that, when minus follows, which, taken toge-
ther, signify that not, after verbs of hindering, for ne ; as, im-
peditus sum, quo minus scriberem, I was hindered, that I could
not write, for ne scriberem, which also is correct: c) as if;
e. g. dico hoc, non quo putem, not as if I thought : Cic. ad Div.
Q. 17. 7, base tibi antea non rescripsi, non quo cessator esseso-
lerem, not as if I were usually a loiterer.
4.) Quin, a) for ut non ; e. g. non fieri potest, quin virtus
homines reddat felices, it cannot happen that virtue shall not
make men happy, for non fieri potest, ut virtus non, which also
is correct, and often occurs. To this belongs parum abest,
quin, there wants little, why not&c. ; e.g. parum abest, quin
credam, there wants little, why I cannot believe it : so also pa-
rum aberat, quin crederem, there wanted little, but that I should
believe, why I should not believe &c. : thence it follows est for
ut non; e. g. nunquam est, quin velimus, Auct. ad Heren. 3.
24, it never happens, but that we wish : see hereafter, IV. C. b :
b) for quod non, that not ; e. g. suadeo tibi hoc, non quin
credam, te ipsum esse sapientem, I advise thee this, not that I
Of the Parts of the Verb. 1 9 1
do not believe, that thou thyself art wise : which is very usual.
Here belongs, non dubito, quin, I doubt not, but that; e.g.
non dubito, quin hoc verum sit, i doubt not, but that this is
true : c) for qui non, which is very usual ; e. g. quis est, quin
credat, who is there, who does not believe, for qui non, which
also would be correct. Note : When, however, quin denotes
a) yea, rather : b) why not ; e. g. quin curris? why do you not
run ? it is an adverb, and generally followed by an indicative.
5.) Utinam and o ! si ! o ! that, o ! if, would that, since they
express a wish, naturally take a conjunctive ; as, utinam veniat,
o ! that he may come ! would God he may come ! o ! si veniat,
o ! if he shall come. Yet we observe that utinam properly
means, no more than, that, since it is merely ut or uti with the
syllable nam affixed ; as in quisnam, ubinam &c. So ut, in the
same way as ut or uti, is used in wishes ; as, ut veniat, may he
come ! ut venerit &c., where opto fails. So it is easy to see that
utinam is used in the same way : opto is always understood ;
e. g. utinam veniat, o ! that he may come ! for opto ut veniat !
So utinam non fecerim, for opto utinam non fecerim; and so in
all other instances. Hence it is clear why the Latins used the
present instead of the imperfect, and the perfect instead of the
pluperfect, though the contrary usage prevails in English ; as,
utinam veniat, I would he were come, not veniret : utinam non
fecerim, would I might not have done it, not fecissem. Though
utinam is often translated would God ! yet the idea of God is
not contained in it, and it is better omitted, as appears from the
example, utinam deus nos iuvet, would (i. e. I would, I wish)
that God may help us.
6.) Licet, although, is properly the well-known impersonal
verb, it is lawful or allowed: therefore when a conjunctive fol-
lows it, ut is understood ; as, licet verum sit, although it be true,
for licet, ut verum sit, it is allowed or granted that it is true :
thence it is used adverbially, and translated although-. Note :
Licet is also followed by the indicative ; e. g. licet rescripsit,
Pand. 30. leg. 73 : and elsewhere ; e. g. ibid. 2. 15. 8 : 28. 7.
2 : JMacrob. Sat. 1. 11 : Ammian. 22. 8 (11).
1 92 Of the Parts of the Verb.
7.) Quasi, as if, as though, is formed from quam si, as we
may also say tanquam si, as if, and naturally takes the conjunc-
tive after it, since it denotes a possible or doubtful circumstance;
e. g. tu taces, quasi nescias, thou art silent, as if thou wert ig-
norant. Note : When a present precedes, quasi is always
followed by a present, when the discourse is about something
present, though in English the imperfect is commonly used in
similar expressions, as in the example given above. On the con-
trary, when the discourse is of any thing past, the perfect is used,
in correspondence to the English pluperfect ; as, tu taces, quasi
nihil audiveris, as though thou hadst heard nothing, for audi-
visses : Gags. B. C. 2. 31, discedimus : quasi concilient :
Cic. Quint. 2, qui, quasi agatur gerunt : Cic. ad Div. 3.
7, sic scribis : quasi debuerint. But if an imperfect, perfect,
or pluperfect precedes, quasi must be followed either by the im-
perfect or pluperfect, viz. according to the nature of the circum-
stance; e.g. heri tacebas, quasi nihil scires, yesterday thou wast
silent, as if thou knewest nothing : heri tacebas, quasi nihil au-
divisses, as if thou hadst heard nothing : Cic. Senect. 8, sic ar-
ripui, quasi vellem. It is the same with the other comparative
particles, when they denote something doubtful ; as tanquam,
as if: perinde ac, or proinde ac, just as if: but if quasi is used
in comparisons between certain things, or signifies as, like other
similar particles, it is followed by an indicative. Note : Yet
with quasi we also find an imperfect or pluperfect after a pre-
sent; e.g. illud queruntur, quasi desciscerem (Ed. Ernest.de-
scissem) a causa, Cic. ad Div. 1 . 9. 42, for desciverim : it should
properly be, me desciscere, or descisse.
8.) Quum or cum, when or since : viz. where it denotes an
established and acknowledged reason ; or at least a reason
which is assumed as established and known : it therefore im-
plies more than because; e. g. cum sciam te essedoctum, when
I know &c. : cum scirem, when I knew : cum hoc verum sit,
since this is true. Two senses are commonly given to this word
which do not belong to it : a) because : b) although : it can-
not be denied that it may be sometimes translated by them both ;
Of the Parts of the Verb. 193
e. g. non possum tibi librum dare, cum non habeam, because I
have it not : librum mihi non das, cum habeas, although thou
hast it : but it does not follow that these are the true meanings
of the word, nor is there any necessity so to translate it, since
the sense when applies in all cases, but instances occur where
neither of the others is applicable ; e.g. Cic. ad Div. 9- 17, non
tu homo ridiculus es, qui, cum Balbus noster apud tefuerit, ex
me quasras, quid de istis agris futurum putem ? art thou not
a ridiculous man, to ask me what will become of those lands,
when our Balbus is with you r Yet we find cum, when, i. e.
since, with an indicative ; e. g. quam cum secuti sunt, Cic. Phil.
14. 11 ; where, however, Ernesti, who is offended by it, sub-
stitutes sint : but it often occurs ; e. g. cum eo tempore mecuin
esse non potuisti, Cic. ad Div. 16. 1 ( 2: tu cum instituisti et
vides &c., ibid. 5. 32 ; where again Ernesti reads quando.
Note: When cum denotes time, it is generally used with an in-
dicative; as, gaudeo cum te video, I rejoice when I see you :
yet it is often used with the imperfect and pluperfect conjunc-
tive ; as, cum scirem, viderem, vidissem, when I knew, saw,
had seen &c. : e. g. cum viderem, Cic. Marc. 4 : cum ibi essem,
audiebam, Cic. Tusc. 2. 14 : cum Athenis essem, Cic. Nat. Deor.
1. 21 : turn, cum te audirem, ibid. : fuit, cum arbitrarer, Cic.
Or. 1. 1 : cum peteret, Cic. Brut. 92 : cum maxicneniteremur,
Cic. ad Div. 1.5: cum in Africam venissem, Cic. Somn. Scip.
1: cum patria pulsus esset, Cic. Fin. 5. 19 : cum aquam bibis-
set, Cic. Tusc. 5. 34, and elsewhere : cum venisset, when he was
come, Nep. Ep. 3 : cum captus esset, ibid. : also with the per-
fect conjunctive ; e. g. cum fecerint vel cum diu steterint,
Colum. 6. 30. 3 : also with an infinitive ; cum Appius dicere,
Liv. 2. 27.
9.) Quamvis, however, as you will, from quam, as, and vis,
thou wilt ; e. g. quamvis sit miser, tamen non es me miserior,
be as miserable as you will, you are not more so than I am ;
however miserable &c. : it stands for sis miser quam veils. But
quamvis, although, takes an indicative: it may also be followed
by a conjunctive ; e. g. quamvis sciam, although I may know :
VOL. n. o
194 Of the Parts of the Verb.
either after an accusative and infinitive, or after the conjunctive:
but this belongs to a different place.
10.) An, whether, num, whether; also utrum or the enclitic
ne, when followed by an or, always take the conjunctive. It is
the same with all indirect interrogatives, which follow a sentence,
to which they refer : also with ut (as), quemadmodum (as),
when they refer to a preceding sentence ; e. g. nescio an pater
venturus sit, will come, not veniet : die mihi, utrum pater vivat
an mortuus sit, whether your father be living or dead : nescio
quis tu sis, I know not who you may be : die mihi, quid velis,
undevenias, quando rediturus sis, tell me, what you wish, whence
you come, when you are to return : die mihi ut, or quemadmo-
dum vivas, tell me, how you live &c.
11.) Dum until, donee until, quoad until, dummodo whilst,
if only, take a conjunctive; as exspectabo, dum or donee ve-
nias, until you come : res est praeclara, dummodo sit vera, whilst
only, if only it be true : so, dummodo ne, if only not; e. g. dum-
modo ne sit vera, if only it be not true. Note : a) instead of
dummodo we may use either dum or modo ; as, res est prseclara,
modo sit vera, or dum sit vera : oderint, dum metuant : so, dum
ne, or modo ne, for dummodo ne : b) donee, until, is also used
with an indicative ; e. g. Terent. Andr. 4. 1. 37 : Ad. 4. 6. 6 :
Phorm. 4. 1. 24: Virg. JEn. 1.274(278), and elsewhere. But
donee, so long as, takes an indicative ; as, donee eris felix, mul-
tos numerabis amicos, Ovid. Trist. 1. 9- 6 : donee abibant, Liv.
6. 13, and elsewhere: e. g. Liv. 2. 49 : Horat. Od. 1. 9. 17,
and elsewhere. So dum, whilst, takes an indicative : c) quoad,
until, is also followed by an indicative; as Cic. Mil. 10, Milo
cum in senatu fuisset eo die, quoad senatus dimissus est : Nep.
Epam. 9> quoad renuntiatum est, and elsewhere ; e. g. Caes.
B. G. 5. 17 : but when it means, so long as, it has always an
indicative : d) dum until, has also an indicative ; e. g. dumre-
iecti sunt, Cic. Verr. Act. 1.6, and elsewhere; e.g. Terent.
Eun. 1. 2. 26 : Heaut. 1. 1. 54 : Phorm. 3. 2. 28: 5. 7. 89.
12.) Qui, qua, quod, besides the three general cases, in which
Of the Parts of the Verb. 195
all particles take a conjunctive, viz. a) when they imply con-
tingency, b) after the conjunctive, c) after the accusative with
the infinitive, is also continually followed by a conjunctive in
the following cases :
a) After esse, inveniri, reperiri, and similar verbs, when they
represent the predicate, of which qui with its appended verb is
the subject ; e. g. sunt qui dicant, there are people who say :
sunt qui dixerint, who have said : fuerunt qui dicerent, there
were people who might say, to say, instead of dixerunt or dice-
bant : erunt qui dicant, there will be people who will say : so
also when reperiri, inveniri &c. are used for esse ; e. g. inveni-
untur qui dicant : reperti sunt, qui dicerent, narrarent &c. Yet
we also find the indicative ; e. g. sunt, quos iuvat, Hor. Od.
1. 1.4: sunt, quibus opus est, ibid. 1.7- 5 : sunt, qu& pr&terii,
Cic. Att. 10. 4. Ed. Ernest. : sunt vestrum aliquammulti, qui
cognoverunt, Cic. Verr. 4. 25, Ernest. : hasc erunt, qua
dicentur, Cic. Invent. 1. 54. Ernest. : sunt, qui abducunt
sunt qui putant sunt qui colligunt, Cic. Tusc. 3. 31, where
however Ernesti, in compliance with the grammatical rule, has
printed abducant, putent, colligant; as in many other places,
to comply with the same rule, he has altered the indicative into
the conjunctive, but perhaps without ground.
b) When qui, qua?, quod, is used for ut ego, ut tu, ut is, ea,
id, through all cases ; e. g. misit aliquem, qui nuntiaret, that he
might announce, or who might announce, for ut is : misit mihi
librurn, quern legerem, i. e. ut eum legerem : Nep. Iphig. 2,
petivit ducem, quern praficeret exercitui : Cic. ad Div. 4. 3,
nemini concedo, qui traxerit : Cic. Sull. 16, litera? repert
sunt, qua, possent : particularly after dignus ; e. g. sum dignus,
qui amer, for ut ego, I am worthy to be loved : sum dignus,
quern ames, for ut me ames : dignus es, qui ameris, for ut tu
ameris : dignus es, cui faveam, for ut tibi faveam : pater est
dignus, qui ametur, for ut is ametur : dignus est, ad quern sub-
levandum accurramus, for ut ad eum &c. : mater est digna,
qua? ametur, for ut ea &c. : digna est, quam amemus, for uteara
amemus : nos sumus digni, qui amemur, for ut nos amemur :
02
196 Of the Parts of the Verb.
sumus digni, quos adiuvetis, for ut nos Sec. : vos estis digni, qui
amemini, for ut vos &c. : estis digni, quibus utamur, for ut vo-
bis &c. Further, dignus sum, cuius fortunam adiuvet, i. e. ut
meam &c. : dignus es, cuius libros legam, i. e. ut tuos&c.: digni
sunt parentes, quorum curam magni faciamus, i. e. ut eorum
curam&c. : digni estis, quorum virtutes laudentur, i. e. ut vir-
tutes vestrae &c. And thus qui is regularly put after dignus,
and seldom ut : except when qui has been already used ; e. g.
homines vidi, qui, ut laudarentur, digni erant, for qui digni erant,
qui laudarentur: Liv. 23. 42, quos, ut haberes, dignos duxisti.
The reason why in such instances qui takes a conjunctive is,
that ut is implied. Yet it cannot be denied, that sometimes ut
is moreover expressed; e.g. Liv. 24. 16 : Plant. Mil. 4. 4. 4.
We may also reckon here, non is sum, qui putem, I am not the
man to think so : and similar instances : also where qui is used
after comparatives ; e. g. majora, quam quae possent, Liv. 3. 72 :
cf. 10. 4.
c) When qui, quae, quod, is used for cum ego, cum tu, cum
is, ea, id, and that through all cases ; e. g. ego, qui crederem,
hsec vera esse, eo profectus sum, I, since I believed &c. : tu libros
hos spernis, quos ne legeris quidem, for cum eos ne legeris qui-
dem, when you have not even read them : quid me laudas, quern
ne noris quidem, whom you do not even know, for cum me ne
&c. : libros misisti, quorum me non cupidum esse scires, you
have sent me books, when you know &c., for cum eorum : miror
te virtutem non amare, cuius prasstantiam bene noris, for cum
eius : and this is the regular expression of Cicero. Qui, in such
instances, governs a subjunctive, because cum is understood :
Cic. Verr. 1. 25, hospes, qui nihil suspicaretur : Cic. Att. 5. 9,
malumus iter facere pedibus, qui (i. e. cum) incommodissime
navigassemus, and so continually ; e. g. non solum (videris) sa-
piens, qui hinc absis, Cic. ad Div. 7. 28 : meum consilium lau-
dandum est, qui noluerim, ibid. 1. Q. 31: te incusamus, qui
abieriSf Terent. 3. 1. 7: naturam accusa, qua abstruserit,
Cic. Acad. 4. 10, and elsewhere.
d) In the formula, est quod, for est cur ; e. g. est quod gau-
Of the Parts of the Verb. 197
deas, rideas, fleas &c., thou hast cause to rejoice, to laugh, to
weep : so, non est quod rideam, fleam &c., I have not cause to
laugh, weep &c. : quod is an accusative, and stands for propter
quod, and aliquid or negotium is understood with est. Est
quod gaudeas occurs Cic. ad Div. 7. 10 : so, nihil est, quod te
desj ibid. 14. 12 : nee est, quod &c., Cic. Fin. 2. 3 : so alsone-
que habeo, quod te accusem, Cic. ad Div. 2. 8 : non est, cur
infringatur, Cic. Or. 2 : so also quid est quod ; quid est cur &c.
C. All particles which in themselves do not govern
the conjunctive, as etsi, tametsi, quamquam, quamvis
although, si, sin, cum when, ut as, quemadmodum as,
quod because, that, dum while, donee so long as, quoad
so long as, quia, quoniam, quando,quandocunque when-
soever, for which sometimes quandoque occurs, quam
as ; and all interrogatives, ubi, qualis, quantus, quan-
do, quis, quid, and particularly qui, quse, quod, have,
in the following circumstances, a conjunctive after
them :
1 .) Where the discourse is of a thing merely possible, desir-
able, or to be granted, where in English the auxiliaries shall,
will, should, would &c., are commonly used ; e. g. si quis qua3-
rat, if any one shall ask : quanquam vix credam, though I
scarcely can believe : quamvis non negaverim, or negem, al-
though I cannot deny : si vidisses, if thou hadst seen : nisi putes,
unless thou shalt think : etiamsi quis dicat, if any one shall say.
Note : Etiamsi is always used for si etiam, and is therefore dif-
ferent from quanquam although. Veniam ante, quam tu mei
plane obliviscaris, I shall come before you may entirely forget
me : an tu hoc facere possis ? will you be able to do this ? num
hoc credi bile sit ? can this be credible? ubi sit pater? where
may your father be ? ubi fueris ? where may you have been ?
quis hoc credat ? who can believe this ? quis crederet, who could
believe? &c. : Cic. Verr. 3. 34, quid f deer ent miseri? autquid
recusarent ? what could the unhappy people do ? or what refuse ?
198 Of the Parts of the Verb.
Note: It is easy to see that the conjunctive here does not de-
pend on the particle but on the sense.
2.) When a conjunctive in the same period, according to the
order of construction immediately precedes, and the sentence
which begins with one of these particles is closely connected
with the verb in the conjunctive that precedes ; e. g. rogo te, ut
librum mihi des, si habeas, if thou hast it: orrogote, utlibrum,
si habeas, mihi des : or rogo te, ut, si librum habeas, mihi des :
here habeas is used for habes, because des precedes in the order
of construction. Rogo te, ut fratrem tuum ames, quanquam,
or quamois te oderit : here oderit is used for odit, on account of
ames : squum est, ut mortem cogitemus, cum (quando) sani si-
mus, it is proper that we think of death, when we are in health;
not sumus, because cogitemus precedes. We may also say,
aequum est, ut, cum sani simus, mortem cogitemus ; since the
order of construction is the same. Saspe accidit, ut ii nobis
eripiantur, quos maxime amemus, whom we most love : here
quos is used with the conjunctive amemus, because eripiantur
precedes : so, rex imperavit, ut, qua bello opus essent, pararen-
tur: Cic. ad Div. 3. 7. 4, primum cum ad me aditum esset ab
iis, qui dicerent, who said, not dicebant, on account of esset :
ibid. 3. 8. 19, sin hoc genere delectaris, ut, qua tibi in mentem
veniant, aliis attribuas, not veniunt, on account of attribuas :
ibid. 3. 5. 14, quod te a Sca3vola petiisse dicis, ut, dum tu ab-
esses provincial prreesset : here dum means so long as, whilst,
and takes the conjunctive abesses, because praesset precedes :
ibid. 3. 6, 12, ut, dum tempus anni esset idoneum, aliquid ne-
gotii gerere possem. Yet we often find the indicative instead,
when the thing must be expressed very distinctly, and all ambi-
guity avoided ; e. g. Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 59, efficit, ut ea, qua
ignoramus, discere possimus : Cic. ad Div. 2. 4. 4, utneque
ea, qua nunc sentio, velim scribere, for sentiam, what I think,
my meaning : where sentiam also would have been correct.
3.) When an accusative of the subject with its infinitive pre-
cedes, and the particle refers to it ; e. g. scio te, si quid scias, id
reticere solere, I know that thou, when thou knowest anything,
Of the Parts of the Verb. 199
art accustomed to be silent about it ; where si is followed by
scias, because le solere precedes : credas me, rem nonfacturum,
quanquam sciam, although I know, for scio y because mefactu-
rum precedes : decet sapientem ita vivere, ut loquatur, as he
speaks, not loquitur: credo patrem, quia non scripserit,mox re-
versurum, not scripsit, because pair em reversurum precedes :
decet wo5 non rem ante suscipere, quam parati simus, that we
are prepared, not sumus : scio, te nobis ea, qu& egeris, narratu-
rum, what thou hast done, not egisti : Cic. ad Div. 3. 7. 8, sed
scito, plures esse, qui de tributis reatsettt, quam qui exigi velint,
who refuse, than who are willing, not recusant, volunt : ibid. 3.
8. 8, studia mihi eorum placere, quod in te grati essent, because
they were grateful &c. : and this is the general usage. Yet we
sometimes find the indicative where the sense must be definite,
and all obscurity avoided ; as Cic. ad Div. 2. 4. 6, si hoc statueris
quibus artibus ese laudes comparantur, in iis esse laboran-
dum, for comparentur, which also is correct after laborandum
esse : so also iucundiorem esse quam sermones eorum, qui
frequentant, ibid. 5. 21 : disrumpi necesse est earn, qua maxime
est, Cic. Off. 3. 5.
III.) The imperative is used when one bids, orders,
exhorts, or, in a word, when one commands or decrees
% any thing : it is thence more appropriately named, the
iussive mode. There is nothing to remark upon it, ex-
cept 1.) that we do not use non with it, but ne ; as ne
scribe, write not : for which we may also say, ne scri-
bas, when we would express ourselves more mildly or
courteously : we also say, cave scribas, dicas c., which
means, write not, beware of writing &c. ; when we
speak emphatically : 2.) that the second person in to is
not always to be translated, thou shalt ; scribito, write,
as well as, thou shalt write : ito go, scitote know &c.
IV.) The infinitive is used in many ways :
A. As a subject; e. g. errare humanum est, to err is
200 Of the Parts of the Verb.
human : we may alter the order ; e. g. humanum est
errare, it is human to err ; where errare does not de-
pend on humanum, but still continues the subject, and
the order of construction remains unaltered. It is the
same with the words of Tiberius, boni pastoris est ton-
dere pecus &c. ; the infinitive tondere is the subject ;
to shear, or the shearing of the sheep c. : so, dulce et
decorum est pro patria mori, where mori is the subject:
the order is, mori pro patria est dulce c. It is the
same with all similar instances ; as, parentum estalere
liberos, stands for alere liberos est parentum (negotium
or ofncium) : equorum est hinnire : in all which in-
stances, the infinitive is the subject, and is also a no-
minative : see above, of the Nominative.
B. The infinitive also follows, and is governed by
certain verbs : in which case it is used without an ac-
cusative of the subject ; e. g. possum facere, volo ire &c.
Note : The rule that when two verbs come together,
the latter is put in the infinitive, is too general and un-
defined : it leads the learner to put the infinitive after
all verbs indiscriminately ; even to use such expres-
sions as, operam do consequi, I labour to attain : pater
me impellit discere, my father urges me to learn : which
are incorrect. Nor, in prose, can we say, quaero com-
parare, I seek to gain, for studeo &c. : though poets
speak thus ; e. g. Ovid. Her. 12. 176 : Trist. 5. 4. 7 :
Am. 1.8. 51 : Phsedr. 3. prol. 24. There are only some
particular verbs which admit an infinitive after them ;
e.g. volo, nolo, malo, cupio, conor, tento, audeo, paro, I
am preparing or intending, e. g. to travel, proficisci ;
dubito, when it means, to hesitate ; e. g. non dubito fa-
teri, I do not hesitate to confess : yet instead of this we
Of the Parts of the Verb. 20 i
often find non dubito quin ; e. g. Cic. Sull. 2, non du-
bitasse quin defenderet, for defendere : and elsewhere;
e.g. Cic. Agr. 2. 26 : Cic. Flacc. 17 : Cic. Manil. 16,
23 : Cic. Mil. 23 : studeo, cogito, I intend, or design :
possum, queo, nequeo ; obliviscor, e. g. oblitus sum di-
cere : debeo, incipio, ccepi, constituo to determine, to re-
solve : so statuo, e. g. statui ire, I have resolved to go :
so also decerno, e. g. decrevi ire, I have decreed to go :
desino : consuesco, to be accustomed : videor, I seem :
dicor, feror, I am reputed ; e. g. pater dicitur essedoc-
tus, your father is said to be learned, which is the cor-
rect order, and not dicitur pater esse &c. : habeo, I have
it in my power, e. g. habeo polliceri, Cic. ad Div. 1.5,
I can promise : habeo dicerc, Cic. Rose. Am. 35 : Cic.
Fin. 3. 19 : adjirmare, Liv. 44. 22 : so habeo, I ought
or should ; as, rogas ut habeam curare, Varr. R. R. 1 . 1 :
pontus habet tolli, i. e. debet, Val. Flacc. 1. 671 : also
in certain instances, disco, doceo; as, disco scribere : ex-
perienti&docet prudenter vivere : cogo, cogor; as, coactus
sum fugere : recuso, e. g. ire recusat, for which we
also find quin, quo minus, and ne ; e. g. te recusare
quin restituas, Liv. 8. 7 : so also quin acciperet, non re-
cusasse, for accipere, Cic. Quint. 20 : non recusavit,
quo minus pcenam subiret, for subire, Nep. Epam. 8 :
sententiam ne diceret, recusavit, for dicere, Cic. Off. 3.
27 : further, after the impersonal verbs ; as stat, sc. sen-
tentia, it is determined : Nep. Att. 21, stat alere mor-
bum : stat renovare, Virg. ^Sn. 2. 750 : also with sen-
tentia, e. g. Hannibali sententia stetit pergere ire, Liv.
21. 30: after licet, libet, pcenitet, pudet, piget &c. ; as,
licet videre, it is allowed to see. It is thus used after
est for licet ; e. g. est scire, one may know, Terent. Ad.
5. 3. 42 : and thus est is often used with an infinitive,
202 Of the Parts of the Verb.
e. g. Ovid. Trist. 5. 11. 19 : Plin. H. N. 8. 23 : Tac.
Ann. 16. 34 : Liv. 42. 41 : Sail. lug. 1 10 : Hor. Epist.
1. 1. 32 : Virg. Eel. 10. 46. Also parce and/w^e, espe-
cially in the poets, are followed by an infinitive ; as,
parce queerer?, fuge quarere, ask not : Liv. 34. 32 7
parce iactare, refrain from boasting : parcite deprendere,
Ovid. Art. 2. 557 : vitam parsi perdere, Terent. Hec.
3. 1. 2: parce contemnere, Ovid. Her. 16. 279 : fuge
quccrere, Hor. Od. 1. 9. 13: fuge credere, Tibull. 1.4.
69 (9) : non fugis imposuisse, for imponere, Ovid. Her.
9. 75. Also after tempero, Plaut. Pcen. Prol. 22 : 5. 2.
76 : Cic. Div. 1. 22, e poeta : Gell. 4. 9 : after inter-
mitto, Cic. Tusc. 1. 28 : Cic. ad Div. 7. 12 : Cses. B.
G. 4. 31 : after praterm itio, Nep, Com. 4 : Cses. B. C.
2. 39. Note : We also find the infinitive after adjec-
tives in the poets, and elsewhere ; e. g. after pavidus,
Sil. 1. 406 : toilers, Hor. Od.4. 8. 8 : Ovid. Am. 2.7.
17 : felLr, Virg. ,En. 9. 772 : ingens, Sil. 10. 216 : la-
tus, Sil. 9. 223 : mamfestm, Tac. Ann. 2. 57 : Pand.
30. leg. 33 : Auct. Dial, de Orat. (at the end of Ta-
citus) 16: segnis, Hor. Od. 3. 21. 22: Ovid. Trist.
5. 7. 19: insuetus, e. g. vinci, Liv. 4. 31 : and after
others.
C. The infinitive in particular is used with the ac-
cusative of the subject, where in English, and most
other languages, that and a nominative are used ; e. g.
audio, patrem esse doctum, I hear that your father is
learned : scio, matrem venisse, I know that my mother
is come. This is concisely called the accusative with
the infinitive, which is too indefinite ; because in the
expressions, patris est, llberos alere ; boni pastoris est,
tonderepecus ; the accusative is used with an infinitive.
Of the Parts of the Verb. 203
It is more perspicuously termed, the accusative of the
subject with the infinitive. Since it is frequently used,
where in English we have that with a nominative and
personal verb, the Latin particles therefore which ex-
press that, viz. quod, ut, quin, and sometimes an, are
in certain instances omitted, and the nominative of the
subject changed into the accusative ; as audio, patrem
venisse, for audio, quod pater venit. Since this mode
of speaking is very common in the ancients, and the
whole subject requires precise limitations, it shall here
be explained at large. To understand it correctly, we
must know where these particles should be used, and,
thence, when they must be omitted.
1 .) Where these particles must be used :
a) An whether, is the easiest : it is put whenever whether
is used in English without being followed by or ; e.g. dubito
an pater venturus sit, I doubt whether my father will come.
b) Quin that not, sometimes that, follows non dubito, non
dubium est, and similar expressions ; as, non dubito, quin pater
venturus sit, I doubt not that my father will come : and so in all
other instances, where to doubt is connected with a negative.
To these belong interrogations, where a negative is not ex-
pressed, but which have the same force as if it were ; as, quis
dubitat quin pater venturus sit ? who doubts that my father will
come ? since this is equivalent to, no man doubts &c. : so, cui
dubium est, quin deus iustus sit ? which is equivalent to, nemini
est dubium quin &c. We also find quin after non dubito, I do
not hesitate, where usually an infinitive follows : see a little be-
fore. Further, quin is often used after non facere possum, non
fieri potest, parum abest &c., for ut non ; as, nonjieri potest, quin
credam, it is not possible that L should not believe it ; more
briefly, I must believe it : non potui facere, quin irem, I could
not but go: non possum facere, quin mittam, Cic. Att. 1'2. <27 :
204 Of ike Parts of Ike Verb.
here for quin, ut non is used ; e. g. non possum facere, ut non
&c., ibid. 11. 21 : facere non possum, ut nihil dem lilerarum,
ibid. 14 : non fieri potest, ut non &c., Cic. Amic. 21 : also merely
ui, when it means, it is not possible, that ; e. g. Cic.Tusc. 1.3 :
further, parum abest, quin credam, there wants little of my
believing : parum aberat quin caderet, there wanted little, but
that he should fall : parum aberat quin cecidissem, there wanted
little, but that I had fallen : so, non multum abest, abfuit, quin
&c., there wants, wanted, not much, but that &c. : so also nihil
abest, quin sim miserrimus, Cic. Att. 11. 15. So, mihi non
possum temperare, I cannot refrain, govern myself, e. g. quin
clamem, but that I must exclaim : nequesibi temperaturos, quin
&c., Cses. B. G. 1. 33 : vix temperavere animis quin &c., Liv.
5. 45 : <zgre temperatum est, quin &c., Liv. 32. 10 : nee tempe-
ravit, quin iactaret, Suet. Caes. 22 : instead of which quo minus
is used ; e. g. nequeo mihi temperare t quo minus adferam,
Plin. H. N. 18. 6 : also ne, Plaut. Stich. 1. 2. 60 : also the in-
finitive; e. g. Plaut. Poen. Prol. 22 : ibid. 34: ibid. 5. 2. 76:
Gell. 4. 9 : Cic. Div. 1. 22, e poeta. Also in more instances ;
e. g. Cic. Phil. 2. 10, ego nihil pr&termisi, quin Pompeium
a Caesaris coniunctione avocarem, I have omitted nothing to
separate Pompey from his connection with Cassar : Terent.
Adelph. 3. 1.6, nam nunquam unum intermittit diem, quin
semper veniat, for he never omits one day, but that he always
comes : Cic. Marc. 8, non fuit recusandum in tanto civili bello,
quin respublica multa perderet, we could not refuse in so
great a civil war, but that the state should lose something : and
thus quin is often used after recusare ; e. g. Cic. ad Div. 6. 18
(19): Cic. Acad. 4. 4: Caes. B. G. 4. 7 : at other times ne is
used instead, Nep. Hann. 12 : Caes. B. C. 3. 82 : or quo mi-
nus, Cic. Fin. 1.3: 3. 19 : also, quin, ne, quo minus, follow
recuso, where properly the infinitive should be used ; e. g. non
recusasse, quin acciperet, for accipere, Cic. Quint. 20 : further,
Cic. ad Div. 5. 12. 5, deesse mihi nolui, quin te admonerem, 1
was unwilling to injure myself by not reminding you : so, non
fas est exorari, quin &.C., for ut non, Cic. Quir. Red. 9 : obsi-
stere quin, for ut non, Liv. 22. 60 : otherwise ne, Nep. Milt. 3.
Of the Parts of the Verb. 205
There is something singular Plant. Mil. 4. 8. 33, nequeo quin
fleam, I cannot refrain from weeping, where facere may be un-
derstood : so nequeo, quin lacrumem, Terent. Hec. 3. 3. 35 : so
non possum, quin exclamem, i. e. I must exclaim, Plaut. Trin.
3. 2. 79: which words are repeated, Cic. Or. 2. 10: so, non
potest (sc. fieri) quin obsit, Plaut. Mil. 3. 1.7: video non po-
tesse (for posse) quin eloquar, ibid. Bacch. 3. 6. 30. Further,
Caes. B. C. 3. 94, neque vero Csesm'emfefellit, quin ab iis co-
hortibus initium victorias oriretur, nor did it escape Caesar,
that the victory would begin with those cohorts : so also after
other words, as dicere, negare, suspicio, where otherwise the
accusative is used : yet there is generally a negative expressed
or implied ; e. g. alterum did non potest, quin ii beati sint,
for eos non beatos esse, Cic. Tusc. 5. 7 : negare non posse, quin
rectius sit, Liv. 40. 36 : non abest suspicio, quin ipse consci-
verit, Caes. B. G. 1.4: so after ignorare ; e. g. quis ignorat,
quin tria Grsecorum genera sint? for tria Graecorum genera esse,
Cic. Flacc. 27 : also after exspectare ; e. g. non modo non ne-
cesse sit, sed ne utile quidem, quin mox indicium fiat, exspectare,
Cic. Invent. 2. 28 : yet Ernesti has printed quam for quin.
c) Ut or uti, that, is used 1.) when it is equivalent to, in
order that, and therefore denotes the end or cause ; as, feci hoc
ut videres, I did this that you might see : tu abis ut ditior re-
deas, you go away that you may return richer : so also, ut vere
dicam, Cic. Verr. o. 69, that I may say the truth : so also, ut
veriusdicam, Cic. Pis. 26 : ut ita dicam, Quintil. 8. 3. 37 : so
also ut nihil dicam de eo, or ut taceam &C M that I may say no-
thing about that, or to be silent about that : 2.) to denote a con-
sequence or inference ; e. g. Croesus ille tandem infelix fuit :
ut verum sit, neminem semper felicem esse, so that it is true,
that no one &c. : Cic. Marc. 6, ut dubitare debeat nemo, so
that no one ought to doubt: and elsewhere; e.g. Cic. ad Div.7.
7 : 12. 3: 8cc. 3.) after words expressing comparison, as ita,
sic, tarn, tantopere, tantus, talis, tot, adeo, tantum so much, is
for talis, hactenus so far &c. ; e. g. ita te amo, ut neminem ma-
gis amare possim : talis est vir, ut &c. : eas mini literas misisti
206 Of the Parts of the. Verb.
ut &c., you have sent me such letters, that &c. : ea est virtute,
w&c., he is so virtuous, that &c. : so also after comparatives;
e.g. videtur esse altius, quam ut possimus, Cic. Or. 3. 6, i.e.
higher than that, or too high for &c. : so after inferius, Cic. Pis.
26: antiquius, Cic. ad Div. 11. 5 : potius, Liv, 9. 14: magis,
Quintil. 8. 3. Yet we must carefully observe whether the
English that refers to the words above mentioned ; otherwise
ut is not used, even though they precede : e. g. quemadmodum
tu illud negas, ita credo, verum esse, so I believe, thai it is true :
here that does not refer to so, but to / believe, and therefore it
would be incorrect to say, ut verum sit. Further, Cicero often
says velim ita credas, or tibi ita persuadeas, me per omnia fac-
turum &c. : here ita has scarcely any meaning, or simply means
so much, or this, instead of hoc : and the sentence me omnia fac-
turum refers not to ita, but credas, persuadeas. Thus it would
be incorrect to say, tantus hie vir putavit, ut res aliter se ha-
beat, for rem se aliter habere ; since the latter sentence does not
refer to tantus, but to putavit. 4.) After any expressions, par-
ticularly verbs or even substantives, which do, or should and
might contain the cause of the following sentence, and express
the events, from which the events contained in the following sen-
tence which begins with that, arise as a consequence, or for
which they do happen, or should and might happen. Such are
those expressions, particularly verbs, which denote to will, wish,
bid, exhort, remind, urge, command, permit, provide, take pains,
advise, cause, to be necessary, expedient, reasonable, to happen,
come to pass, follow ; e. g. rogo, ut venias, I ask thee to come :
volo, ut scribas, I wish thee to write : opto, ut illud fiat, I wish
that it may be done : pater me hortatus est, ut discerem, my
father exhorted me to learn, not discere : cur me impellis, ut
festinem ? why do you urge me to hasten ? rex imperavit, ut
ha3c fierent, the king commanded that these things should be
done : and so all verbs of commanding ; even iubeo, which ge-
nerally takes an infinitive, is sometimes followed by ut ; e. g.
iussit, ut peterent, Liv. 32. 16 : iuberentque ut &c., Liv. 1. 17 :
iubere ut, Cic. Verr. 4. 22 : senatus decrevit, populus iussit, ut
&c., ibid. 2. 67 : velitis iubeatis,ut &c., Gell. 5. 19, from the
Of the Parts of the Verb. 207
formula of arrogation : dii iubeant, ut &c., Ovid. Her. K 101 :
inhere senatum, ut traiiceret, Liv. 28. 36 : iubebat, ut face-
rem, Hor. Sat. 1. 4. 121 : iubet, ut dicant &c., Plaut. Amph.
1. 50 : quibus iusserat, ut resisterent, Tac. Ann. 13. 40, and
elsewhere : also without ut, and with a bare conjunctive ; e. g.
tube, mihi respondeat, Terent. Eun. 4. 4. 24, and elsewhere : fur-
ther, patior ut haec sint, I allow these things to be : cura ut valeas,
take care that you be well, of your health : operamdabo,utdiscam,
1 will take pains that I may learn, to learn, not discere : operam
omnem dedi, ut istas res invenirem, I used all my pains that I
might find those things : suadeo tibi, ut domi maneas, I per-
suade you to remain at home : haec res faciet, ut miser sim, this
thing makes me miserable : necesse est, ut venias, it is necessary
that thou come : Gell. 2. 29, necesse est, uti vos auferam ; yet
this is rare, and ut is more usually omitted ; e. g. audacia osten-
datur necesse est, Cic. Rose. Am. 22 : videant necesse est, ibid.
40 : vendat necesse est, Cic, Verr. 3. 86, and elsewhere : or in-
stead, the accusative with the infinitive is used : so oportet is
seldom used with ut ; e. g. Cic. Invent. 2.19, multum oportet,
ut diu consistat ; where Ernesti has changed ut into et : it is
more commonly used with a bare conjunctive, or with the ac-
cusative and infinitive ; e. g. oportet pater scribat, or oportet pa-
trem scribere: so also after opus est we sometimes find ut; e.g.
Plaut. True. 2. 3. 7 : 2. 6. 19 : 5. 1 1 : more frequently the ac-
cusative and infinitive : further, utile est, ut discamus, it is pro-
fitable for us to learn : though we are uncertain whether utile
followed by ut, occurs in ancient writers : it is commonly used
with an infinitive, or an accusative and infinitive : aequumestut
hoc fiat, it is reasonable that this happen : Plaut. Rud. 4. 7. 4,
sequum est ut &c., and elsewhere ; e. g. Pand. 45. 9. 3 : so also
after ajquitas, e.g. quam habet aquitatem, ut amittat? Cic. Off.
2. 22 : also after officium est, Plaut. Pseud. 4. 1.9: Terent.
Andr. 1. 1. 141 : Cic. Fin. 3. 6: Cels. 3.4: Colum. 12. 13:
after praeclarum illud est, et rectum et verum, Cic. Tusc. 3. 29 :
saepe fit ut homines moriantur, it often happens that men die :
accidit heri, ut domi nori essem, it chanced yesterday that 1
was not at home : non omnibus contingit utdivitessint, it does
208 Of the Parts of the Verb.
not befall all to be rich, all have not the good luck to be rich :
hinc sequitur ut verum sit, hence it follows that it is true. Ex-
amples, where ut follows fit, accidit, contingit, are frequent in
the ancients : so evenit, Cic. Or. 2. 5. To these belongs fiitu-
ruin est, futurum esse or fore ; as, spero/bre ?/discas, 1 hope it
will happen, that thou mayst learn ; more briefly, I hope thou
wilt learn : futurum esse, ut pellerentur, Caes. B. G. 1. 32, for
pulsum iri ; so, hinc futurum est, ut segrotes, hence it will
happen, that thou wilt be sick. Also est, when it is used in
circumlocutions ; as, est ut velim, for volo ; Cic. Or. 59, est ut
id deceat, for id decet: Terent. Phorm. 2. 1. 40, si est, pa-
true, culpam ut Antipho in se admiserit, if it be true that An-
tipho has committed a fault, or if Antipho has committed a fault :
Cic. Or. 2. 36, est ut philosophi tradant, for philosophi tradunt :
Hor. Od. 3. 1. 9, est ut viro vir latius ordinet arbusta sulcis&c.,
1. e. it sometimes happens that See. : so, quandofuit, ut non li-
ceret ? for quando non licuit c $ Cic. Coel. 20 : si est, ut dicat,
for si dicit, Ter. Hec. 4. 1. 43 : non est, ut copia maior donari
possit, i. e. non potest copia &c., Hor. Epist. 1. 12. 2 : non erat
ut fieri posset, for non fieri poterat, Lucret. 5. 977 : also after
potest, it is possible; e. g. potest, ut arbitrentur, Plaut. Pseud.
2. 2. 38 : potest, ut admiserit, Cic. Cluent. 37 : also after est,
i. e. there is cause, e. g. neque est ut putemus, Plin. H. N. 18.
1 : ille erat, ut odisset, Cic. Mil. 13 : magis est, ut ipse moleste
ferat, Cic. Coel. 6. Particularly here belong the expressions,
mos est, ut &c., it is the custom that 8cc., Cic. Brut. 21 : moris
est, ut &c.. Cic. Verr. 1. 26 : in more.ni renerat, ut &c., Liv.
42. 27 : at other times the infinitive follows ; e. g. Virg. JSn. 1.
336 (340) : Liv. 32. 5 : 39. 43 : also the gerund, Cic. ad Div.
12. 17 : reliquum est, ut &c., it still remains that &c., Nep.
Att. 21 : Cic. ad Div. 7. 31 : so also restat, ut dicamus &c., it
still remains, that &c. : Cic. Acad. 4. 2, restat, ut respondeam :
Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 16, restat ut sit'&c. To these also belongs
the expression, tantum abest,ut Sec. ; e.g. tantum abest, ut ad-
sidue discas, ut potius literas omnes oderis, thou art so far from
learning assiduously, that thou rather hatest all learning. In this
instance ut is repeated, and for perspicuity often takes potius or
Of the Purls of the Verb. 209
contra with it : yet ut is only used once, when tantum abest fol-
lows another sentence ; as,tu odisti omnes literas, tantum abest
ut adsidue discas, thou hatest all learning, so far art thou from
learning assiduously. It is also used once only in other instances ;
as, tantum abest a cupiditate gloria?, ut omni fortuna contentus
sit, he is so far from the desire of glory, that he is contented with
any fortune. Also ut is sometimes used after integrum est, Cic.
Tusc. 5. 21 : parum est, Quintil. 6. 1. 38 : 10. 7. 24: praeter-
missum est, Cic. Att. 13. 21 : probari potest, Cic. Tusc. 3. 3 :
obsequi, Liv. 42. 21: verum est, Nep. Hann. 1: verisimile
est, Cic. Verr. 4. 6 : also ut is used after substantives; as,
tuae voluntati ut venirem, parui, thy wish, tfiat I should
come : after sententia, Cic. Fin. 2. 11 : defensio, Quintil. 7. 1.
35 : 5.) in an explanation ; e. g. altera res est, ut rem ge-
ras, Cic. Off. 1. 20, the other thing is, or consists in this, that
&c. : 6.) finally, it is used after verbs of fearing, where it means
that not ; as, timeo ut pater veniat, I fear that my father will not
come. Note : We also find facere quod for ut ; e. g. utinam dii
fecissent, quod ea lex esset constiluta, Vitruv. 10. praef. On
the contrary, we find ut after verum est, Nep. Hann. 1 : after
verisimile est, Cic. Verr. 4. 6 : see above, and hereafter more
at large.
d) Quod, that or because, which is properly the accusative of
the relative qui, with propter or ad understood, to speak gene-
rally, is used or should be used to denote the cause of what pre-
cedes, and may therefore always be rendered because, and hence
is entirely different in sense and use from ut ; as also when any
thing precedes, which cannot be the cause of the sentence which
follows, and begins with that : e. g. gaudeo quod sanus es, I.
rejoice that thou art well : here my joy is not the cause that
you are well, since you would be equally well without it : on
the contrary, thy being well is the cause of my joy. But in par-
ticular, quod is or should be used after expressions, particularly
verbs and substantives, which denote 1 .) a taking heed, remark-
ing, perceiving, whether by the senses or the understanding ; as
to hear, see, feel, think, understand, observe, conceive, mark,
remark, notice, retain in mind, recollect, forget, judge, suspect,
VOL. II. P
210 Of the Parts of the Verb.
conjecture, imagine, conclude, wonder, know, be ignorant : far-
ther, it is certain, clear, manifest, well-known &c. : 2.) after ex-
pressions and modes of feeling ; as to rejoice, grieve, be unwill-
ing, be angry, weep, lament, be uneasy, tremble, hope : except
to fear, which does not belong to these, since verbs of fearing are
followed by ne or ut : ne that, and ne non, or ut, that not :
3.) after expressions, especially verbs and substantives, which
signify an indication or notice, whether by words, looks, gestures,
or any other way : amongst which are verbs denoting to say,
write, confess, lie, reveal, betray, indicate, give to understand,
make known, relate, report, proclaim, notice, keep secret, testify,
assure, swear to : also after substantives which denote a report,
narration, rumour &c.
2.) When and under what circumstances these particles are
omitted, must be now explained : an, quin, ut and quod are
omitted, and the nominative of the subject with its indicative or
conjunctive is changed into the accusative with the infinitive ;
where it is evident that the verb must be retained in the same
tense. But when this should take place is hard to define, and
requires much caution ; for in some instances it is necessary,
and principally instead of quod : sometimes either way is in-
different, the particle with the nominative, or the accusative
with the infinitive : sometimes the particle must be retained,
and the accusative with the infinitive would be incorrect.
This point will now be considered :
A. An (whether) must be retained after all verbs
which it regularly follows; except after dubito, dubium
est, where it is allowed to use the accusative with the
infinitive ; as, dubito an pater venturus sit ; or dubito,
patrem venturum esse : dubito an &c. occurs Nep.
Thras. 1 : dubito followed by an accusative and infini-
tive, Liv. 5. 2.
B. Quin may be omitted, and the accusative with
the infinitive substituted, only after non dubito, non
Of the Parts of the Verb. 211
dubium est, and similar expressions ; as, nemo dubitat,
quis dubitat? where however it may with equal cor-
rectness be used ; e. g. non dubito, quin hoc verum sit,
or hoc verum esse. Thus Nep. Praef. non dubito fore
plerosque : so Liv. 26. 15 : Plin. Epist. 6. 21 : quin is
used Cic. Att. 6. 2, non dubitabat, quin &c. : so cave,
dubites (for ne dubita) quin &c., Cic. ad Div. 5. 20 :
non est dubium, quin c., Cic, Or. 2. 8. On the con-
trary, after all other similar expressions ; as, non fieri
potest, non facere possum, parum abest &c., quin must
invariably be used ; and the accusative with the infini-
tive would be a gross fault. Note : There also occurs
non dubium est, quin non &c., where what follows is
denied, Terent. And. 2. 3. 17. So, non dubito, quin
non fiat, I am confident that it will not happen.
C. Ut requires the most caution : viz.
I.) Ut in the following instances must be retained :
1.) When it is the same as, in order that; e. g. feci propter-
ea, ut videret, I did it on purpose, that he might see.
2.) When it denotes a consequence, as in the following ex-
ample ; Caesar misere periit : ut ii valde errent, qui eum pro fe-
licissimo habeant, so that they are wrong &c. ; here the accu-
sative eos errare would be incorrect.
3.) After the words signifying comparison, ita, sic, tarn, talis,
tantus, tantum so much, tot, adeo, tantopere, hactenus so far,
and the like; also after is for talis. Here also the accusative
would be incorrect : we must always say, ita te amo ut &c. :
talis fuisti tit &c. : ea virtute prsditus es, ut omnes te laudent,
thou art a person of such virtue, that all praise thee : maior est
quam ut eum satis laud a re queam &c.
4.) After many verbs and various phrases : e.g. 1.) to make;
P 2
212 Of the Parts of the Verb.
as facio, efficio, perficio : tu fades ut miser sis, not te esse mi-
serum : except where facere is the same as fingere, ponere, sup-
pose that; e. g. faciamus, deum non esse, let us suppose that
there is no God : so Cic. ad Div. 7. 23. 1, fac qui ego sum,
esse te, suppose that thou wert in my place : so, fac animos non
remawre, Cic. Tusc. 1. 34: facio me alias res agere, Cic. ad
Div. 15. 18, I suppose &c. : fac potuisse (sc. te) Phil. 2. 3:
also in other places, where it may be translated partly to make,
partly to allege, partly to allow ; e. g. facit macrescere volucres,
Varr. R. R. 3. o : facito infervere, Colum. 12. 38. 5 : fecit
decesse (for decessisse) populum, Terent. Heaut. Prol. 31 : Plato
mundum a deo adificarifadt, i. e. dicit, Cic. Nat. Deor. 1.8:
Homerus Herculem ab Ulysse conveniri facit, ibid. 3. 16 :
hanc herbam nervos gltitinarefaciunt, i. e. dicunt, putant, Plin.
H. N. 25. 5 : me cernere letum ntitifecisti, Virg. JEn. 2. 538 :
ilium forma timere facit, Ovid. Her. 17. 174. Further, utmust
be retained after efficio, perficio ; as, effecisti ut tua virtus ap-
pareret, not virtutem tuam apparere : yet sometimes the accu-
sative with the infinitive follows efficio ; e. g. vult efficere, ani-
mos esse, Cic. Tusc. 1. 31: ex quo efficitur hominem non
posse, ibid. 3. 5 : voluptates ad exitum perficit procedere, Ar-
nob. 4. So also 2.) after verbs denoting to care, provide, take
pains ; as, curavit ut res fieret, not rem fieri : operam dabo, or
navabo, ut libri tibi mittantur, I will take care that the books be
sent to you, not libros mitti. But studeo is more rarely followed
by ut; e. g. Hirt. Alex. 1 : Pand. 43. 10. 1, twice repeated :
Cato R. R. 5 : or ne, Pand. ibid. : Phaedr. 2. Epil. 6 : more
commonly by the infinitive : sometimes even the accusative with
the infinitive ; e. g. gratum se videri studet, Cic. Off*. 2. 20, and
elsewhere; e. g. Terent. Hec. 2. 2. 23 : Sail. Cat. 1 : Cic. ad
Div. 11. 28. Mat. 3.) after the expression, to carry a thing so
far, rem eo producere, id efficere, id consequi : 4.) after id
agere, spectare, to have that view or intention : 5.) after verbs
denoting to persuade, exhort, urge, compel, command : a) to
persuade ; e. g. suadeo tibi ut scribas : b) to urge ; as impello te,
ut discas : c) to compel; e. g. coe'git me, ut facerem : d) to
command ; as impero to command, pvsecipio to direct or enjoin.
Of the Parts of the Verb. 213
mando to commission : rex imperavit,prgecepit, ut ista fierent :
mandavit mihi ut emerem : iubeo, however, has more com-
monly the accusative with the infinitive ; as, rex iussit rem fieri,
not ut Sec. : yet we find it riot unfrequently with ut ; e. g. Liv.
1.17: 32. 6 : Cic. Verr. 4. 22 ; as was lately remarked : it also
occurs without ut, with a conjunctive ; as iube res fiat : iube,
films veni at : Ter. Eun. 4. 4. 24, iube mihi respondeat : cf.
Ovid. Am. 1.11. 29 : Art. 1. 56? : Liv. 44. 2. Also veto to for-
bid, to say in a commanding, beseeching, persuasive manner,
that a thing shall not be, is commonly used with an accusative
and infinitive; e.g. vetat earn mirari, Liv. 29- 10: rationes ve-
tabant.me reipublicas diffidere, Cic. ad Div. 5. 13 : yet m also
is used, Hor. Sat. 2. 3. 187 : also the conjunctive without ne,
e. g. vetabo sit &c., Hor. Od. 3. 2. 26. On the contrary, dico,
scribo, nuntio, and similar verbs, when they contain the notion
of a command, or at least of an urgent wish or demand, belong
to these, and must be followed by ut ; e. g. die tuo filio, ut ad
me veniat, tell your son to come to me : senatus ei scripsit, ut
rediret, the senate wrote to him, that he should return : 6.) after
the verbs fit, accidit, contingit, evenit, ut must be retained :
hincfactum est, ut ab omnibus laudaretur: accidit ut pater mo -
reretur, not patrem mori : non fieri potest, ut miser sis &c. : so
also, 7.) ut must follow reliquum est, restat &c. : also est, fore,
futurum est; e. g. est ut dicat: see above, IV. C. c : 8) also
after verbs denoting to beg or entreat.
Note : Yet exceptions to these rules are not wanting in the
ancients ; e. g. after imperare we find an accusative and infini-
tive, Terent.Andr.5.2. 1 : Cic. Cat. 1.11: Nep. Hann. 11, and
elsewhere : so also after praecipere an infinitive, Ovid. Art. 2.
415 : Plin. H. N. 25. 4: so after cogere ; e. g. te emere coegit,
Cic. Off. 3. 13 : me vivere, Cic. Att. 3.3 : after suadere, Virg.
Geor. 4. 264 : Ptuedr. 1. 15. 6 : also with an accusative of the
person and infinitive, Terent. Hec. 3. 5.31: Virg. ^En. 12.
238 : after euro, Colum. 9. 9 : particularly when it may be
translated, to be willing ; e. g. neque redire curavit, Cic. ad Div.
1.9: nee docti legerc ctirarent, Cic. Acad. 1.2: curabis esse,
214 Of the Purls of the Verb.
Auct. ad Herenn. 3. 53 : also with the accusative and infinitive
when it means, to let or cause ; e. g. euro rem parari; for which
euro rem parandam is more usual ; e. g. signum avellendum cu-
ravit, Cic. Verr. 4. 49 : curavit buculam faciendam, Cic. Div.
1. 24, and elsewhere, e. g. Nep. Dion. 6: so also Cic. Arch. 3,
contigit ei, antecellere, for ut antecelleret : so Hor. Epist. 1. 17.
36 : so after accidit ; e. g. Cic. ad Div. 6, 11. (12), nee enim
acciderat, mi hi opus esse, for ut opus mihi esset. Also for est
ut (e. g. est ut dicat pater, for pater dicit) we find est with an
infinitive ; e. g. est interdum prastare mercaturis rem quaarere,
for prastat interdum &c., Cato R. R. 1 : so also fuerit mihi
eguisse amicitias tua?, for eguerim, Sail. lug. 110 : magis est
deficere, Pand.46.3. 72 : also after esto it may be, esto, alioste-
neri, Horat. Epist. 1. 1. 81. Also ut often fails before the con-
junctive; e. g. huic mandat, Rhemos adeat, Cass. B. G. 3. 11 :
prascipit, omnes petant, ibid. 5. 58 : te rogo atqueoro, tecolli-
gas, Cic. ad Div. 5. 18 : rogat, tentes, Ovid. Am. 3. 14. 4, and
elsewhere : after reliquum est, Cic. ad Div. 9- 9: 15. 21 : so
also sometimes after permitto, sino, iubeo, and other verbs.
II.) After the following, ut may be retained, or
changed into the accusative with the infinitive ; as, to
he willing, unwilling, to wish, allow, permit ; it is rea-
sonable, expedient, necessary, it follows &c. : e. g, vo-
lui te id facere, and ut tu id faceres : nolo id fieri, and
nolo ut id fiat : cupio, rempublicam esse salvam, and
ut respublica salva sit : patior, fero, sino, rem ita fieri, I
allow the thing so to happen, and ut res ita fiat : sequum
est nos deum amare, it is reasonable that we love God,
and ut amemus c. : so also after iustum and verum,
i.e. -cequum est; utile est, or expedit, libros hos legi,
and ut hi libri legantur : yet after aequum, iustum, ve-
rum, utile est, expedit, the infinitive with the accusa-
tive seems to be more usual ; and it is doubtful whe-
ther utile est can be found with ut. Oportet hominem
Of the Parts of the Verb. 2 1 5
discere, and (ut) homo discat, a man must learn, it is
necessary or expedient that a man learn : both are very
usual, but in the second instance ut is more commonly
omitted : it is the same with necesse est, e. g. necesse
est hominem mori, and (ut) homo moriatur, it is un-
avoidable, absolutely necessary, that man die, for a
man to die : hinc sequitur, deum esse iustum, and ut
deus sit iustus, hence it follows that God is just : both
are very common : so, hinc consequens est, hence it
follows, with ut, or an accusative and infinitive. It
hence appears, that it is not an error to place ut after
the above-mentioned verbs, unless perhaps after iubeo,
where the accusative with the infinitive is more usual,
though it is scarcely a fault to say iubeo ut. We
may also remark, that in absolute expressions, without
reference to particular persons, these verbs are more
commonly followed by a passive than an active ; e. g.
rex iussit captivos redimi, in preference to rex iussit
captivos redimere. Yet we sometimes find the active;
e. g. Virg. ^En. 3. 9, Anchises dare fatis vela iubebat,
for dan; and elsewhere, e. g. ibid. 5. 773 : 12. 584 :
Hor. Od. 3. 24. 42 : so caste iubet lex adire deos, for
adiri, Cic. Leg. 2. 10.
D. Quod involves the least difficulty, if we observe,
that it must always be omitted, and the nominative
with the personal verb changed into the accusative
with the infinitive, when it is not the same as because,
seeing that, wherefore, or why ; for in all these senses
it may be used : on the other hand, when it merely
means because, seeing that, and cannot be converted
into that, it must always be retained, nor can it be
changed into the accusative with the infinitive : there-
216 Of the Purl* uf the Verb.
fore it is retained in the forms est quod, non est qucd,
diu est quod c. We more precisely remark :
1.) It is rejected, and the accusative with the infinitive used
after verbs and other expressions which imply a) notice, ob-
servation, perception, whether by the senses or understanding ;
e. g. to hear, see, feel, think, understand, discern, find, observe,
recognise, mark, remark, attend to, keep in mind, remember,
forget, judge, suspect, conjecture, believe, be of opinion, be of
the mind, presume, take for granted, be convinced, be confident,
wonder, know, be ignorant, conclude, consider, reflect, deliberate
on, experience, receive information of &c. : further, it is certain,
true, manifest, clear, known, made plain, and the like ; also after
substantives denoting persuasion, conjecture, conviction : b)
notice or information, however imparted, whether by words,
writing, gesture &c. ; and, therefore, after the verbs to say,
write, inform, lie, reveal, betray, indicate, convey intelligence,
show, make known, lay open, conceal, keep silent, tell, let out
to Dotice, proclaim, instruct, promise, ensure, be surety, testify,
swear to &c. : to which belong substantives which denote,
tidings, report, discovery, and the like ; also the expressions,
there is a report, men believe &c. In all these instances that
does not mean because, seeing that, as to the circumstance that,
and therefore quod would be incorrect ; e. g. audivi patrem esse
segrotum, not quod pater est segrotus, much lessszY: since quod
in itself takes no conjunctive : so, scio patrem venisse, not quod
pater &c. : dicunt, narrant, patrem mortuum esse : literae tua3
mihi significarunt, declaraverunt, pacem nobis donatum iri : no-
tum est mundum a deo creatum esse : fama, regem venturum
esse, multos exhilaravit, the report that the king would come
exhilarated many : constat inter erudites, rem esse utilem, it is
agreed amongst the learned, that &c. : in all which, and similar
instances, quod would be incorrect. Also after sic est in libro,
in epistola &c. ; e.g. erat dc (for hoc) in tuis literis, eum ven-
turum, Cic. Att. 10, 16.
Of the Paris of I lie Verb. 217
Observations.
a) Since after all these verbs, the accusative with the infini-
tive must be used, it is incorrect for the teacher to say that the
accusative with the infinitive is more elegant than quod. It is
not merely more elegant, but we must speak thus, because usage
requires it. It is maintained, and not without reason, by Peri-
zonius in Sanctii Minerva, against Gronovius, that the ancients
have also used quod after such verbs ; e. g. after scio, Plaut.
Asin. 1.1. 37, scio, filius quod ctmet meus : Liv. 3. 52, scituros
quod in concordiam res redigi nequeant : Pha3dr. 5. 2. 11,
scio quod virtuti non sit credendum tuae ; in all which places
Gronovius would read quam : but the passages in which quod
is found, instead of an accusative and infinitive, are too many to
justify this alteration ; e.g. scio, quod omnes putant, Salvian.
de Avarit. 4. p. 165, Rittersh. : so also after cognosce, credo,
sentio, opinor, notum facio &c. : e. g. cognito, quod filius non
fuisset, Pand. 22. 3. 15: posse credere, quod tu quidquam
cogitaris, Apul. Met. 3. p. 135. Elmenh. : nee credit, quod ser-
vet, quod rubeant, Claud. Proserp. 3. 223 : quando sensis-
sent, quod irrigarentur, Flor. 1. 23 : opinantes, quod tangatur,
for tactum iri, Pallad. in Feb. 24. 5 : notum facere, quod sit
praegnans, Pand. 25. 3. 1 : after recorder and ostendo; e. g.
recordatus, quod nihil pra3stitisset, Suet. Tit. 8 : ut ostenderet,
quod erat minor, ibid. Aug. 43 : yet we may here under-
stand eum after ostenderet, in which case quod would mean be-
cause : after dico, e. g. dicam, quod bonum sit, Cato ap. Plin. H.
N. 29. 1 : so also facile est, quod habeant conservam, Varr.
R. R. 2. 10. 16, for habere : querebatur, quod homines essent,
Cic. Amic. 17 : particularly after illud, id &c. ; e.g. videndum
illud est, quod manet gratia, Cic. Off. 2. 20 ; illud nosse opor-
tet, quod potio perniciosissima est, Cels. 1.3: ego z'ofrespon-
deo, quod animadverti, Cic. Amic. 2. However numerous such
instances may be, yet they are so few when compared with the
others, where the accusative and infinitive are used, that they can-
not be considered of moment, and are a proof that the ancients
preferred the Mher usage.
218 Of the Parts of the Verb.
b) Dico, scribo &c., when they include the notion of com-
mand, will, desire, do not belong to this place, since they must
then be followed by ut ; e. g. pater dixit mihi, ut ad se venirem :
scripsi ei, ut festinaret, I have written to him that he should
hasten &c. : so, nuntiavit ei, utveniret: nuntius venit, ut re-
diret &c.
c) Exceptions from these general usages occur in the ancients :
e. g. we find adde quod, add thereto, that, i. e. further; e.g.
Ovid. Pont. 2. 9. 47 : 4. 1 1. 21 : 4. 14. 45 ; where, in fact, the
sense of adde requires an accusative with an infinitive. So we
often find accedit ut, hereto there is added that, e. g. Cic. Or.
2. 48 : Liv. 1. 49 : Caes. B. G. 3. 13, where, usually, quod oc-
curs ; e. g. Cic. Harusp. 3. So we find ut after certum est,
Cic. Att. 10. 4, nihil esse certius, quam ut omnes restitue-
rentur, for restitutum iri : so also after verum est, verisimile
est; e. g. Nep. Hann. 1, si verum est, quod nemo dubitat, ut
populus Romanus superarit, if it be true, that the Roman
people &.C., for populum Romanum superasse : Cic. Rose.
Am. 41, non verisimile est ut Chrysogonus horum literas ada-
marit, it is not probable, that &c.,* for Chrysogonum ada-
masse ; unless, perhaps, ut be translated how, how Chrysogonus
&c. ; yet this is unnecessary : Cic. Verr. 4. 6, verisimile non est,
ut ille homo locuples religioni sua3 pecuniam antepone-
ret, for ilium hominem anteposuisse. Yet here, though it
is unnecessary, ut may be translated how; it is not probable how
he &c. For ut how is often used with the conjunctive, and may
deceive the inexperienced ; e. g. Cic. Rose. Am. 24, videtisne,
quos poetae tradiderunt supplicium de matre sumsisse, ut
eos agitent furiae &c., where ut depends on videtis ; do ye
not see, how the furies &c. Yet on the other hand we find ut
after verisimile est, Cic. Sext. 36 : after inusitatum est, Cic.
Manil. 21 : after integrum est, Cic. Tusc. 5. 21 : after prsecla-
rum illud est, et rectum et verum, ibid. 3. 29 : after parumest,
Quintil. 6. 1. 38 : 10. 7. 24 : after praetermissum est, Cic. Att.
13. 21 : after dubium est, Plin. Paneg. 8 : after obliviscor, e.g.
oblitine sumus, ut desierit, ibid. ; where, however, it may be
Of the Parts of the Verb. 219
explained by how: after probari potest, Cic. Tusc. 3. 3: after
obsequi, Liv. 44. 21 : after confido, Plin. Epist. 2. 5.7 - after
sententia, Cic. Fin. 2. 11 Barter defensio, Quintil. 7. 1. 35.
There are other places, where ut, that, follows obliviscor and du-
bium est, where it must be explained by how, or in the order of
construction must depend on some other verb. Thus quin fol-
lows ignoro, Cic. Flacc. 27 : and nego, Liv. 40. 36 : mirum,
Plaut. Amph. 2. 2. 118: Rud. .5. 3. 37. &c. We also find
quasi for the accusative and infinitive ; e. g. illud queruntur
quasi desciscerem (Ed. Ernesti descissem) a causa, Cic. ad Div.
1. Q. 42, for me desciscere (descisse) : adsimulabo, quasi exeam,
for me exire, Terent. Eun. 3. 2. 8.
d) With certain passives, the nominative instead of the ac-
cusative of the subject is joined to the infinitive. This especially
takes place with dicor, feror, videor ; e.g. ego videoresse miser,
I seem to be unhappy, not videtur me esse miserum, though we
may translate, it seems that I am unhappy : tu videris miser
esse : pater videtur miser esse, not videtur te esse miserum, pa-
trem esse miserum : so, videmur esse miseri &c. Here the no-
minative precedes the verb videri, and therefore is not connected
with esse, which follows videri : so, videor tibi esse doctus, I
seem to thee to be learned, thou esteemest me learned : mater
videtur mini esse proba, your mother appears to me to be up-
right : videmur vobis esse docti : visus es mihi doctus : videbe-
ris mihi felix &c. It is the same with dicor and feror : ego dicor
esse felix, I am said to be happy, they say that I am happy, not
dicitur or fertur me esse felicem : tu diceris esse felix : nos di-
cimur esse felices : ego dictus sum esse felix &c. This is the
general usage. Yet we sometimes find dicitur used imper-
sonally, and followed by an accusative ; e. g. Nep. Paus. 5, di-
citur eo tempore matrem Pausanias vixisse, where, mater is more
usual and more correct : Cic. Or. 2. 74, ad quern (Themisto-
clem) quidam doctus homo accessisse dicitur, eique artem
memories pollicitum esse, se traditurum, for pollicitus : and
soon after, dixisse ilium doctorem et ei Themistoclem respon-
&c,, for ille doctor and Themistocles ; since they are both.
220 Of the Parts of t/ie Verb.
subjects to dicitur. It is probable that Cicero here imagined
that he had said dicunt instead of dicitur : yet dicitur may be
used, as in Nepos, impersonally. In Ernesti's edition, pollici-
tum is altered according to the general rule into pollicitus, but
the other accusatives remain unaltered. The following passage
seems peculiar, Cic. Off'. .'>. 17, eaquemalitia, quae vultilla qui-
dem videri, se esse prudentiam, for videri esse prudentia : but it
ceases to be peculiar, if we recollect that the order of construc-
tion is,vultillaquidem,se videri esse prudentiam : so Gell. 18.
8, we find, qui se Isocratios videri volunt : ibid. 9- 12, qui vi-
deri se esse tranquillos volunt : yet videri may be used imper-
sonally by Cicero, as elsewhere ; e. g. non mihi videtur, ad beate
vivendum satis posse virtu tern (for virtus), Cic. Tusc. 5. 5.
Such places must be noticed, that we may not misunderstand
similar instances in the ancients. Other passives also in the
ancients are followed by an infinitive with the nominative ; e. g.
pater creditur esse probus : homines existimantur esse probi :
where, however, the accusative is often used ; as, creditur pa-
trem &c., Nep. Phoc. 2, bene mereri exist imabantur : Cic. Or.
2. 66, ut exist imabatur, as was thought : credebar sanguinis
auctor, Ovid. Fast. 3. 190: cf. Trist. 3. 11. 73: voluntaria
morte interiisse creditus, Tac. Hist. 4. 67 : cf. Ann. 5. 4.
Note : Credor also means, they believe me ; e. g. credemur,
Ovid. Fast. 3. 351 : vix credar, ibid. Trist. 3. 10. 35 : also
creditus, a, um, ibid. Met. 7. 98 : Virg. jn. 2. 247. So we
find nuntior used ; e. g. adesse equites nuntiabantur, Cres. B. G.
1. 14: nuntiatus est Silitis vitam jinisse, Plin. Epist. 3. 7 : cf.
Plaut. Most. 1. 3. 76: also audior; e.g. Bibulus audiebatur
esse in Syria, Cic. Att. 5. 18. Here also the following expres-
sions may be referred : volo esse pius, cupio esse doctus, which
last is correct, for cupio, me esse doctum &c. This depends on
the rule, that the same case follows esse that precedes it ; as,
licet mihi esse felici, for felicem : licet nobis esse beatis, for
beatos.
e) The infinitive is often understood in the accusative ; as,
homines putant te doctum (sc. esse), men account thee as
Of the Parts of the Verb. 221
learned, properly, believe that thou art learned : so in the passive,
pater existimatur bonus, films inventus est malus ; where it
must not be supposed that puto, existimo, reperio, invenio &c.,
take a double accusative, and their passives a double nomina-
tive, but that esse is understood : it is the same with homo visus
est felix, sc. esse ; sorores dicta3 sunt felices, sc. esse.
f ) We also find cum, when or since, before the accusative
and infinitive ; e. g. iacere sanctiones, cum interim legem exer-
ceri, et tantam vim habere, Liv. 4. 51, for cum lex exerceretur
habeat : further, cum se non novam rem petere, Liv. 1. 35 :
yet this latter instance is not like the first, but cum would be
preferably omitted, or changed into iam.
.) Amongst those verbs which denote passions or affections,
we must note the four principal kinds, joy, sorrow, hope, fear,
a) verbs and substantives which denote joy or sorrow may be
followed not only by the accusative and infinitive, but also by
quod with the nominative, because in such instances that is
equivalent to because, e.g. gaudeo, ketor patrem vivere, and
quod pater vivit : doleo, inatrem regrotare, and quod mater regro-
tat, not vivat, aegrotet, since quod governs the indicative, [ am
rejoiced that (because) my fatner lives &c. : b) after verbs and
substantives that denote hope, the accusative and infinitive must
always be used, and never quod ; e. g. spero, or spes me tenet,
patrem esse venturum, not quod veniet, since here that is not
the same as because. Note : Verbs of hoping are always fol-
lowed by the future infinitive, when the hope refers to something
future, though in English the present be used ; as, I hope to-
morrow to see my parents, I hope to-morrow to receive the
books, must not be translated spero parentes videre, spero libros
accipere (or spe teneor, in spe sum), but spero, me visurum esse
parentes ; spero, me accepturum esse libros. Yet we some-
times find the present for the future; e. g. spero nobis profai,
Cic. Att. 1. 1 : spero te mihi ignoscere, Cic. ad Div. 1.6:
sperat, a me avellere, Ter. Eun. 3. 4. 14 : cetera spero
prolixa e.s.se, Gic. Att. 1. 1: and elsewhere; e.g. Liv. 28.
.0.5 : Virg. JEn.6. 376: c) verbs of fearing do not belong
222 Of the Parts of the Verb.
to this place : for after them, that is translated ne, and that
not, ne non, or ut ; e. g. timeo ne hostes veniant : metuo nenon
pluat, or ut pluat, that it will not rain. The accusative with
the infinitive is rare; e. g. ni cedenti instaturum (esse) alterura
timuissent, Liv. 10. 36. The infinitive also follows timeo, Ilor.
Epist. 1. 5.2: Ovid. t 3 ont. 3. 1. 119: Plin. H. N. 17. 14: so
also after metuo, Hor. Od. 2. C Z. 1 : 4. 5. 20; in both which
places metuo is used for caveo. Note : After spero we also
find 1.) ut ; e. g. qui, ut habeant, sperent, for se habituros esse,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 5 : so ut after spes ; e. g. consul ut ipse
foret, spes mihi certa fuit, Auson. idyll. 2. 46 : 2.) the future
participle in the nominative ; e. g. visura quamvis magnum spe-
raret (sc. Penelope) Ulyssem, Prop. 2. Q. 7 (5), for se visuram
esse.
6.
Of the Supines.
I.) Of the supine in urn we remark : a) when it should
be used : b) what it governs.
1.) It is used after verbs 10 show the view or intention with
which any thing happens, where in English to t i. e. in order to,
is used ; e.g. spectatum veniunt, Ovid. Art. i. 99, they come
to see : Nep.Them.8, Argos habit atum concessit, to live there :
Nep. Ages. 3, Ephesum hyematum exercitum reduxit, to take
their winter quarters there ; more briefly, into winter quarters :
Liv. 2. 35, in Volscos ersulatum abiit, he went to the Volscans
to pass his exile there, to live there in banishment : Plaut. Aul.
3. 3. 9, coctum ego, non vapulatum, conductus fui, I was hired
to cook, not to be beaten : Caes. B. G. 1. 30, ad Cassarem gra-
tulatum convenerunt, to congratulate him: Virg. Eel. 7. 11,
hue ipsi potum venient iuvenci, will come hither to drink:
Terent. Heaut. 1.1. 65, in Asiarn ad regem militatum abiit,
he went to Asia to be a soldier : Sail. lug. 54, exploratum mi-
sit, he sent people to look out, to bring tidings : Liv. 2. 37, non
tamen admissum quidquam ab iis criminatum venio, sed cmttum
Of the Paris of the Verb. 223
ne admittant, I do not come to accuse, but to caution Sec. :
venatum proficisci, Nep. Dat. 4, to go out to hunt : canes du-
cere venatum, Plaut. Stich. 1. 2. 28, to lead out to hunt: ire
cubitum, Cic. Rose. Am. 23, to go to bed, to go to rest.
2.) When they are followed by a case, it is the case which
their verbs govern; e. g. Nep. Eum. 3, ipse JEgyptum oppug-
natum adversus Ptolemaeum erat profectus, to attack Egypt :
Nep. Hann. 6, patriam defensum revocatus, recalled to defend
his country : Nep. Reg. 2, cum spectatum ludosiret, to see the
plays: Caes. B. G. !. 11, legates mittunt rogatum auxilium, to
ask for assistance : Liv. 28. 39, ob hagc gratias actum nos
decem legatos Saguntinus senatus populusque ad vos misit, to
give thanks : ibid, petentibus, ut Italiam spectatum irent, that
they might go to see Italy : Sail. lug. 103, Marius proficis-
citur in loca sola obsessum turrim regiam : Terent. And. 1. I.
107, Pamphilus says to Gly cerium, who went too near the fu-
neral pile, mea Glycerium quid agis? cur te is perdititm *4 why
art thou going to, i. e. why wilt thou destroy thyself? In this way
ire is often used with a supine for the future ; e. g. eunt ereptum,
Sail. lug. 85 : mihi ire opitulatum, Plaut. Cist. 1 . 1 . 39 : some-
times it is entirely superfluous ; e. g. ire habitum, for habere,
Plaut. Cist. 1.1.4: ut desistas ire oppugnatum, for oppugnare,
ibid. Bacch. 5. 2. 52 : oportet ire operam datum, ibid. Poen. 3.
1. 9: ire deiectum, Hor. Od. 1. 2. 15: non gen tern perdi-
tum iret, Liv. 32. 22 : ereptum eunt, Sail, cited above : so,
cur te is perditum ? Terent. cited above : where perdis would
have been sufficient.
Observations.
a) Instead of this supine in um, we may use the gerunds,
participles in dus and rus, or ut with a conjunctive; e. g. eo
spectatum, ad spectandum, spectandi causa, ludorum spectando-
rum causa or gratia, ad spectandos ludos, spectaturus, and ut
spectem, which are all equivalents, and all very usual. Some-
times even the infinitive is used ; e. g. Terent. Phorm. 1.2. 52,
224 Of the Parts of the Verb.
vultisne, eamus visere? which is harsh and unusual, for visuri t
visum, ut videamus, videndi causa, ad videndum, any of which
would have been correct and usual: it visere, ibid. Hec. 1. Q.
114: ibatferire, Propert. 1. 1. 12: and elsewhere; e. g. ibid.
1. 6. 34: Plaut. Most. 1. 1.63.
i
b) The supines of many verbs are never or seldom used ;
thence the use of the gerunds, participles in dus and rus, andut
with the conjunctive, is far more common.
c) According to the opinion of celebrated grammarians, the
supine in um is, properly, the accusative of a substantive of the
fourth declension, and therefore visum, spectatum &c., are for
ad visum, ad spectatum 8cc.,from the nominatives visus, specta-
tus, the seeing &c : so, eo vetiatum, for eo ad (in) venatum ;
and so the supine in u is the ablative of the same substantive.
This deserves attention ; yet it is difficult to show, how the su-
pines in um should govern the cases of their verbs, unless they
were really parts of them : we must have recourse to an ellip-
sis ; e.g. eo spectatum (quod adtinet ad) ludos.
d) It has already been noticed that the supines in um with the
passive infinitive m', are a circumlocution for the passive infinitive
future of verbs, as amatum iri, doctum iri &c.: thence they have
no change for gender or number. This is more easily conceived
by comparing the expressions eo spectatum, and spectatum iri.
II.) Of the supines in u we remark :
1.) They are generally used with adjectives which denote
quality, form &c., and serve for description, such as, easy, hard,
fine, hateful, shameful, incredible, good &c.; and sometimes
great, little &c. ; e. g. facile dictu, easy to say : difficile intel-
lectu, hard to understand : Terent. Heaut. 4. 3. 26, res factu
facilis: ibid. Hec. 3. 1. \ 5, facile estseitu: Nep. Dion. 9, fa-
cile est intellectu: Nep. Att. 15, ut difficile esset inte/lectu,
utrum &c. : Sail. lug. 9 J, locus nobis aditu difficilis, hard to
approach, hard of access: ibid. 113, tumulum facillimum visu
insidiantibus, easy to see &c. : Virg. Mn. 3. 62! , nee visufaci-
Of the Parts of the Verb. 225
/is, nee dicta adfabilis ulli : Sail. Cat. 6. 2, incredibile memo-
ratuest : Ovid. Pont. 2. 3. 4, turpe quidem dictu, shameful to
say : Cic. Verr. 1. 12, quae mihi turpia dicta videbuntur : Liv.
Prsef. fadum incept u f fadum exitu, shameful in beginning,
shameful in event: Cic. ad Div. 10.27, tu, quid optimum fact u,
sit, videbis, what is best to be done : b) after certain substan-
tives, as fas, nefas, opus ; e. g. Cic. Tusc. 5. 13, cum ipso deo,
si hoc fas est dictu, comparari potest, if this is right or no
sin to say, if one may or dare say so : Cic. Senect. 5, quia
videtis, nefas esse dictu miseram fuisse talem senectutem, that
it is not allowed, that it is wrong to say &c. : Terent. Heaut. 5.
1. 68, sed ita dictu opus est, but one must say so : c) also with
verbs to the question from what? e. g. Plaut. Men. 2. 2. 5, ob-
sonatu redeo : Cat. R. R. 5, primus cubitu surgat, he must first
rise from bed.
2.) These supines, in all probability, are no more than sub-
stantives of the third declension and ablative case, of which the
nominative and most of the other cases are defective : like the
ablative in general, they mean in, as to : facile est dictu, it is easy
in, as to, saying : factu, with respect to doing : turpe visu,
shameful as to seeing : this is proved by the place cited from
Livy; foedum inceptu, foedum exitu, since the nominative exitus
is in general use. It is also plain from fas dictu, nefas dictu &c. :
especially opus dictu, where dictu is plainly the ablative : also
after verbs, as obsonatu redeo, cubitu surgat, where a or ab is
understood to the question from what? Note : 1.) facilis and
difficilis are continually followed by the infinitive ; as, facile est
videre, it is easy to see : facile est iudicari, it is easy to be
judged : BO, facile est invenire, Cic. Fin. .20 : facile est noscere t
Terent. Ad. 5. 4. 8: facilis cor rumpi, Tac. Hist. 4. 39 : Roma
capi facilis, Lucan. 2. 656 : materia facilis in te dicta dicere,
for ad dicendum, Cic. Phil. 2. 17 : so, difficile iudicari, Nep.
Att. 16. We also find facile est adiud'icandum, e.g. Cic. Off.
3. 6 : facile est ad credendutn, Cic. Tusc. I. 14 : palmse faciles
ad scandendum, Plin. H. N. 13.4: materia facilis ad exar-
descendum, Cic. Or. 2. 45 : we also find ut; e. g.facilius est,
VOL. II. Q
226 Of the Parts of the Verb.
ut esse aliquis possit, Plin. Paneg. 44 : 2.) also instead of the
supine in u, the passive participle often follows opus est; e. g.
opus est facto, it is necessary to do, for factu : maturate, to
hasten &c. : e. g. si quid opus sit facto, Nep. Eum. 9 : prius
quam incipias, consulto (deliberation), et ubi consulueris, ma-
ture facto opus est, Sail. Cat. 1 : \ta facto et mat urato opus est,
for fieri, maturari, or factu, maturatu, Liv. 1. 58 : cur prope-
rato opus esset, Cic. Mil. 19: further, opus est tibi seivata
puella, for servare puellam, Ovid. Am. 2. 19. 1 : opus est in-
ventis minis, for inveniri minas, Plaut. Pseud. 2. 4. 42 : opus
ne est hac tibi emta ? for emere or emi, ibid. Pers. 4. 35.
7.
Of the Gerunds.
The gerund, properly, is nothing else than the neuter
of the passive participle future, which is declined
through all cases of the singular except the vocative ;
as amandum, G. amandi, D. amando, A. amandum.
Ab. amando. All verbs, even those which because they
do not govern an accusative have not an entire passive,
and therefore not an entire participle future passive,
nevertheless have the gerund. For since they retain
the third person singular through all tenses of the pas-
sive voice, though used impersonally, i. e. without a
nominative or grammatical person prefixed, they have
also the neuter of the passive participles, both perfect
and future. Further, since all the participles are used
like adjectives, so this participle, termed a gerund, is
used like adjectives when they are taken impersonally,
i. e. without a preceding nominative. As, therefore,
we say, est bonum, it is good ; so, est eundum, one
must go ; est amandurn, one must love ; est legendum,
Of the Parts of the Verb. 227
one must read. Again, as the adjective, when a sub-
ject or substantive is joined with it, agrees with it in
gender, number and case ; e. g. liber est bonus, not
bonum est liber ; so also does the gerund ; e. g. pater
est amandus, ego sum amandus, virtus est amanda, li-
bri sunt legendi &c.
Of the gerunds we make the three following obser-
vations ; 1.) by what they are governed: 2.) what
they govern : 3.) how, when joined to a substantive or
personal pronoun, as ego, tu, or an adjective used sub-
stantively, as bonum, malum evil, mala &e., they are
changed for the entire passive participle future, of
which they are a part.
I.) The gerunds are governed like adjectives of the
neuter gender, when they stand without a substantive ;
e. g. Nom. eundum est, one must go, since est is united
to a nominative, in the same way as we say bonum est,
or est bonum, it is good : if we wish to express the
person who must go, it is put in the dative ; as, est
eundum (amandum) mihi, tibi, patri, nobis &c., I, thou,
my father, we c., must go : for which a me, a te &c.,
are rarely used. In the English we are obliged to
translate these expressions personally, and in the ac-
tive voice, because the passive impersonal is not agree-
able to our language : but the more literal sense and
construction with the dative is seen in such expres-
sions as, pater amandus est illi, for ab illo, his father
must be loved by him ; non cernitur ulli y for ab ullo.
Gen. eundi, amandi, are governed by the same sub-
stantives which in other instances govern a genitive ;
e. g. as we say, cupidus rei, desirous of a thing, mali
Q2
228 Of the Parts of the Verb.
of evil ; so we say, cupidus eundi, amandi, scribendi,
desirous of going, loving, writing : and as we say cu-
piditas mali, desire of evil ; cupiditas rei, desire of
any thing ; occasio rei, occasion of any thing : so cu-
piditas eundi, scribendi &c., desire of going, writing ;
occasio scribendi, discendi, opportunity of writing,
learning &c. : tempus eundi, legendi, docendi, time of
going, reading, teaching : as we say, temporis causa,
for the sake of time &c. : so, petendi causa, for the sake
of asking. It is the same with all the cases ; as Dat.
par oner I : so, par ferendo, equal to bearing it, capable
of bearing it, because par governs a dative : Accus. im-
pello te ad virtutem : so, impelio te ad scribendum, le-
gendum c. To this belongs the so-named accusative
with t le infinitive, where, however, the accusative of
the subject fails ; as puto, esse bormm, I think that it
is good : so, puto, esse scribendum, legendum &c., I
think that I must write, read &c., or that one must &c. ;
where esse is often omitted : thus putavi bonum (sc.
esse), so scribendum putavi. The ablative is used to
the question through or with what ? as, delector vir-
tute, bono &c. ; so, delector legendo, I am delighted
with reading : as we say, in bono, in good ; in virtute,
in virtue ; so, in legendo, in reading ; in amando, in
loving &c. As we say, versor in literis, I am occupied
in study ; so, versor in legendo, discendo, I am occu-
pied in reading, learning &c. : avocare aliquem a bono,
from good ; a virtute, from virtue ; so, a discendo, from
learning.
II.) The gerunds, since they are parts of their verbs,
govern the same cases as their verbs do ; since the
case which any verb governs is governed by all its
Of the Parts of the Verb. 229
parts : 1 .) the gerund in dum, as a nominative : est par-
cendum homini, one must spare man, or man must be
spared : studendum est literis, one must give attention
to literature, or literature must be attended to : uten-
dum est tempore, one must use time, or time must be
used. In the same manner we might say, amandum
est virtutem, est petendum pacem ; but here the gerund
is not usual, but we rather say, virtus est amanda, pax
est petenda, virtue must be loved, peace must be
sought ; since these verbs have an entire passive, and
consequently an entire passive participle future, with
three terminations ; on this very account indeed, be-
cause they govern an accusative. It is the same with
all verbs which govern an accusative ; as, liber est le-
gendus, not est legendum librum &c. The person by
whom any thing must be done, as we before remarked,
is put in the dative ; as, mini utendum est tempore,
time must be used by me ; or actively, I must make use
of time : so also, virtus est amanda mihi. 2.) The ge-
rund in di as a genitive ; e. g. sum cupidus discendi li-
teras, scribendi epistolam, parcendi inimicis, utendi tem-
pore : est tempus scribendi literas, studendi literis, fru-
emh voluptate &c. 3.) The gerund in do as a dative ;
par sum ferendo onus, parcendo inimicis, sum aptus
utenda occasione &c. 4.) The gerund in dum as an ac-
cusative j impello te adscribendum epistolam, ad discen-
dum liter as, ad parcendum inimicis, ad studendum literis,
ad utendum occasione &c. 5.) The gerund in do as an
ablative ; discendo literas sapientiores reddimur, by
acquiring knowledge we are made wiser : in amando
virtutem est suavitas, in loving virtue &c. : parcendo
inimicis nos prsestamus humanos, by sparing our ene-
mies we show ourselves &c. : utendo occasione, by
230 Of the Parts of the Verb.
making use of an opportunity : fruendo voluptate, by
enjoying pleasure : in fruendo voluptate, in enjoying
pleasure : a discendo literas avocare, from acquiring
knowledge : a parcendo inimicis, from sparing one's
enemies : a fruendo voluptate, from enjoying pleasure :
and so throughout. All the preceding instances are
correct, and often occur in the ancients : yet of verbs
which govern an accusative, when the gerund would
be followed by a substantive, the gerund is changed
into the participle in dus, which agrees with the sub-
stantive in gender and number, whilst the substantive
is put in the case of the gerund, as will be noticed
hereafter.
III.) The gerund, when it was accompanied by a
substantive, was most usually exchanged by the an-
cients for the passive participle future in dus, when it
was possible ; that is, when there was an entire parti-
ciple, or in other words, when the verb governed an
accusative ; e. g. amo, doceo, lego, iuvo, sequor &c.
The change takes place as follows : the substantive or
pronoun, which would have been governed by the ge-
rund, must be put in the same case as the gerund
would have been; whilst the gerund must be turned
into the participle in dus, and as usual, agree with
the substantive in gender, number and case ; e. g. for
amandum est virtutem, scribendum est literas, legendum
est librum, we must say, virtus est amanda, liters sunt
scribenda, liber est legendus : so also libri sunt legendi,
not legendum est libros. For sum cupidus discendi literas,
scribendi epistolam* we say, sum cupidus Uterarum dis-
cendarum, scribendce epistolce &c. : for sum ^vferendo
onus, we say, sum pwrferendo oneri : for impellimur
Of the Parts of the Verb. 23 1
ad amandum virtutem, ad colendum literas, we say, im-
pellimur ad virtutem amandam, ad liter as colendas : for
discendo linguam, discendo artes, in discendo linguam, in
scribendo epistolam, we say, lingua discenda, artibus
discendis, in lingua discenda, in scribenda epistola, and
so in all instances. On the contrary, after the verbs
which do not govern an accusative, as parco, persuadeo,
utor, fruor &c., this change does not take place, since
they have not the entire participle, but only the neuter
gender, or, what is the same thing, the gerund. In such
instances therefore the gerund must be retained ; e. g.
we must say, Nom. parcendurn est inimicis, we must
spare our enemies, not inimici sunt parcendi : so, uten-
dum est tempore, fruendum est voluptate &c. : Gen.
sum cupidus parcendi inimicis, I am desirous of spa-
ring my enemies, not parcendorum inimicorum : so,
utendi tempore, fruendi voluptatibus &c. : Dai. aptus
sum parcendo inimicis, utendo occasione, not inimicis
parcendis, occasioni utendae : Accus. impellimur ad
parcendum inimicis, ad recte utendum tempore &c.,
not ad inimicos parcendos, ad tempus recte utendum
&c. : Ablat. parcendo inimicis, by sparing one's ene-
mies, not inimicis parcendis : so, recte utendo occa-
sione, by rightly using an opportunity, not recte occa-
sione utenda : so, in parcendo inimicis, in utendo oc-
casione, in fruendo voluptatibus, not in parcendis ini-
micis, in occasione utenda, in voluptatibus fruendis.
This is the rule : yet we often meet with exceptions ;
e. g. utendus, a, urn, fruendus, a, um, fungendus, a,
urn, with a substantive in the same case.
232 Of the I'tn-taofl/ie Verb.
Observations.
1.) When the gerund of verbs which govern an accusative is
in the abovementioned manner changed into a participle, this
usage must not merely be called more elegant, but more com-
mon ; since the ancients always prefer the participle to the
gerund. Yet the use of the gerund in such verbs, except in the
nominative, is not only not incorrect, but not altogether uncom-
mon ; e. g. Nep. Themist. 2, maritimos pr&dones comectando
mare tutum reddidit ; where he might have said maritimis pr&-
donibus consectandis : so also Sail. lug. 85. 2, eoruin fortia
f act a memoranda : Cic. ad Div. 5. 17, neque ad levandumfor-
tunam tuam, for levandam : Cic. Cat. 3.8, ad placandum deos,
for placandos : and especially in Livy, the gerund is often used
for the participle. Sometimes even when the participle might be
used, the gerund is preferable for the sake of perspicuity ; e. g.
sum cupidus multa discendi, hoc faciendi must be used, and not
multorum discendorum, huius faciendi; since multorum and hu-
ius might be taken for masculines ; and it is the same with ad-
jectives and pronouns of the neuter gender: Cic. invent. 1.25,
consilium est aliquid faciendi autnonyacze/zdiexcogitata ratio :
Cic. Or. 2. 38, traderet artem bene disserendi et vera ac falsa
diiudicandi. But the nominative of the gerund is rarely used
for the participle ; e. g. amandum est virtutem, deum &c., for
amanda est virtus, amandus est deus &c. ; or discendum est li-
teras, for discenda3 sunt literae : yet we find some instances ;
e. g. canes potius acres paucos habendum, quam multos, Varr.
R. R. 1. 2, for canes multi habendi pauci : mihi agi-
tandum est vigilias, for agitandae sunt vigilia3, Plaut. Trin. 4. 2.
27 : multa nobis clarandum est, Lucret. 4. 779, for claranda
sunt: multa cum sit agendum, ibid. 1. 139 : and elsewhere :
also Virg. ^En. 1 1. 230, pacem a rege petendum, as Serviusand
Donatus read ; yet Burmann and Heyne prefer petendam. Peri-
zonius ad Sanct. JVJin. p. 128, also adduces, Cic. Senect. 2,
quam (sc. viam) nobis ingrediendum sit : but though Cicero
might correctly have said qua? nobis ingredienda sit, since u^-,
Of the Paris of the Verb. 233
gredi on account of its preposition takes an accusative, the other
is equally correct ; because he considers ingredi as an intransi-
tive, and the accusative to be governed by the preposition in.
Verbs compounded of prepositions which govern an accusative,
should not be alleged as examples, particularly if the simple verb
be an intransitive, i. e. do not govern an accusative.
2.) Both after the gerund, viz. when it is the gerund of ne-
cessity, i. e. is used impersonally in the nominative with est, sit
8cc., or in the accusative with esse, fuisse &c., and also after
the passive participle future in dus, the person by whom some-
thing must be done, or who is to do any thing, is put in the da-
tive ; e. g. scribendum est mihi, I must write, not a me: literse
sunt scribendae mihi, not a me : and so generally. Yet we some-
times find a, particularly when perspicuity requires it; e.g.
Cic. Manil. 2, aguntur bona civium, quibus est a vobis con-
sulendum, for which you must provide : here a perhaps was ne-
cessary, otherwise we might have translated, which must provide
for you. We must not, therefore, when it would occasion ob-
scurity, say mihi est parcendum hostibus, but a me, otherwise
it might be translated, the enemy must spare me. Also a is often
used in other instances ; e. g. ne forte a vobis contemnenda
videantur, Cic. Manil. 18. It appears then that the reason above
assigned is unfounded, and that we may indifferently say mihi
or a me &c. : yet the dative is far more common : thus Cic. Or.
1. 23, gerendus est tibi mos adolescentibus.
3.) Even of some verbs which do not govern an accusative
we find the participle for the gerund ; e.g. of fruor, utor, fungor
&c. : a) utor; e. g. Cic. Verr. 2. 18, huic iieraclio omnia
utenda et possidenda tradiderat, for ad utendum : Cic. Tusc. 3.
17, quod utendum acceperis, reddidisse : Terent. Heaut. I. 1.
8 1 , ad hfEC utenda : Plant. Men. 4. 2. 94, illam utendam
dedi : ibid. Aul. 1. 2. 18, utenda vasa: and elsewhere; e. g.
ibid. 2. Q. 4 : ibid. Pers. 1. 3. 96 : Mil. 2. 3. 76 : Ovid. Art.
1. 433 : b) fruor ; e. g. Cic. Off. 1. 30, diligenter ei tenendum
esse eiusfruendte modum, for fruendi ea : so,fruenda sapientia,
Cic. Fin. 1. 1 : ad quem f mend um, Cic, Senect. 16 -.fades ista
234 Of the Parts of the Verb.
fruenda mini, Ovid. Her. 20. 119: c) fungor; e.g. Cic. Tusc.
3. 7, non e?t probe adfectus ad suum munus fungendum t for
ad fungendum munere suo : omni munere fun gendo, Cic. Alt.
3.1, where also it may be the gerund : militia fungenda, Liv.
24. 21. The cause perhaps is, that these verbs are also found
with an accusative, as has already been noticed in the proper
place.
4.) Of the gerund in di, or the genitive, we have something
further to remark :
a) We sometimes find instead of the case of its verb a geni-
tive in the plural number ; e. g. Cic. Invent. 2. 2, ex maiore
enim copia nobis, quam illi, fuit ejcemplorum eligendi potestas ;
where, properly, it should either have been exempla or eligen-
dorum : Cic. Phil. 5.3, agitur utrum Antonio facultas detur
diripienda3 urbis, agrorum suis latronibus condonandi; where
agros or condonandorum should be expressed : Suet. Aug. 98,
permissa, imo exacta, iocandi licentia, diripiendic[ue pomorum,
et obsoniorum rerum<\ue missilium: Plaut. Capt. 4. 2. 72, no-
minandi tibi istorum (neut. gend.) erit magis, quam edundi co-
pia, i. e. thou wilt here have rather the opportunity of naming
than of eating those things, for ista. These genitives must be
explained by respectu, ratione, in negotio, with respect to, un-
less they rather be considered as incorrect. Perhaps Cicero in-
tended to write exemplorum eligendorum ; but actually put eli-
gendi, from imagining that he had used exempla. Further, here
in a certain degree belongs the plural genitive sui, with the ge-
rund in di\ as Ca3s. B. G. 4. 13, in castra venerunt, simul
sui purgandi causa, for the sake of excusing themselves : Cic.
Div. 2. 1 7, doleo tantam Stoicos vestros Epicureis irridendi sui
facultatem dedisse : so, vestri adhortandi, Liv. 21. 41, non ve-
reor, ne quis me hoc vestri adhortandi causa magnifice loqui
existimet. It would perhaps have been more usual to put vos
for vestri, and se for sui.
b) Instead of the gerund in di, sometimes we find the prepo-
sition ad with its case; e. g. Cic. Font. 14, quod si aut, quan-
Of the Parts of the Verb. 235
tarn voluntatem habent ad hunc opprimendum, for voluntatem
opprimendi : Cic. Manil. 2, alter lacessitus occasionem sibi ad
occupandam Asiam oblatam esse arbitratur, for occasionem oc-
cupanda3 Asia? or occupandi Asiam : so, occasiones ad opitu-
landum habere, Cic. ad Div. 10. 8. Plane, for opitulandi : so
also after tempus ; e. g. speculators omnia visendi, et Scipioad
comparanda ea, qua3 in rem erant, tempus habuit, Liv. 30. 4,
where the double construction visendi and ad comparanda is re-
mark able.
c) Instead of the gerund in di after certain substantives we
find the infinitive ; e. g. Nep. Lys. 3, in quo dolore incensus
iniit consilia reges Laceda3moniorum tollere, for tollendi : Cic.
Att. 14. 13, consilium cepi legari ab Ca?sare : Plaut. Capt. 2.
3. 64, mine adest occasio benefacta cumulare, for cumulan di :
particularly after tempus ; Nep. Hann. 13, sed nunc tempus est
huius \\br\facere finem, for faciendi I: Cic. Or. 2. 42, tempus
esset iam de ordine argumentorum et de collocatione aliquid
dicere: Cic. Top. I, sed iam tempus est ad id, quodinstituimus,
accedere: Liv. 6. 18, tempus est iam maiora conari : so, cor-
pora curare tempus est, Liv. 21. 54: and elsewhere ; e.g. Virg.
^n. 6. 46 : Colum. 11.2. 40, 79 : Plaut. Asin. 5. 2. 62. Tem-
pus est is also followed by the accusative with the infinitive ;
e.g. with passives, tempus estremincipi orjieri; and with other
words, as tempus est patrem venire : nor indeed could the ge-
rund be used in these instances : we ought, therefore, not to he-
sitate in such cases to use the accusative with the infinitive after
tempus est : Virg. ^En. 5. 630, tempus (est) agi res : tempus
esse id iam agi, ut bellum in Hispania finiretur, Liv. 25, cited
by Gronovius ad Liv. 6. 18: tempus est iam hinc abire me,
Cic. Tusc. 1.41. Note: Sometimes the infinitive is used by
the ancients, even when the end or cause is denoted, where
properly the gerund in di with causa, or the gerund in dum with
ad, or the supine, or ut with the conjunctive, should be used;
e. g. Ter. Hec. 3. 2. 10, films tuus introiit lidere, for visum,
ad videndum, ~cidendi causa, ut videret : so, it visere, ibid. Hec.
1. 2. Ill : eamus viwe, Ibid. Phorm. 1. 2. 52 : abi qnarcre,
23G Of the Parts of the Verb.
Plaut. Cist. 2. 1. 26 : atrrit arcessere, ibid. Asin. 5. 2. 6, and
elsewhere ; e. g. ibid. Cure. 1. 3. 50 : Most. 1. 1.63 : Prop. 1.
12 : 1. 6. 34 : Gell. 6. 9. Sometimes also the infinitive is used
for ad with the gerund in dum, or also for ut\ e.g. Nep. Phoc.
1, legatique hortarentur accipere, for ad accipiendam, or ut ac-
cioeret, sc. pecuniam. The following passages are peculiar:
Piaut. Aul. 2. 5. 15, neoperam perdas poscere, for in poscetido:
ibid. Epid. 2. 2. 13, quern sum fessus quarere, whom i am tired
of seeking, for in qua^rendo, or quasrendo. We also find wJfor
the gerund in di\ e. g. after cOnsilium, Cic. ad Div. 2. 16 : Cic.
Att. 7. 16: Cic. Verr. 1. 54: after occasio, Plaut. Epid. 5. 1.
38: Cic. Partit. 8 : after tempus est, Plaut. Mil. 1. 1. 72.
8.
Of the Use of the Participles.
The use of the participles, which many reckon a
great elegance, though they only serve for concise ex-
pression, is generally a difficult subject to learners, be-
cause they are not acquainted with them soon enough,
nor accustomed to consider them as adjectives. We
remark of them, in general, as follows : a) in order
that a verb may be turned into a participle, it is always
necessary that there should be two sentences, which
are so closely connected together, that the one expresses
the cause or consequence of the other, or in some way
defines its time or preliminary condition upon which
it is to take place, or at least is an explanation of the
other. The definition of the time is expressed by the
particles when, since, after &c. (cum, quando, post-
quam, ubi &c.), the definition of the condition by if (si),
and the explanation by the pronoun who or which ;
e. g. when I sleep, then I do not write : here are two
Of the Parts of the Verb. 237
sentences, I sleep, and I write not, of which one de-
pends on the other. ' So also, when the enemy were
conquered, they fled (or we pursued) : here are two
sentences, the enemy conquered, and they fled (or we
pursued) : of which the second follows from the first,
or the first is the cause of the second. Further, I love
the men, which God loves : here are two sentences, I
love the men, and which God loves ; and the latter is
a definition, or explanation, viz. of the word men.
b) Here it may be inquired, which sentence should be
changed into a participle : we answer, that which in
the order of time was first conceived ; or, what is the
same thing, that to which the terms of definition or ex-
planation, which, when, since, after, because &c., are
prefixed ; e. g. in the words, I love the men which
God loves, the sentence, which God loves, is changed
into a participle. On the contrary, when the enemy
were conquered, they fled ; the former sentence is ex-
pressed by a participle. Thus also, I rejoice, when I
see you ; here the latter sentence is expressed by the
participle, c) The participle must remain in the same
tense as the verb for which it is substituted ; e. g. the
present remains a present &c. Yet the active participle
present may always be used to express the imperfect,
when no obscurity can be apprehended ; and the per-
fect participle of the passive or deponent verb, may
always express the pluperfect, if no ambiguity will
arise. On the other hand we have no perfect participle
active, nor present participle passive ; and therefore
these tenses cannot be expressed by the participle :
e.g. homo, qul a deo amatur, est felix, must remain un-
altered ; since there is no participle corresponding to
amatur, we must have recourse to a deponent, homo
Of the Paris oj the Verb.
fruens amore del c. So also filius, qui patrem ama-
vit, cannot be expressed by a participle, unless we take
a deponent ; as, filius complexus amore patrem &c.
d) Participles, like adjectives, agree with substantives
and personal pronouns, i. e. ego, tu &c., in gender,
number, and case : we must therefore first consider the
substantive with which it agrees, and attend to its cor-
rect use, before we determine the participle, e) When
both sentences have the same subject ; e. g. the man is
prosperous, who loves God; or, when my father writes,
he does not speak ; the usage is clear : then the sub-
ject remains in its proper case, and the participle
agrees with it: but if they have different subjects, the
participle with its subject is put in the ablative ; as,
when my father writes, I read, patre scribente, ego lego.
Hence the connection of the two sentences is twofold ;
they either have one common subject, or each has its
separate subject.
I.) Of the participle, when both sentences have one
common subject ; e. g. when my father writes, he does
not read ; where the person who writes, and does not
read, is the same, we remark
L) The participle is used instead of qui, qua3, quod, and the
verb which agrees with it ; e. g. for homo, qui deum amat, est
felix, we say, homo, amans deum, est felix ; and so through all
cases : for felicitas hominis, qui deum amat, estmagna, we say,
felicitas hominis, deum amautis, estmagna: for homimm, qui
amat literas, amo, we say, hominem amantem Sec. : for homine,
qui literas amat, libenter utor, we say, homine amante Sic. : so,
homines amantes, legentes Sec., for homines qui amant, legunt,
or qui amabant, legebant. So in the imperfect ; e. g. for nemi-
nem, qui turn vivebat, videbam, we may say. neminem turn vi-
Of the Parts of the Verb. 239
venteni : so also in the future, for latrones, qui fratrem occi-
suvi erant, impedivi, we may say, latrones occisuros &c.
Observations.
a) If is, ea, id, occur with or without a substantive, when it
is equivalent to the article the, and does not refer to what pre-
cedes, it must be omitted as being expressed in the participle ;
e. g. for amo eos homines, qui deum amant, I love the men &c.,
we say amo homines, amantes deum : for amo eos, qui deum
amant, we say, amo amantes deum. Further, for felix est is,
qui deum amat, we say, felix est deum amans : forfelicitas eius
qui deum amat, est magna, the happiness of the man 6cc., we
say, felicitas amantis deum 8tc. Thus we may not say utor iis
amantibus deum, I associate with those who love God, but utor
amantibus &c. But if is, ea, id, be translated by the pronoun
he, she See., and refer to something that precedes, it must not
be omitted ; e. g. if we say, where is thy brother ? him, who
loves us so much, I have long missed ; ubi est frater tuus ? eum
amantem nos tantopere diu desideravi : also hostes fugati sunt :
eosfugient.es persecuti sumus, them, when they fled &c. Yet
we may often omit it without injuring perspicuity ; as in the ex-
ample above, hostes fugati sunt, fugientes persecuti sumus :
where, however, eos must be understood, and may be easily
supplied from the context.
b) The following instances, homo, qui a deo amatur, est fe-
lix; homo, qui deum amavit ; is, qui a deo amatur; is, qui
deum amavit ; cannot be expressed by a participle, because the
passive has no participle present, nor the active a participle per-
fect. If a participle must be used, we must find an equivalent
deponent; e. g. amore alicuius frui, for amari ; amore aliquem
complecti, for amare; and then we may say, homo dei amore
fruens est felix, for homo, qui a deo amatur &c., and homo deum
amore complexus, for homo, qui deum amavit &c. In general,
the deponents may most readily be used in the participle, since
they have participles of all tenses.
240 Of the Parts of the Verb.
2.) Sometimes the participle is used for the verb with si and
quia; but only when these participles may be interchanged
with qui, quce, quod, poslquam, cum when or since, dum whilst;
that is, when the sense remains unaltered, the participle may be
explained by which, because, since, after that ; but otherwise
the participle must not be used, since it would occasion obscu-
rity; e. g. for homo, si deum amat, estfelix, or homo quia deum
amat, est felix, we may say, homo deum amans est felix : here
si and quia may be interchanged with qui ; and there is no great
difference whether we say, the man is happy if he loves God,
because he loves God, or who loves God. But si and quia
cannot always be changed into a participle, since they cannot
always be interchanged with qui ; e. g. homo, si crederet virtu-
tern esse pulchram,ei studeret, could not properly be changed into
homo credetis &c. Further, it is indifferent whether we say
homo, si deum amat, est felix; si homo deum amat, est felix ;
homo, quia deum amat, est felix ; quia homo deum amat, est
felix; therefore the English, if the man love God, he is happy,
because the man loves God, he is happy, may be alike trans-
lated, homo deum amans, est felix, since it makes no difference
which sentence actually precedes. It is the same with qui :
whether we say felix est is, qui deum amat, or qui deum amat,
est felix : we may therefore substitute for both, deum amans est
felix, or felix est deum amans : Cic. Oft*. 2. 7, Dionysius cul-
tros met uens tonsorios sibi adurebat capillum, because he
feared, since he feared Sic. : Nep. Alcib. 7, nam corruptum (il-
ium) a rege capere Cymen noluisse &c.,i. e. corrupted, because
he was corrupted, after that he was corrupted &c.
3.) The participle is also used for the particles dum whilst,
cum when or since, posteaquam after that, and other particles
denoting time, as ut when, ubi when &c. But they must al-
ways be such as may be interchanged with qui, at least pro-
bably ; that is, the participle which is used instead of these par-
ticles must admit of being translated by which, without remark-
ably altering the sense; e. g. for pater, dum loquebatur, morie-
batur, we say, pater loquens moriebatur, since we may here sup-
Of the Parts of the Verb. 241
pose, pater, qui loquebatur, moriebatur, the father, who was
speaking &c. For gaudeo, cum (quando) te video, when I see
you, we may say, gaudeo te videns, which also may be trans-
lated, I, who see you, rejoice. For pater, posteaqaam mortuus
erat, sepeliebatur, we may say, pater mortuus sepeliebatur; pro-
perly, the father, who &c. In general it is indifferent whether
we say pater dum loquebatur, moriebatur, or dum pater loque-
batur, moriebatur, for the subject pater belongs to both sen-
tences : we may therefore change the words dum pater loqueba-
tur, moriebatur, into pater loquens moriebatur. It is the same
with pater, posteaquam mortuus erat, sepeliebatur, and postea-
quam pater mortuus erat, sepeliebatur, which are in all respects
equivalent : instead therefore of posteaquam pater mortuus erat
&c., we may say, pater mortuus &c. In the same way we may
often put although instead of whilst, which, since &c. : we may
therefore use a participle ; e. g. you speak, though you do not
understand, loqueris non intelligens : Cic. Or. 2. 3, quern ego
toties tentans ad clisputandum elicere non potui, for quamquam
or cum : risus ita repente erumpat, ut eum cupientes tenere, ne-
queamus, ibid. 58, i.e. quamquam, licet &c. : ingratus est
civis, qui armorurn periculo liber aim animum tamen retinet
armatum, Cic. Marc. 10, i. e. etsi, or posteaquam, or cum li-
beratus sit.
Note : Posteaquam in the active voice cannot be expressed
by a participle of the perfect or pluperfect, since there is none ;
e. g. after I had read the book, I sent it back : we must there-
fore turn the first sentence into the passive form; either thus,
after the book was read by me &c. ; where there are two differ-
ent subjects, and the ablative must be used, as will be noticed
num. II ; or thus, the book, after it was read by me, I sent back ;
where we can use a participle, as, librum a me lectum remisi,
or librum lectum, without a me, which may be readily under-
stood : and thus in other instances. The learner should be ac-
customed to arrange sentences in various forms, either active or
passive, but so that the sense may remain unaltered : he should
also learn to translate the participle in various ways without
VOL. II. K
242 Of the Parts oj the Verb.
altering the sense. It is the same with qui ; e. g. librum, quern
emisti, nonduni vidi, the book which you have bought, I have
not yet seen : here we cannot directly use a participle : but in-
stead we suppose liber, qui a te emtus est, nonduni vidi, and
then we have a participle ; as, librum a te emtum nondum vidi :
and so in other instances.
4.) We may often use a participle instead of et and a verb
But this only happens when it may be interchanged with dum,
postquam, or similar particles ; e. g. he read the book and died,
legens librum moriebatur, i. e. whilst he was reading &c. Fur-
ther, he read the book and sent it back, librum lectum remisit,
properly, the book which had been read by him, which he had
read, he sent back : Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 49, grues, cum loca ca-
lidiora petentes maria transmittant, trianguli efficere formam,
for cum petarit et transmittant : or also for durn or cum pe-
tant : cum triginta tyranni plurimorum bona publicata inter se
divisissent, Nep. Thras. 1, i. e. cum bona publicassent et
divisissent : but, properly, for cum bona, postquam (ea) publicata
erant (or postquam publicaverant) divisissent. And so nu-
merous passages may and must be explained, particularly in
Livy, if we would translate perspicuously. But this usage does
not apply generally, since it would be unintelligible to translate,
he eats and drinks, edit bibens, oredens bibit: he neither dances
nor sings, non saltans non canit&c. Sometimes we must trans-
late the participle by but instead of and; e. g. qui re consen-
tientes, vocabulis differebant, who agreed about things, but dif-
fered about names, or who, when they agreed &c.
II.) Of the participle, when the two sentences have
different subjects, we observe : that when the two sen-
tences are so united that each has its own proper and
distinct subject, the sentence which is first conceived,
or to which are prefixed the particles denoting time,
when, whilst, since, after that c., cum, quando, ubi,
nt, postquam c., because, when it is the same as when
Of the Parts of the Verb. 243
or since, although, when it may be interchanged with
since, whilst, when &c., must be expressed by the sub-
ject in the ablative, and the participle agreeing with
it ; that is, if a participle be used at all, since it is al-
ways arbitrary, whether or no a participle shall be
used. This ablative is commonly called the ablative
absolute ; e. g. for dum ego scribebarn, pater morieba-
tur, we may say, me scribente, pater moriebatur, since
here there are two sentences, of which each has its
distinct subject : the first, 1, the second, my father. So
for gaudeo, cum venis, I rejoice when thou comest, we
may say, gaudeo te veniente, since these two sentences
have also distinct subjects. Again, for postquam pater
profectus est, venerunt ad me amici, we say, patre pro-
fecto venerunt c. For here also are two sentences
with two entirely different subjects, in the first pater,
in the last amid. But if the expression were postquam
pater profectus est, non scripsit, the nominative pater 
